,t»».4iifV.it{j.ftj I..! ,,,.111* «t.. !i,;,,, ,, >,

ilijiiiiiiiiiil !;?• f

^.^.

%.!.

JOURNAL

THE PROCEEDINGS

THE LINNEAN SOCIETY.

ZOOLOGY.

VOL. IL

LONDON:
LONGMAN, BROWN, GREEN, LONGMANS & ROBERTS,

AND

WILLIAMS AND NORGATE.

1858.

io.
cj - I:.

PRINTED BY TAYLOR AND FRANCIS,
RED LION COURT, FLEET STREET.

LIST OE PAPERS.

Page

CoBBOLD, T. Spencer, M.D., F.L.S.

Description of a New Form of Naked-Eyed Medusa {Thauman-
Has achroa), with brief histological details 38

Couch, Jonathan, F.L.S. &c.

Note on the Occurrence of Phyllosoma commune on the Coast of
Cornwall 146

FoRSTER, Thomas, M.D.

On the Irregularity in the Return of Swallows and other Vernal
Migratory Birds in the Season 185/ 40

Guy, W. a., M.B.

Note on a singular case of Colouring of the Human Hair 41

Owen, Professor, F.R.S., V.P.L.S. &c.

On the Characters, Principles of Division and Primary Groups of
the Class Mammalia 1

ScLATER, Philip Lutley, M.A., F.L.S. &c.

On the general Geographical Distribution of the Class Aves. ... 130
On the Zoology of New Guinea 149

Smith, Frederick, Assistant in the Zoological Department in the
British Museum.

Catalogue of the Hymenopterous Insects collected at Sarawak,
Borneo ; Mount Ophir, Malacca ; and at Singapore, by
A. R. Wallace 42

Index 171

PROCEEDINGS

OP THE

LINNEAN SOCIETY OE LONDON

November 4th, 1856.

Thomas Bell, Esq., President, in the Chair.

The Meeting having been specially summoned for the Election
of a Member of Council and of a Treasurer in the place of William
Yarrell, Esq., deceased, William Baird, Esq., M.D., was elected
into the Council, and Francis Boott, Esq., M.D., was elected
Treasurer.

The President nominated William Wilson Saunders, Esq., to be
a Vice-President, in the place of William Yarrell, Esq., during the
remainder of the present year.

A Eesolution of the Council, of the 23rd of October, to the
following effect, having been communicated to the Meeting, it was
unanimously resolved : " That on this, the first occasion of its
meeting since the death of the late Treasurer, William Yarrell,
Esq., the Society is desirous of entering on its Minutes an
expression of the high sense which it entertains of the personal
qualities of that gentleman, of his extensive zoological attain-
ments, and of the services rendered by him to the Society during
a long period of Fellowship, and especially during the eight years
of his Treasurership ; as also of its deep regret at the loss of a
colleague so amiable and estimable, and so warmly attached to the
interests of the Society."

Amos Beardsley, Esq., was elected a Fellow.

LINN. PBGC. «

11 PROCEEDINGS OF THE

Eead, first, a Paper "On some Entomogenous Bfhcericd ^^ by
the Eev. M. J. Berkeley, M.A., F.L.S. (See " Botanical Pro-
ceedings," vol. i. p. 157.)

Eead, secondly, a "Note on SpJicerobolus stellatus;^^ by the
Eev. Henry H. Higgins ; communicated by the President.

Eead, thirdly, a " Description of the Kobo-tree, a new genus of
Leguminoscd, collected by Dr. W. F. Daniell, T.L.S., in Sierra
Leone ;" by John J. Bennett, Esq., P.E.S., Sec. L.S. (See " Bo-
tanical Proceedings," vol. i. p. 149.)

November 18th, 1856.

Thomas Bell, Esq., President, in the Chair.

Eead, first, an Extract from a Letter from the Eev. J. M. Eod-
well, communicated by Dr. Ilift', E.L.S., noticing the occurrence
of several rare Fungi in the neighbourhood of London, during the
present year.

Eead, secondly, a "Description of a new species of Drapar-
naldia, from the New Eorest, Hampshire;" by John Braxted
Hicks, Esq., M.D., F.L.S. (See " Botanical Proceedings," vol. i,
p. 192.)

Eead, thirdly, a Note " On the Palm-tree of Timbuctoo ;" by
Berthold Seemann, Esq., Ph.D., E.L.S. (See " Botanical Pro-
ceedings," vol. i. p. 152.)

Eead, fourthly, a " Notice of some Monstrosities in semi-double
lowers o£ Saponaria officinalis, I^- ;" by Maxwell T. Masters, Esq. ;
communicated by the Secretary. (See " Botanical Proceedings,"
vol. i. p. 159.)

December 2nd, 1856.
Thomas Bell, Esq., President, in the Chair.

John Bajl, Esq., M.P. ; William B. Carpenter, Esq., M.D. ;
John Garland, Esq. ; E. S. Hill, Esq., and W. H. Holdsworth,
Esq., were elected Fellows.

LINNEAN SOCIETY OF LONDON. Ill

Eead, first, a Paper " On a New Form of Corynoid Polypes ;"
by Philip Henry Gosse, Esq., F.E.S., A.L.S. (See "Trans-
actions," vol. xxii. p. 113.)

Read, secondly, a " Note on the African species of Copal ;" by
Thomas C. Archer, Esq. ; communicated by the President. (See
" Botanical Proceedings," vol. i. p. 151.)

Read, thirdly, a "Note respecting certain glandular Append-
ages of the leaves in the autumn rosettes of Epilobium monta-
num;'^ by Daniel Oliver, jun., Esq., E.L.S. (See "Botanical
Proceedings," vol. i. p. 190.)

Eead, fourthly, the commencement of a Memoir " On the Phse-
nomena of Torpidity and the production of fat in Hybernating
Animals ;" by G. Calvert Holland, Esq., M.D. ; communicated by
tlie Secretary.

December 16th, 1856.

Thomas Bell, Esq., President, in the Chair,

The Eev. Charles Kingsley, A.M., and G. H. Kingsley, Esq.,
M.D., were elected Fellows.

Eead, first, a Paper " On a species oi Piloholus ;" by Frederick
Currey, Esq., M.A., F.L.S. (See " Botanical Proceedings," vol. i.
p. 162.)

Eead, secondly, the conclusion of Dr. G. Calvert Holland's
Memoir "On the Phaenomena of Torpidity," &c., commenced at
the last Meeting.

Eead, thirdly, a " Note on the use of the Ehizoma of Uteris
aquilma, L., as an Article of Food ;" by the Eev. M J. Berkeley,
M.A., F.L.S. (See "Botanical Proceedings," vol. i. p. 156.)

January 20th, 1857.

Thomas Bell, Esq., President, in the Chair.

Major-General Edward Sabine, E.A. ; Charles Wentwortli
Dilke, Esq. ; William Vernon Guise, Esq. ; William Henry

«2

IT PEOCEEDINOS OF THE

Harvey, Esq., M.D. ; Andrew Sinclair, Esq., M.D., E.N. ; and
Q-. H. Polyblank, Esq., were elected Eellows.

Read, first, a " Notice of the Mechanism of the Stomach of the
' Crustacea \'' by T. H Huxley, Esq., E.E.S. ; communicated by
Joseph Hooker, Esq., M.D., E.E.S., E.L.S.

Eead, secondly, a " Note on ^iranthes gemmipara)^^ by Prof.
Lindley, E.R.S., F.L.S. (See "Botanical Proceedings," vol. i.
p. 168.)

Bead, thirdly, " Contributions to Indian Orchidology, No. T. ;"
by Prof. Lindley, E.E.S., F.L.S. (See " Botanical Proceedings,"
vol. i. p. ] 70.)

Read, fourthly, a " Note on the Exhibition of Fungi in Cases ;"
by the Rev. H. H, Higgins ; communicated by N. B. Ward, Esq.,
F.L.S.

February 3rd, 1857.

Francis Boott, Esq., M.D., Y.P., in the Chair.

Alexander H. Haliday, Esq., M.A. ; John Eliot Howard, Esq. ;
and E. J. Lowe, Esq., were elected Fellows.

Mr. Bentham, F.L.S., exhibited specimens of various kinds of
Jacaranda, or Rose- woods, sent from Rio Janeiro by Prof. Alemao,
and made some observations upon them.

Read, first, a "Description of a new European species of
Faussus)'' by J. O. "Westwood, Esq., F.L.S.

Read, secondly, a " Description of a new species of Fule:x! (P.
Imperator^ Westw.) found in a bedstead at Grateshead;" by J.
O. Westwood, Esq., F.L.S.

Read, thirdly, a " Note on the Cultivation of Mosses ;" by the
Rev. H. H. Higgins ; communicated by N. B. Ward, Esq., F.L.S.
(See "Botanical Proceedings," vol. ii. p. 44.)

LINNEAN SOCIETY OF LONDON. V

February 17tli, 1857.

Thomas Bell, Esq., President, in the Chair.

Vaughan Henry Alexander Holberton, Esq., was elected a
Fellow.

Eead, first, a " Note on the so-called perforations of Bhynco-
nella;'' by W. B. Carpenter, Esq., M.D., F.E.S., F.L.S.

Bead, secondly, " Description of a new species of Euplectella
(K Cucumer, Owen);" by Prof. Owen, F.E.S., F.L.S. (See
" Transactions," vol. xxii. p. 117.)

Eead, thirdly, the commencement of a Memoir " On the Cha-
racters, Principles of Division, and Primary Groups of the Class
Mammalia;'' by Prof. Owen, F.E.S., F.L.S. &c. (See "Zoolo-
gical Proceedings," vol. ii. p. 1.)

March 3rd, 1857.

Thomas Bell, Esq., President, in the Chair.

Alfred Newton, Esq., M.A., and the Eev. Henry B. Tristram,
M.A., were elected FeUows.

Mr. Bentham, F.L.S., exhibited a specimen of Orchis pyrmni-
dalis, L., in which every flower of the spike was entirely destitute
of spur ; and also a specimen of Cardamine hirsuta, L., transmitted
to him by Miss Llewellyn of Penllergare, in which the leaves had
become proliferous. (See " Botanical Proceedings," vol. ii. p. 63.)

Eead, first, a " Svnopsis of the genus Clitoria, L. ;" by Greorge
Bentham, Esq., F.L.S. (See "Botanical Proceedings," vol. ii.
p. 33.)

Eead, secondly, the first of a series of Papers, entitled " Prse-
cursores ad Floram Indicam;" by J. D. Hooker, Esq., M.D,,
F.E.S., F.L.S., and T. Thomson, Esq., M.D., F.E.S., F.L.S. (See
" Botanical Proceedings," vol. ii. p. 1.)

Eead, thirdly, a Note " On the Principles of Generic Nomen-
clature in Botany;" by George Bentham, Esq., F.L.S. (See
"Botanical Proceedings," vol. ii. p. 30.)

VI PBOCEEDINOS OF THE

March 17th, 1857.

Thomas Bell, Esq., President, in the Chair.

Henry Earth, Esq., LL.D., and John Quekett, Esq., were
elected Fellows.

Read, first, a " Notice of a new species of Strepsipterous In-
sect found on a Homopterous Insect sent from Borneo by Mr.
Wallace;" by J. O. Westwood, Esq., E.L.S.

Eead, secondly, a Memoir " On the Germination oi Barringtonia
and Gareya ;" by Thomas Thomson, Esq., M.D., F.B.S., E.L.S.
(See " Botanical Proceedings," vol. ii. p. 47.)

Eead, thirdly, a " Description of a new species of Naked-eyed
Medusa {Thaumantias achroa), with histological details ;" by T.
S. Cobbold, Esq., M.D. ; communicated by the Secretary. (See
" Zoological Proceedings," vol. ii. p. 38.)

April 7th, 1857.

Thomas Bell, Esq., President, in the Chair.

John Edward Gray, Esq., Ph.D. ; T. S. Cobbold, Esq., M.D. ;
and Walter Eitch, Esq., were elected Fellows.

Eead, first, a " Note on a singular case of Colouring of the
Human Hair;" by William A. Guy, Esq., M.B. ; communicated
by the President. (See " Zoological Proceedings," vol. ii. p. 41.)

Eead, secondly, a Memoir " On the Dentition of the Salmonidce,
with Observations on the relation of Species to Genus or Natural
Family ;" by Eobert Knox, Esq., M.D., F.E.S.E. ; communi-
cated by the Secretary.

Eead, thirdly, "Notes on the Food of some Freshwater Fishes,
more particularly the Veudace and the Trout, of the Salmonidce ;"
by WiUiam Baird, E«q., M.D., F.L.S.

LINNBAN SOCIETYT OF LONDOIir, VU

April 21st, 1857.
Thomas Bell, Esq., President, in the Chair.

The following alteration in the Bye-Laws, proposed bj the
Council on the 17th of March, viz.

^' That in Chapter XIII. Section 1, wherever the word

* Tuesday' occurs, ,the word * Thursday' be substituted in its

place,"
having been hung up in the common Meeting-room of the
Society, and read by the President at the two last successive
General Meetings, was put to the ballot and confirmed by the
Pellows.

The effect of this alteration is to change the days of the
Society's Meetings from the first and third Tuesdays to the first
and third Thursdays of the month.

Bead, the conclusion of Prof. Owen's Memoir " On the Classi-
fication of the Mammalia,^^ commenced on the 17th of February.
(See " Zoological Proceedings," vol. ii. p. 1.)

May 5th, 1857.

Thomas Bell, Esq., President, in the Chair.

George David Pollock, Esq., was elected a Fellow, and Prof.
J. Van der Hoeven and Dr. Charles Frederic Meisner, Foreign
Members.

Bead, first, a Memoir "On two new Genera of Brazilian Plants;"
by George Bentham, Esq., F-L.S. (See "Transactions," vol. ii.
p. 125.)

Bead, secondly, a Paper " On the Classification of the Warm-
blooded Verfehralia-;' by William M'Donald, Esq., M.D., F.L.S.

Bead, thirdly, a "Note on some Suprasoriferous Ferns ;" by
Thomas Moore, Esq., F.L.S. (See "Botanical Proceedings," vol.ii.)

YIU PUOCEEDINOS OF THE

May 25th, 1857.
Anniversary Meeting.
Thomas Bell, Esq., President, in the Chair.
This day, the Anniversary of the birth of Linnaeus having fallen
on a Sunday, being the day appointed by the Charter for the
Election of Council and Officers, the President opened the busi-
ness of the Meeting with the following Address :—

Gentlemen,
It will be reasonably expected that on an occasion so interesting
as the present, and so auspicious as regards the future prospects
of the Society, my annual Address to the Eellows should have a
particular reference to the important change which has taken
place in our position, and that my very earliest expressions on
again meeting you should be those of pleasure and congratulation.
Removed as we now are finally, from a home, where, for thirty-
six years, we have met together as a Society, in the most friendly
and united spirit, joining in the promulgation of the truths of
nature, in the investigation of her phaenomena, and the establish-
ment of her laws, with a zeal which, I may unreservedly say, has
never overstepped the limits of a friendly rivalry, it is natural that
some feelings of regret should be experienced by at least the older
members of our body, at our emigration from an abode associated
with so many pleasant reminiscences, and so much instruction in
our favourite pursuits, — that the place where many friendships
have been formed, and still more, in connexion with which many
ties of intimacy and afiection have been broken by death, which
alone could have broken them, — where so many of us have found
their taste for natural science excited or developed, their doubts
solved, or their ignorance dispelled by friendly intercourse, —
should be remembered with feelings of attachment and regret, and
that our recollections should long hover round the pleasant haunts
where the love of nature has been fostered and its science culti-
vated, without any of those countervailing elements which too
often interfere with the peace and harmony which legitimately
belong to such pursuits.

But there are other considerations which may well counter-
balance any such reflections as these, and allow us to take possession
of our new abode, if not with unmixed, yet with prevailing thank-
fulness and gratification.

It will probably be in the recollection of some now present, that
upon the first occasion on which I ventured to break through the

LINNEAN SOCIETY OF LONDON. ix

silence with which it was previously the custom for the President
to meet the Fellows of the Society on their Anniversary, I took
occasion to remark, that " it may be useful as well as pleasant to
stand still, as it were, from time to time, and mark the improve-
ments which have attended our progress, and, in our own case
particularly, to watch the results of the influence which this Society
ought to exercise, and doubtless does exercise upon the advance-
ment and diffusion of natural knowledge ; " — and if such a distinct
recognition of our progress be desirable on ordinary occasions,
when we have only to mark the regular return of the season of
our official duties, it is still more interesting and incumbent upon
us to note any such important epoch in our associated existence,
as that which this day inaugurates our establishment in a new and
more commodious domicile, and under circumstances far more
propitious in some respects than any which we have hitherto
enjoyed. I have therefore thought this a fitting occasion on
which to cast our eyes back through the vista of our many years
of existence, and endeavour to gather from the retrospect some
elements of satisfaction at our past doings, of congratulation upon
our present condition, and of hope for our future prospects.

It has been observed with much truth, by the amiable biographer
and widow of our founder, that whilst " the literary institutions
and learned academies of Europe have generally owed their origin
and success either to large endowments, to royal favo^lr, or to the
commanding influence of persons already known by their scientific
attainments or their station, — this Society is almost a solitary
example of an institution deriving its origin from an individual,
young and unknown to fame, without rank, without wealth, with-
out support, whose ardour in the pursuit of science led him to
risk the expectation of a moderate independence, by bringing into
his native country, at the expense of his patrimony, those rich
materials for which princes had contended, and upon which he
was to establish a new Society, and give to it its name, its cha-
racter, and direction*;" — for we learn from the same source of
information, that the establishment of this new Society had been
projected by Sir James Smith and several of his scientific friends,
with the view of rendering his possession of the cabinets and
library of Linnaeus subservient to the general use of the cultivators
of Natural Science.

"We owe then the foundation and present existence of the Lin-

* Memoirs and Correspondence of the late Sir J. E. Smith, edited by Lady
Smith, vol. i. p. 341. ^

X PEOCEEDINGS OF THE

iieau Society to the happy enthusiasm of a youthful naturalist,
who with a love of Natural History amounting to a passion, and
with a rare devotion of the mind to one great and absorbing object,
determined to effect the acquisition of a priceless treasure in the
collections I have alluded to, and which are now happily secured
within these walls, and occupy the place of honour in a room well-
wortliy of their reception, — our new and splendid library.

You are all doubtless well-aware of many of the circumstances
connected with this remarkable result of combined resolution,
enthusiasm and tact ; but I shall be pardoned a moment's refer-
ence to that event as highly interesting in itself, and as the point
upon which, as I before observed, the institution of the Linnean
Society undoubtedly turned.

It was then at the close of the year 1783, when James Edward
Smith, still a student of medicine, was exactly twenty-four years of
age, and shortly after the death of the younger Linnaeus, that our
founder happened to be breakfasting with Sir Joseph Banks, then
President of the Royal Society, who informed him that he had re-
ceived from Dr. Acrel, the Professor of Medicine at Upsal, the offer
of the whole of the collections and library of the great Linnaeus
and of his son, — the Books, MSS., and Natural History, — for the
sum of 1000 guineas. Sir Joseph stated that he should decline
the offer, but strongly recommended his young friend to become
the purchaser. In pursuance of this advice, which met a ready
response in his own ardent inclination, he immediately entered
into negotiations for that object ; and after some correspondence
with his father, which does equal credit to the filial duty of the
son, and to the fond affection combined with careful prudence of
the parent, these negotiations w^ere closed by the acceptance of
the sum of 900 guineas. It was not, however, without many risks
that the possession of this treasure was obtained, and nothing but
the straightforward promptness of the young aspirant could have
availed to secure it. Besides other intended advances towards its
acquisition. Dr. Sibthorp relates in a letter to his more successful
competitor, that after the close of the actual contract, he had, in
ignorance of that fact, offered the full sum of 1000 guineas ; and
we gather from various parts of the correspondence which took place
upon this occasion, that even before the collections had arrived in
this country. Dr. Smith had received numerous overtures for the
piu^chase of the whole or portions of them, all of which he happily
declined. But the most remarkable event by which its acquisition
was jeopardized, was the attempt made by the king of Sweden

LINNEAN SOCIETY OF LONDON. XI

himself, Gustavus III., to prevent its expatriation. This monarch
had been absent in France, and on his return, finding that this
precious possession, as bright a jewel as any in his crown, was
actually on board ship, and on its way from his shores, to become
the property of a humble young foreigner, and to adorn the science
of another country, he sent in all haste a vessel to the Sound, to
intercept its voyage. Happily for us he was too late. The good ship
had sailed, and the precious cargo was safely landed at our Custom-
house in October 1784, ten months after the first offer was made.

The possession of these important documents — for the specimens
themselves, as well as the literary portion of the collection, must
be considered in 'this light — soon attracted the attention of men of
science, both in this country and on the Continent, and drew from
many of the most distinguished naturalists of the day letters of
warm congratulation. Sir Joseph Banks, who had already evinced
a sincere friendship for the young naturalist, encouraged him in a
manner which must have been most gratifying to him. He became
a Fellow of the Royal Society, with the entire concurrence of the
President, in May of the following year.

It was now an object of great interest and importance to render
the collection as available as possible for the advantage of science,
by giving to naturalists free access to it for consultation and com-
parison. The young physician, after having made his well-known
tour on the Continent, of which he has left a very pleasing pub-
lished account, and during which he received the most flattering
attention from all the eminent botanists of Europe, determined
after his return, with the concurrence and earnest cooperation of
many of his distinguished friends, to form a new Society for the
cultivation of Natural History, and to render more available for
general utility the treasures which he had lately obtained. In
pursuance of this object, the Linnean Society was formed, under
the auspices of his friend Sir Joseph Banks, the President of the
Royal Society, Dr. Groodenough, afterwards Bishop of Carlisle,
Mr. Marsham, and others. The first Meeting, which may be con-
sidered as initiatory, was held at the Marlborough Coffee-house,
near Dr. Smith's own residence, on the 26th of February, 1788.
After this period we cease to find his name recorded at any of the
meetings of the Natural History Society, where he had often pre-
viously presided, and which did not long survive the institution of
its more effective and influential rival. At this meeting the only
persons present were the Founder, Dr. Goodenough, Mr. Dryander,
Mr. Dickson, Mr." Beckwith, and Mr. Swainson^ Dr. Smith was

XH PROCEEDINGS OF THE

then elected President, Dr. Goodenougli Treasurer, and Mr. Mar-
sham Secretilry. After two or three other preparatory meetings,
the first general meeting took place on the 8 th of April in the
same year, when the new Society was inaugurated by an interesting
and learned discourse on the progress of Natural History by the
President. This treatise forms the first paper in the Transactions
of the Society, which however was not published until three years
afterwards. In the first printed list of the Society, we find the
names of almost all the English naturalists of any note at that
period. Sir Joseph Banks was, with great propriety, elected an
honorary member, and continued so until his death ; and amongst
the Fellows we find the names of Dryander and* Goodenough, of
Martyn of Cambridge, and Shaw and Lambert, and the Lathams,
of Pulteney, and E^lhan, and many others, who had then or have
since distinguished themselves in the cultivation of Natural Science.
In the list of Associates are the Indian Buchanan, Dr. Edward
Whitaker Grray of the British Museum, Professor Hope of Glas-
gow, Markwick the annotator of White's ' Selborne,' and the elder
Sowerby. And amongst the Eoreign Members we have many of the
most illustrious names which then adorned the Natural History
science of Europe, — Afzelius, AUioni, Broussonet, Carolini, Des-
fontaines, Eontana, L'Heritier, Jussieu, the two Jacquins, Schu-
macher, Sparrmann, and Swartz, Targioni Tozzetti and Thunberg,
with many others ; — names, which show how rich was the foreign
list of the Society, even at that infancy of its existence.

It is not my object to enter further into the life of our revered
founder, than just to illustrate the progress of the Society, which
owed its existence, its rise, and its prosperity, to the zeal, know-
ledge, accomplishments, and other estimable qualities which distin-
guished him. Eew men were more entirely respected and beloved ;
and I believe the Society owes its comparative immunity from un-
kindly discussion, to the temper and judgment invariably displayed
by him in its administration, which stamped upon it a character
which seems almost to have become an essential element in its
natiu'e, and which I earnestly hope and believe it will never lose.

"We have now then seen our Society fairly launched on her pro-
mising voyage with all the advantages of a skilful commander, of
a willing and intelligent and hardworking crew, and under the
happiest auspices, both with respect to her origin and object. It
is not necessary that I should enter into any minute details of the
Society's history. It gradually increased in fame, in usefulness,
and in numbers. Not only were most of the working, naturalists

LIKNEAN SOCIETY OF LOFDOIf. Xlll

of this country, one by one, enrolled in its list of members, but
many men of rank and social influence sought the fellowship of
the Society, and did themselves honour by the sanction which they
thus afforded to its progress.

The increasing numbers and importance of the Society involved
the necessity of its having a house and establishment of its own ;
and we find it located in Panton Square some time in or before
the year 1802, in a house which it occupied conjointly with the
Westminster Library. At this* period its charter was obtained,
and it took its permanent established rank amongst the then
few chartered institutions of the country. The construction
of the bye-laws followed, and the grant of arms from the Herald's
College completed its individuality. From Panton Square it was
removed to Grerard Street in the year 1805, where it continued
until, by the death of Sir Joseph Banks in 1820, the house which
that excellent person had long inhabited became vacant, and was
in the following year taken by the Society, conjointly with your
late distinguished President, Mr. Brown. I have thus hastily
sketched the various changes of residence which the Linnean So-
ciety has made until the present time, and I will now recur for a
few moments to some other circumstances which have marked its
progress. Sir James Smith, after a residence in and near London
of a few years, determined on returning to his native city of Nor-
wich, where he spent the remainder of his life. This, however,
did not prevent him from taking the same deep interest in the
welfare of an institution which he had founded, and which he had
seen so prosperous under his auspices and guardianship. He was
accustomed to spend two or three months in every year in London,
principally for the purpose of keeping up his connexion with it,
and the Fellows continued annually to renew his election as Pre-
sident, until his lamented death in the year 1828, after he had
held that office from its foundation forty years before. The late
Earl of Derby, then Lord Stanley, succeeded him in the Chair,
and he was followed by the late Duke of Somerset ; on his retire-
ment, the amiable Bishop Stanley was elected President, and
retained the Chair until his death, when your happy choice fell on
the most distinguished botanist of his day, whose high scientific
attainments, extensive general knowledge, and combined wisdom
and kindness of heart, at once secured to him the deep respect
and affection of all who have ever known him, and reflected honour
upon the Society which had chosen him for their President.

After the decease of Sir James Smith, the whole of the Linnean

XlV PROCEEDINGS OF THE

Collection (with the exception of the minerals), wliich he had more
than forty years before* obtained under the circumstances which I
have hastily detailed, together with his own valuable additions to
it both in books and specimens, were purchased by this Society,
and now constitutes its richest possession. At the last Anni-
versary I had the pleasure of reading to you a report of the Com-
mittee appointed by your Council to consider and report upon the
state of these Collections, and announced the gratifying fact that
they were upon the whole in excellent condition. The recom-
mendation of that Committee will now be fully carried out, by the
separation and arrangement of the actual Linnean books and spe-
cimens, in such a manner as to render them most readily available
for consultation.

And now, G-entlemen, it behoves me to pause for a moment, and
ask, what has the Society done during the seventy years of its
existence ? What are the records of its progress, and what the
results of its labours ? For a reply to this question, I will refer
you to the history of Natural Science throughout the world for
those seventy years. I will point to the twenty-two volumes of
our Transactions, which are to be found, worn by the hands of the
students of Natural Plistory, on the shelves of every important sci-
entific library in Europe, I may say in the civilized world. I will
refer you to the list of our Members, home and foreign, and to the
respect in which the Society is held by scientific naturalists in
every quarter of the globe. Grentlemen, this is not a vain-glorious
boast. It is the simple assertion of a truth, which may be enun-
ciated from this chair with honest satisfaction, in the full con-
sciousness that it will be responded to by every one that hears me.
What, then, must be the responsibilities of the successors of those
who have in past times set so illustrious an example ? I have no
fear that the character of the Society or its usefulness will suffer,
whilst I find the places of those who are gone filled up by a
younger race of naturalists, their equals in intelligence, in zeal,
and in honesty and truthfulness of purpose.

Having thus taken a very hurried review of the Society's rise
and growth, which I fear must have inflicted on many of you the
tsedium of an oft-told tale, I will, with as much brevity as possible,
record the circumstances, most interesting to you, which have
occurred since our last Anniversary Meeting. J took leave of you
then with the announcement, that only on the previous evening
had it been satisfactorily determined that the Linnean Society was
to have the privilege of occupying rooms in Burlington House,

LINNEAN^ SOCIETr OP LONDON, XV

and thus be recognized by the Government aa deserving of being
located in a government building. Shortly after that time a
meeting of the Boyal Society was held, at which the President of
that body stated to the Fellows what steps had been taken with
reference to the location of the Societies in this building, and he
then publicly asked the President of the Chemical Society, Pro-
fessor Miller, and myself as your representative, whether the two
Societies would be satisfied with the accommodation then offered
them. That accommodation appeared to us to be very liberal, and
such as would amply satisfy our needs, and we both expressed our
cordial assent to the arrangement. I will now detail to you in
what it consists. The entrance-hall is common property ; on the
ground floor we have two front rooms on the east side of the Hall,
the first of which contains our principal botanical collections, and
the second, which will also be our Council-room, has the New Hol-
land birds and other animals which were arranged round the walls
of the Council-room in Soho Square. This room will also be used
for the meetings of the Council of the Chemical Society, to whom it
had been originally assigned, but who gave it up to us with this un-
derstanding. On the principal floor we have the room in which we
are now assembled, as our ordinary meeting-room, and the great
BaU-room, now appropriated to our library. The whole of the
second floor is also allotted to us, consisting of eight commodious
rooms. Of these three are devoted to our Librarian, and three to
the Porter. One large room will contain such parts of the Col-
lection as are least frequently used, and the other a certain portion
of the stock of the Transactions. There are also very extensive
dry lofts, which form excellent store-rooms. The north end of the
library is set apart for the Linnean Collections,^the Herbarium
being arranged on one side, the zoological specimens on the other,
and the books partly on each side. The great Hall, forming the
west building, is also at the service of the Society if it should ever
be required. The Committee, to whom the Council entrusted the
whole arrangemeats of the removal, have been most anxious and
careful to accommodate the Pellows, and to facilitate their use of
the library and collections, and I believe I may with confidence
anticipate that their labours will prove perfectly satisfactory. It
will readily be believed that the removal of so large an establish-
ment, and our location in a new and very differently arranged
abode, would be attended with great expense. It became necessary
to appeal to the Fellows for their assistance and cooperation.
That appeal has been met in a spirit of ready liberality ; and a

XVI PEOCEEDtirGS OF THE

purely voluntary subscription, to tlie amount of very nearly £1100,
attests the sincere interest which the Fellows at large take in the
well-being of the Society, and their appreciation of our present
change. I have to add to this notice of our new arrangements,
that as the whole of the libraries of the three Societies located
here are now accessible to the members of each, the Eoyal Society
have spontaneously caused their fine collection of books in natural
history to be placed, for the greater convenience of naturalists, in
that part of their library which is contiguous to our own.

You have been called upon during this Session to confirm an
alteration in the bye-laws, the effect of which wdll be to enable
this Society to hold its ordinary meetings on the same night as
the Eoyal Society. The Chemical Society has adopted a similar
arrangement. When this plan was '^ first proposed, I felt very
strongly the obvious objection, that when any paper interesting to
the naturalist should be read at the Eoyal Society on the evening
of our meeting, it would be impossible for any one of our body to
be present without deserting his own party, and possibly losing
some interesting communication here. On my pressing this diffi-
culty on Lord Wrottesley, with whom, as President, the arrange-
ment of the reading of the papers at the Eoyal Society rests, he
assured me in the kindest manner, that, as far as practicable, the
reading of such papers should take place on those evenings on
which the Linnean Society do not meet. The new arrangement,
which will not take place until the next Session, will enable the
Fellows of the three societies and their visitors to assemble, after
the business is over, at tea ; and thus a pleasant conversazione may
be anticipated on every evening of these simultaneous meetings.

A second year has now elapsed since I announced the resolution
of the Council to issue the " Journal of our Proceedings." To a
great extent this plan appears to have succeeded well ; and
although the sale of the separate parts out of the Society has not
been considerable, yet the value of its contents, the regularity of
its appearance, and the fact of its being sent to the Fellows with-
out any trouble or expense on their part, has caused universal
satisfaction. It is particularly gratifying to find, that notwith-
standing the considerable expense of the publication, our increased
prosperity has enabled us to meet it ; and I doubt not that this
prosperity is in a measure due to the obvious value and attraction
of the publication itself. There is one drawback, however, on the
advantages of the Journal, to which I allude with great regret,
as it indicates in its cause a still more important defect ; — I refer

LINKEAN SOCIETY OF LOXDOK. XVll

to the disparity which exists between the zoological and botanical
portions of it. A great possible difficulty, which I could not but
foresee in the separate paging and sale of the two parts, has thus
become realized ; and it appears to me not impossible that it may
hereafter be necessary to consider carefully whether it may be
desirable to continue the present separable form. The deficiency
to which I have alluded in the number and importance of the
zoological papers communicated to the Society, leads me to make
a few remarks on the probable causes which may have led to it ;
and I think it is not difficult to trace it to the numerous minor
societies which cultivate, in one form or other, this department
of natural history, and thus draw away from the parent Society
numerous papers of various degrees of merit, which would other-
wise have found their place at our meetings, and many of which
might have worthily occupied the pages of our two publications.
I am well-aw^are of the great importance of a healthful division of
labour. I do not in any respect depreciate the value of the labours
of other societies ; but I do believe that science would be promoted
by a greater concentration of the talent and research w^hich are
now diverted into so many channels, increasing thus the difficulties
of the student, by unnecessarily multiplying the sources from which
he must draw his information. In the case of the Zoological
Society we have an example, in which the very steps which were
taken to effect a particular object, have become the means of frus-
trating it, and have increased the defect which it was intended to
obviate. The Zoological Club of the Linnean Society was insti-
tuted in the year 1822, and was composed exclusively of Fellows
of the Linnean Society. Its objects were to encourage the pre-
sentation of papers on zoological subjects, and to promulgate
those systematic view^s which at that time were prevailing, under
the influence of MacLeay and Vigors and Sw^ainson and others.
The primary and ostensible object, however, was the encourage-
ment of the zoological element in the Linnean Society. After
having existed and done good work for about seven years, a Special
Meeting was called to dissolve the Club, and it became transferred
to the Zoological Society, and formed its scientific department,
from which has emanated so great a mass of zoological information
of the highest character. I do not wish now to dwelF upon this
fact, but I am fully justified in saying that the diversion of so
much important matter from this Society has undoubtedly been
one principal cause of the obvious declension of our zoological
element. The recent resolution of the Council of the Zoological
LINN. PEOC. h

XVIU PBOCEEDINGS OP THE

Society to discontinue, from the present time, the publication of
their quarto Transactions, will in all probability restore to us a
portion of our lost prestige : and I cannot quit this subject with-
out pointing with particular pleasure to the paper by Professor
Owen, lately read at our Meetings, which I unhesitatingly pro-
nounce to be one of the most complete and profoundly philoso-
phical examples of zoological generalization it has for a long time
been my lot to listen to. The importance and interest attaching
to this essay made me anxious to present you with an abstract of
its reasoning, but my time will only allow me to give a very hasty
sketch of the principal positions taken by the author.

With respect to the first part of the paper on the characters of the
Mammalia, its value chiefly consists in the additions to those usually
given in zoological works, and they evince the same laborious and
long-continued research as characterizes all Professor Owen's pro-
ductions. His own views are based upon the constancy of certain
modifications of the brain in certain proportions in the class
Mammalia, and on the importance of those cerebral characters.
The first of these, discovered by the author many years since in
the brain of the kangaroo, and since ascertained by him to be
common to the Marsv/pialia and Monotremata, is the absence of
the supra- ventricular part of the corpus callosum, and the reduction
of the commissural part of the hemispheres to the anterior com-
missure and fornix. "With this is associated the non-development
of the placenta, the premature birth of the off'spring, the presence
of marsupial bones and other characters. To this primary division
or subclass, the lowest in its organization, the author gives the
name LyencepJiala. The second stage in the cerebral development
consists in the presence of the corpus callosum, but connecting
hemispheres as little advanced in bulk and external character as in
the former. The animals thus characterized are termed Lissence-
phala, which include the orders Bodentia, Insectivora, Cheiroptera,
and Bruta. In the third subclass, the Gyrencephala, the cerebrum
extends over more or less of the cerebellum and olfactory lobes,
and the superficies is ordinarily convoluted ; and in this subclass
are placed the orders Cetacea, Sirenia, Toxodontia, Proboscidea,
Perissodactyla, Artiodactyla, Carnivora, and Quadrumana. But
the most important application of the cerebral characters is that
by which man is raised, by the present classification, above the
rest of the mammalia, not merely as a distinct order, but as the
type of a subclass. " Not only," says the author, " do the cerebral
hemispheres overlap the olfactory lobes and cerebellum, but they

LINNEAN SOCIETY OF LONDON. XIX

extend in advance of the one and farther back than the other ;
this development produces a third lobe, which with some other
additional parts is peculiar to the genus Homo, and is common to
the lowest as to the highest varieties of the species." The name
which Professor Owen proposes for this highest form is ArcJien-
cephala. The author next enters into the subdivision of the four
primary divisions of the class. In this portion of the paper, the
necessary association of the order Bruta with the Cheiroptera,
Insectivora, and Eodentia in the same subclass Lissencephala, and
the removal of the Quadrumana to the Gryrencephala, from their
supposed association with the former subclass, are supported with
great acumen ; and some of the characters from which the first-
named assumed affinities are taken, shown to be fallacious.

These and many other important views of classification, and
the enunciation of doctrines of affinity, which are no less pro-
found than they are novel, will undoubtedly attract the attention
they deserve. Into the detail of these I regret that my time
will not allow me now to follow Prof. Owen ; nor into the very
interesting and extended views which he promulgates on the suc-
cessive development of the various mammalian types in the earlier
periods of creation. The whole of this valuable communication
will well repay the most careful and serious study ; and I the less
regret that it is not now in my power to make its principles
knovni in greater detail, as the paper itself will be immediately
before the world in the next part of the Proceedings.

In connexion with the subject of our Zoological Proceedings, I
have the great satisfaction to state, that a distinguished zoologist
and physiologist has kindly allowed himself to be put in nomi-
nation under the designation of Under Secretary. Professor Busk' s
election to that nominal office will be of great value to the Society,
by affording us the constant services of a Zoological Secretary ;
whilst it will be the means of relieving our invaluable friend Mr.
Bennett of a portion of that incessant labour which he has now
for so many years so kindly, so cheerfully, and with so much zeal
and intelligence and wisdom, performed for us.

The past year has been distinguished by remarkable prosperity.
Our ranks have been augmented by the accession of an almost un-
precedented number of new Members, some of them ardent young
naturalists, to whom we may look with confidence to fill worthily
the places of those who are year by year passing- away, and others
whose labours have for many years advanced the science, the lite-
rature, and the social improvement of our country in various de-
partments of knowledge.

12

XX PBOCEEDINGS OF THE

It has been most gratifying to me personally, and I am confident
you have all participated in the feeling, to hail the return amongst
us of one who was formerly associated with us, but whose im-
portant and extensive labours in physics have called his attention
away, for many years, from those studies which are more parti-
cularly ours. The close connexion of General Sabine with the
Eoyal Society, of which he occupies an office next to the highest,
and the great and deserved influence he possesses in its councils,
have been of especial value in bringing about that closer connexion
which now exists between us.

I cannot refer to the appearance of the last part of our Trans-
actions without the utterance of a grateful recognition of an
unprecedented act of liberality on the part of one of our most
zealous and distinguished Fellows. The exquisite illustrations of
Dr. Hooker's elaborate paper on the Balanophorece, the expense
of which amounts, as you will see by the financial statement, to
nearly £90, are presented to the Society by the joint liberality of
the author and his friend and coadjutor in so many meritorious
works, Dr. Thomson of Calcutta. The close alliance and friend-
ship of two such kindred minds, shown in their joint endurance of
the perils and hardship of travel, no less than in their combined
services in the cause of their favourite science, forms a most inter-
esting example of the influence of the study of nature in awakening
and perpetuating the kindliest and most harmonizing principles of
the human mind. Of the paper itself, I cannot of course ofibr
any opinion of my own. I understand that it is one of the greatest
interest, and I know it is the result of long and profound research.
Amongst the points upon which Dr. Hooker particularly dwells,
and which, if confirmed, are of the most importance, are the ex-
planation of the anomalous vascular system, and the reduction of
this to the exogenous type, — the history of the mode of parasitism
in these remarkable plants — the discovery of an embryo in several
species — the view taken of the ovule as reduced to an embryonal
sac — the proof of the close resemblance between the BalanophorecB
■ and Ounnera, and tracing the variations of the species and their
immense geographical distribution in both longitude and latitude.
Some of these points are, I understand, the subject of controversy,
and the proof is considered a matter of much importance both to
the physiological and systematic botanist.

On a comparison of our present condition with that of the last
anniversary, I may on almost all points offer the Society un-
mingled congratulations. The accession of no less than thirty-one
Fellows, the favourable aspect of our financial account, in which

LINNEAN SOCIETY OF LONDON. XII

we find a balance in our favour increased by a considerable sum,
in addition to a decrease of our bonded debt to the amount of
£200, our association with our great progenitor the E-oyal Society,
and with another scientific body, with greatly increased accom-
modation, and the prospect of immunity from rent, — these are all
subjects for thankful reflection. But the retrospect of any past
year is necessarily of a mixed character ; it has its dark as well as
its bright aspect ; — and in so large a body as ours, we cannot hope
to meet, on the return of our anniversary, without having to look
back on the loss of many whom we can ill spare from amongst us.
Of the fifteen of our Fellows who have been removed from us by
death since our last annual record, there is one, honoured and
beloved, whom I cannot, in justice to my own feelings and yours,
pass over without a humble but sincere and loving tribute of
affectionate regret. Mr. Bennett will doubtless give you, in his
own effective and feeling language, a brief account of the life of
our deeply-lamented friend Mr. Yarrell. It is sufficient for me
to speak of him as my own warm-hearted and constant friend of
more than thirty years, — as the earnest and zealous Fellow and
Treasurer of this Society, — as the trutliful and acute and ac-
curate student and historian of nature, and as one of the most
kindly, sincere, single-minded and simple-hearted men that ever
lived.

OBITUARY NOTICES.

The Secretary read the following notices of deceased Fellows : —

Thomas Worthington Barlow, Esq., was a native of Cheshire,
and became a student of Oray's Inn. He was admitted to the
bar, and was for some time settled in Manchester, but a year or
two since he proceeded to Sierra Leone in the capacity of Queen's
Advocate, and died at Freetown, in that colony, on the 10th of
August last, at the early age of 33. Natural History, together
with the literary history of his native county, early attracted his
attention ; and he published in 1847, in a large tabular form, " A
Chart of British Ornithology, adapted to popular use, and dedi-
cated to his Fellow-Members of the Wemerian Club.*' In the
following year he became a Fellow of the Linnean Society, and in
1852, he printed, under the title of "The Mystic Number, a
glance at the System of Nature," the substance of a lecture
\^^ich he had delivered some years previously, and in which

XXll PEOCEEDINGS OF THE

he adopted and maintained the circular and numerical system of
MacLeay, as modified by Swainson. He also commenced the
publication of a work entitled " Cheshire ; its Historical and Lite-
rary Associations, illustrated in a series of Biographical Sketches,"
8vo, Manchester, 1852 ; but these sketches were not continued
beyond a few remarkable names, occurring under the letter B.

The Bev. John Branshy, M.A., was educated at St. John's
College, Cambridge, where he took his Bachelor's degree in 1805,
and that of Master of Arts in 1808. For many years he was curate
of the parish of Stoke Newington, and in 1845 he became rector of
Testerton, in the county of Norfolk. In 1814 he was elected a
Fellow of the Linnean Society ; and he was also a Fellow of the
Society of Antiquaries, of the Geological Society, and of the Cam-
bridge Philosophical Society. He died at King's Lynn, after a short
illness, on the 5th of March of the present year, at the age of 74.

Walter Buchanan, Esq., well known to most of our older
Members by his former frequent attendance at our Meetings, was
originally engaged in mercantile pursuits, but had for some years
past retired from business. He was latterly an active magistrate
of the county of Middlesex, and took a prominent part in the
management of the County Lunatic Asylum at Hanwell. He
became a Fellow of the Linnean Society in 1817, and was likewise
a Fellow of the Horticultural Society. His death occurred at his
residence in Sussex Terrace, Hyde Park, on the 9th of November
last, in the 70th year of his age.

The Very Bev. William BucUand, D.D., F.B.S., F.G.S., ^c,
Dean of Westminster, was born at Axminster, in the county
of Devon, in the year 1784. He was educated first at Tiverton
School, and was afterwards, in 1798, removed to St. Mary's Col-
lege, Winchester ; thence he passed, in 1801, to a scholarship in
Corpus Christi College, Oxford, of which in 1808 he became a
Fellow. His degree of B.A. was taken in 1803. His taste for
the study of geology was manifested at a very early age : while
yet a child his attention had been directed to the " Cornua Am-
monis," found in the rocks around his home; at Winchester he
collected the fossils of the chalk ; and during his early residence
at Oxford, those of the oolite. From 1808 to 1812 he made fre-
quent excursions on horseback to various parts of England, Scot-
land, Ireland, and Wales, collecting sections of the strata and
specimens of their organic contents. In 1813, on the resignation
of Dr. Kidd, he was appointed Eeader of Mineralogy in the Uni-
versity of Oxford, to which, in 1818, was added the Keadership of

LINJIEAN SOCIETY OF LONDON. XXIU

Geology, then first established by the Government in accordance
with his strenuous recommendations. His lectures on both these
subjects, but especially on geology, attracted in a high degree the
attention and admiration of the University, and speedily obtained
for him a position among the most eminent and active of the
inquirers into the physical history of the earth. His Introductory
Lecture, as Eeader of Geology, was published in 1820, under the
title of " Vindicise Geologiae, or the Connexion of Geology with
Beligion Explained"; and his first important paper "On the
Coasts of the North of Ireland," written in conjunction with the
E/Cv. W. D. Conybeare, was published in the third volume of the
Transactions of the Geological Society.' His reputation as a geo-
logist was, however, still more completely established by his " Ac-
count of an Assemblage of Fossil Teeth and Bones of the Elephant,
Ehinoceros, Hippopotamus, Bear, Tiger, Hyaena, &c., discovered
in a cave at Kirkdale, Yorkshire," which was printed in the ' Philo-
sophical Tranactions ' for 1822, and was in the same year rewarded
with the Copley Medal. This celebrated paper, enlarged and
published separately in 1823, under the title of " Reliquise Dilu-
vianae," forms an important epoch in the history of geological
science. It is needless to particularize the titles of his numerous
memoirs which succeeded each other in rapid succession in the
' Transactions ' and ' Proceedings ' of the Geological Society, in
the ' Annals of Philosophy,' the ' Philosophical Magazine,' the
* Edinburgh Philosophical Journal,' the ' Reports of the British
Association,' &c. The list of his publications in the ' Bibliographia
Zoologiae et Geologise' of the Ray Society amounts to sixty-seven.
It W'Ould be improper, however, to omit noticing here his sole
contribution to our own ' Transactions,' a paper " On the Adap-
tation of the Structure of the Sloths to their peculiar mode of life,"
printed in our seventeenth volume ; and his Bridgewater Treatise,
entitled " Geology and Mineralogy considered, in reference to
Natural Theology," 2 vols. 8vo. 1836, a work distinguished at
once for the multitude of facts brought to bear upon its subject,
and for the attractive manner in which they are placed before the
reader. Dr. Buckland became a Fellow of the Geological Society
in 1813, of the Eoyal Society in 1818, of the Linnean Society in
1821, and received diplomas from a great number of scientific
societies both at home and abroad, among which was that of a
Correspondent of the Academy of Sciences of the Institute of
France. He was elected President of the Geological Society in
1824, and again in 1840 ; and was also President of the British

XXIV PBOCEEDIIfQS OF THE

Association, at their second meeting at Oxford in 1832. In 1825
he received a valuable acknowledgment of his established merit in
the gift of a Canonry of Christchurch, and in 1845 was nominated
by Sir Eobert Peel to the Deanery of Westminster. He was
elected a Trustee of the British Museum in 1847, and took an ac-
tive part in the establishment of the Museum of Practical Geology,
under the direction of his old and valued friend Sir H. T. De la
Beche. From Sir Henry's hands, as President of the Geological
Society, he received, in 1848, the WoUaston Medal; and soon
after closed his long series of geological honours. In the year
1850 his mind ceased to occupy itself with those studies which had
previously formed his favourite pursuit ; and he died on the 15th of
August last, at the age of 72. Pew men have contributed so largely
to the progress of geology as Dr. Buckland. Careless of originating
new views in relation to its theoretical aspects, his whole life was
devoted to the collection of a rich store of materials for its ad-
vancement as a science of facts. A large portion of his time was
spent in travelling over the British Islands and on the continent
of Europe, forming everywhere important collections, which he
subsequently placed in the Oxford Museum, now, through hia
exertions, so deservedly celebrated as among the first of geo-
logical collections. His unwearied spirit of research, the fertility
of his genius in the formation of new and unexpected combina-
tions, the peculiar felicity of his illustrations, and the genial
character of his eloquence, all combined to render his writings, his
lectures, and the part which he took in discussions at the Geolo-
gical Society and elsewhere, both weighty and attractive ; while
the warmth of his heart and the steadiness of his friendship pecu-
liarly endeared him to his more intimate connexions. Among the
many great names in geology which have departed from among us
within the last few years, none has acquired a more Tvidely-
extended fame or been attended by more grateful recollections.

Sir William Ogle Carr, Knt.^ Chief- Justice of the Supreme
Court at Ceylon, was the third son of William Prancis Carr, Esq.,
of Prognal, Hampstead. He became a student of Gray's Inn in
1820, and was called to the bar in 1826. After practising for
some time in England, he went to Ceylon, where he M^as admitted
Queen's Advocate, and in 1839 was appointed second puisne
Judge. In 1854 he became Chief- Justice, and was at the same
time created a knight. Sir William O. Carr was married to Miss
Clement, daughter of Col. John A. Clement, E.A. ; and was just
on the point of returmng to England to enjoy the repose which

LINNEAN SOCIETY OF LONDON. XXV

his long services iu India had merited, when he was carried off
almost suddenly, and died at his residence. Uplands, in the neigh-
; bourhood of Colombo, on the 24th day of April, 1856, at the age
of 53. He became a Fellow of the Linnean Society in 1830.

Sir Alexander Crichton, M.D., F.It.S., a medical practitioner
of considerable eminence, and one of the oldest Fellows of the
Linnean Society, was the second son of Mr. Alexander Crichton, of
Woodhouselee and Newington, in the county of Mid-Lothian,
and was born at Edinburgh on the 2nd of December, 1763. After
completing his school education in his native town, he was appren-
ticed to Mr. "Wood, an eminent surgeon in that city. At the
expiration of his apprenticeship, having first matriculated in the
university, he proceeded, in 1784, to London, and in the following
year to Leyden, where he obtained his degree of M.D. From
Leyden he went to Paris, which he quitted in the summer of 1786,
and extended his tour of instruction into Grermany, visiting suc-
cessively, during a period of three years, the schools of Stuttgard,
Yienna, Halle, Berlin, and G-ottingen. In 1789 he established him-
self as a surgeon in London, and became a Member of the Eoyal
College of Surgeons ; but disliking the operative part of the profes-
sion, he withdrew from that body in 1791 and became a Licentiate
of the College of Physicians. In the following year he published
a translation of Blumenbach's " Essay on Greneration " ; and being
appointed, about 1796, one of the Physicians of the Westminster
Hospital, he delivered in that institution the lectures on che-
mistry, materia medica, and the practice of physic. In 1798 he
published " An Inquiry into the Nature and Origin of Mental
Derangement," in 2 vols. 8vo, which added to the high reputation
he had acquired both at home and abroad as a skilful practitioner,
and assisted in introducing him into high professional practice.
In 1803 he was invited to become Physician in Ordinary to the
Emperor of Eussia; and a few years afterwards was appointed
Chief of the Civil Medical Department. For his various im-
portant services he received several Eussian Orders, as well as the
second class of the Prussian Order of the Eed Eagle, which, on hia
receiving the honour of knighthood from King George lY. in
1821, he obtained permission to wear. Besides the works above
mentioned. Sir Alexander Crichton was author of two separate
publications on the Cure of Pulmonary Consumption, and of a
work entitled " Commentaries on some Doctrines of a dangerous
tendency in Medicine, and on the General Principles of Safe
Practice," 1842. While in Russia, he edited, in conjunction wdth

XXVI PROCEEDINGS OF THE

Eelimann and Burdach, a periodical work entitled " Eussische
Sammlungen fur Naturwissenschaften und Ileilkunst," of which
two volumes appeared, at Eiga and Leipsig, 1815-1818 : and
after his return to England, he published, in the Annals of Philo-
sophy, a paper " On the Climate of the Antediluvian World, and
its Independence of Solar Influence; and on the Eormation of
Granite " ; and communicated to the Geological Society, memoirs
" On some Fossil Shells from Langton Green near Tunhridge-
Wells " ; " On some Vegetable Eemains found in the Sandstone
which underlies the lowest bed of the Carboniferous Limestone
near Ballisadiere, in the county of Sligo, Ireland " ; and " On some
parts of the Taunus and other Mountains in the Duchy of Nassau,"
which are published in the Transactions and Proceedings of that So-
ciety. He printed also at St. Petersburg, in 1807, an " Extract of a
Letter on a Mammoth preserved in Ice, from Dr. Crichton to Dr.
Babington." Sir Alexander Crichton was elected into the Linnean
Society in the year 1793, and had consequently been a Eellow for
nearly sixty-three years at the time of his death, which took place
in June last, in the 93rd year of his age. In the year 1800 he
became a Eellow of the Eoyal Society, and he was also a Eellow
of the Geological Society, a Member of the Imperial Academy of
Sciences at St. Petersburg, and of the Natural History Society
of Moscow, a Corresponding Member of the Eoyal Society of
Sciences at Gottingen, of the Academy of Medicine at Paris, and
of many other societies. In the year 1800, he married Erances,
daughter of Mr. Edward Dodwell, of East Moulsey, who survived
him only for about six months, and by whom he has left one son
and several daughters.

The Might Hon. William Henry Dawnay, seventh Viscount Do wne
in the Peerage of Ireland, and a Baronet of England, was born on
the 15th of May, 1812, and educated at Christchurch, Oxford,
where he graduated as B.A. in 1833, and as M.A. in 1837. He
was elected in 1841 one of the representatives of the county of
Rutland, and continued to occupy his seat in the House of Com-
mons until 1846, when, on the death of his father, he succeeded
to the family honours. Erom this time he occupied himself
chiefly in superintending and contributing to a variety of bene-
volent objects ; such as founding new churches, rebuilding those
which had fallen into decay, adding to the endowments of poor
livings, building parsonages, erecting schools, and improving the
comforts of the laboiu*ers on his extensive estates by rendering
their cottages healthful and commodious. His lordship became a

LINNEAN SOCIETY OF LONDON. XXVU

bellow of the Liuueau Society iu 1841, and died at Torquay, to
which place he had some time since retired, on account of his
declining health, on the 26th of January in the present year, and
in the 4i5th year of his age.

Francis King JEagle, Esq., was the second son of Robert Eagle,
Esq., of Lakenheath, in the county of Suffolk. He was educated
at Trinity College, Cambridge, where, in 1809, he graduated as
LL.B., and in the same year he was called to the bar. For
many years he attended the Norwich circuit, and obtained a high
reputation as a tithe-lawyer, which branch of the profession he
had made the subject of a profound research, having published in
1826 (in conjunction with Mr. Yonge) a highly valuable " Col-
lection of the Reports of Cases, the Statutes, and Ecclesiastical
Laws relating to Tithes," in 4 vols. 8vo. He subsequently be-
came a bencher of the Middle Temple, a Justice of the Peace for
the counties of Norfolk and Suffolk, and Judge of the County-
Courts of Sufiblk. Rather late in life he married the eldest
daughter of the late Sir James Blake, Bart., of Langham Hall,
who survives him, and by whom he has left one son. Mr. Eagle
became a Eellow of the Linnean Society in 1807, and was much
attached to the study of British Botany, being well-acquainted
with the Cryptogamous plants, and especially with the Mosses.
He died at Bury St. Edmunds, on the 8th of June, 1856, at the
age of 68.

William Gourlie, Esq., the son of a highly-respected Glasgow
merchant, was born in that city in March 1815, and received an
excellent education at the public schools, and afterwards at the
university of his native city. On his father's removal to the
neighbourhood of the town, he acquired a taste for gardening,
which soon expanded into a love of botany, and led to his attend-
ance, first on the lectures of Sir William Hooker, and afterwards
on those of Professor Balfour. From his earliest years he was
remarkably regular and orderly in his habits, and was thus enabled
to give much time to mental improvement, even while engaged
for many hours a day in mercantile pursuits. His botanical col-
lections were at first limited to British plants, among which he
paid particular attention to the Mosses ; but latterly he acquired
large foreign collections, which he is stated to have left in excellent
condition. His collection of shells was also extensive and well-
arranged, and his cabinet contained many interesting specimens
of fossil plants. From the time of his entering into business in
conjunction with his father, his connexion with the colonies enabled

XXVUl PEOCEEDINGS OF THE

liim to procure many specimens of new and rare objects, which he
freely imparted to naturalists and natural-history institutions
both at home and abroad. In 1836 he joined the Edinburgh
Botanical Society, and acted as its Local Secretary for Griasgow ;
and in 1841 he entered the Philosophical Society of Glasgow, and
took an active part in promoting its welfare. He was also an
active promoter of various benevolent institutions, and set a noble
example to commercial men, by proving to them that literary and
scientific pursuits may be made perfectly compatible with the
utmost regularity in carrying on the concerns of an extensive
business. In the year 1855 he became a Pellow of the Linnean
Society ; and in the same year, when the Meeting of the British
Association last took place in Glasgow, was appointed one of the
Local Secretaries. His successful exertions to render the meeting
creditable to Glasgow, to add to the comfort of those who visited
it, and to make all the objects of scientific interest easily accessible
to them, called forth the warmest commendations ; but they ap-
pear, by overtaxing his energies, to have assisted in calling into
action a cancerous or fungous disease of the face, which speedily
assumed a malignant character, and to which, after some months
of severe suffering, he fell a premature victim. He died at the
house of his brother at PoUockshields, on the 24th of June last,
in the 42nd year of his age, leaving a young widow and two chil-
dren of tender age. His loss has been deeply felt in his native
city, where his excellent business habits, combined with an ardent
love of science, and a strong desire to render himself useful in all
benevolent, literary, and scientific objects, had placed him among
the foremost men, and seemed to have prepared for him a career
of higher eminence and more extended usefulness.

Rear- Admiral Philip Parker King, B.N'., F.B.S., and Member
of the Legislative Council of the Colony of New South Wales, was
the son of Philip GidleyKing, Capt.K.]N'.,who was first Governor of
Norfolk Island, and afterwards of New South "Wales, and who, in
the latter capacity, is recorded by Mr. Brown, as having " mate-
rially forwarded the objects of Captain Flinders' voyage," and as
one " to whose friendship Mr. Ferdinand Bauer and himself were
indebted for important assistance in their pursuits while they
remained in that colony." Philip Parker King was bom at Nor-
folk Island on the 13th of December 1793, and entered the Navy
in 1807 as a first-class volunteer, on board the Diana frigate, Capt.
Charles Grant. After eighteen months' service he obtained the
rank of midshipman, and served on board various ships until the

LINNEAN SOCIETY OF LONDON. XXIX

conclusion of the war, being several times noticed for his gallantry
in action. In 1814 he was promoted to the rank of lieutenant, and
in 1817 was entrusted with the conduct of an important expedition
intended to complete Capt. Flinders' survey of the coast of New
Holland ; *a service in which he continued to be employed, first in
the Mermaid cutter, and afterwards in the Bathurst sloop (to the
command of which he was promoted by commission dated July
17th, 1821), until the year 1823. The results of his four voyages
in these vessels are contained in " A Narrative of the Survey of
the Intertropical and Western Coasts of Australia, performed
between the years 1818 and 1822," 2 vols. 8vo, Lond. 1827, and
in an Atlas, published by the Hydrographical Office of the Admi-
ralty. In these voyages he was accompanied by an able and
indefatigable botanist, Mr. AUan Cunningham, to whom " on all
occasions he gave every assistance in his power," and whose
grateful sense of Captain King's unvarying friendship terminated
only with his life. Besides the botanical collections, of which
Mr. Cunningham gave some account in the Appendix to the
' Narrative,' valuable Collections were also made in other branches
of natural history, and the appendix contains contributions by
Dr. Grray, on the Mammalia, Eep tiles, and Shells ; by Mr. "W. S.
MacLeay, on the Annulosa ; by Capt. King himself, aided by Mr.
Vigors, in relation to the Birds ; and is more especially distinguished
by a most important memoir by Mr. Brown, entitled " Character
and Description of Kingia, a New Grenus of Plants found on the
South-west coast of New Holland : with Observations on the Struc-
ture of the TJnimpregnated Ovulum ; and on the Eemale Flowers
of CycadesD and Coniferse." The high qualifications of Capt. King
as a surveying officer had now so completely established him in
the confidence of the Admiralty, that he was not long permitted
to remain unemployed. In September 1825 he was appointed to
the command of the Adventure sloop, with orders to survey the
southern coast of America, from the entrance of theEio Plata round
Cape Horn as far as the archipelago of Chiloe, and the coasts of
Terra del Fuego. In February 1830 he received his commission
as Post-Captain, and in November of the same year he returned
to England, leaving his second in command, Capt. Fitzroy, to
complete the remainder of the survey, and to give to the world the
detailed account of the proceedings of the two vessels. He himself
published in 1832, a volume entitled " Sailing Directions for South
America," and a second part was afterwards added by Capt. Fitzroy.
The " Narrative of the Surveying Voyages of His Majesty's Ships

XXX PBOOEEDIKQS OF THE

Adventure and Beagle, between the years 1826 and 1836," vol. i.,.
containing "Proceedings of the "First Expedition, 1826-1830,
under the command of Captain P. Parker King, R.N., E.B.S.," was
published in 1839. In this expedition, as in his former one. Captain
King secured the assistance of an excellent botanical collector,
Mr. Anderson, and also superintended the formation of a zoolo-
gical collection of considerable extent, of the mammalia, birds, and
shells, composing which he gave, in an appendix to the ' Narrative,*
a catalogue, with descriptions of new species, being assisted in the
conchological part by the valuable advice of Mr. Broderip. The
insects have been described in three papers in the 17th, 18th, and
19th volumes of our Transactions, entitled " Descriptions, &c. of
the Insects collected by Captain P. P. King, F.R.S., in the Survey
of the Straits of Magellan," by Mr. Curtis, Mr. Halliday, and Mr.
Walker. On his retirement from active service, Captain King
returned to New Holland and succeeded Sir Edward Parry in the
management of the affairs of the Australian Agricultural Society,
the duties of which office he discharged for several years with
exemplary ability and fidelity. He once again visited England
on the affairs of the society ; but soon returning to Australia, he
became first a nominated, and afterwards a representative Member
of the Legislative Council, and took an active part in the business
of the House. In the autumn of 1855 he was promoted to the
rank of Eear-admiral of the Blue, but the intelligence only reached
him a few weeks before his death, which took place in February
1856, at his residence, Grrantham, North Shore, Sydney, in the 63rd
year of his age. Both in public and private life. Admiral King
merited and obtained the cordial regard and high respect of aU who
knew him ; and the strong interest which he invariably took in all
that related to natural history, and the encouragement which he
gave in his different voyages to the formation of collections of plants
and animals, are well calculated to endear his memory to the
members of a natural-history society. He was elected into both
the Eoyal and Linnean Societies in the year 1824, and was also a
Member of the Boyal Asiatic Society, and a Corresponding Mem-
ber of the Zoological Society. He married Harriet, the daughter
of Christopher Lethbridge, Esq., of Launceston, in the county of
Cornwall, who, with a numerous family, survives him. Besides
the zoological notices already referred to. Admiral King was the
author of papers " On the Animals of the Straits of Magellan,"
Zool. Journ. iii. 422, iv. 91 ; " On the Greology of the Straits of
MageEan," Proo. G-eoL Soc. i. 29 ; " On the Cirrhipeda, Conchi-

LINNEAN SOCIETY Or LOKDON. XXXI

fera, and MoUusca collected by the OiEcers of H.M.S. Adventure
and Beagle in the years 1826-1830," Zool. Joum. v. 332 ; " Cha-
racters of New Grenera and Species of Birds from the Straits of
Magellan," Proc. Comm. Zool. Soc. i. 14, 29 ; and " Observations
on Oceanic Birds, particularly those of the Genus Diomedea, &c.,"
Proc. Zool. Soc. ii. 128.

John Moore, JEsq., President of the Literary and Philosophical
Society, of the Natural History Scciety, and of the Botanical and
Horticultural Society of Manchester. Of this gentleman, who
became a Pellow of the Linnean Society in 1826, 1 hope hereafter
to be able to procure some particulars ; but the very recent date
of his death has precluded my obtaining them in sufficient time
for reading on the present occasion.

William Haseldine Pepys, JEsq., was well known as an eminent
cutler and maker of philosophical apparatus. His studies were
chiefly directed towards chemistry ; and in early life he made
many experiments in common with the late W. Allen, the results
of which were for the most part communicated to the Boyal So-
ciety, and appeared in the ' Philosophical Transactions.' One of
these papers " On the E;espiration of Birds," published in vol. 119,
may be more particularly mentioned here for its bearing on animal
physiology; as may also another memoir by Mr. Pepys alone,
" On the Decomposition of Sulphate of Iron by Animal Matter,"
which appeared in the first volume of the ' Transactions of the
Geological Society.' He became a Eellow of the E-oyal Society in
1808, and of the Linnean in 1821, and was also a Eellow of the
Horticultural Society. His death took place at his residence in
Earl's Terrace, Kensington, on the 17th of August last, at the
age of 81.

It will be in the recollection of many of my hearers, that at our
last Anniversary much anxiety was expressed respecting one of
our distinguished Members, Daniel Sharpe, Esq., who, four days
before, had been thrown from his horse in the neighbourhood of
Norwood, and was then labouring under the effects of a concussion
of the brain. For a few days he was believed to be going on fa-
vourably; but a sudden relapse soon put a period to the hopes
which were then entertained, and he died on the 31st of May last,
as was afterwards ascertained, from an extensive fracture of the
base of the skull. He was born in London in 1806 ; and was the
youngest of a numerous family, his mother, the sister of the poet
Eogers, dying a few weeks after his birth. His school education
was acquired at Walthamstow ; and belonging to a commercial

XXXll PEOCEEDINGS OF THE

family, he was early initiated into mercantile pursuits, which?
continued to engage his attention throughout the remainder of
his life, but left him sufficient leisure to prosecute with great,
ardour and success the geological studies which formed liis prin-
cipal relaxation. A commercial connexion with the wine-growing
districts of Portugal, leading him to pay occasional visits to Lisbon
and Oporto, and to a residence of some extent in the neighbour-
hood of each, he was naturally induced to give particular attention
to the geology of those districts, and between 1832 and 1849 he
communicated to the Greological Society four memoirs on the
subject, which indicate by their increasing scientific interest the
gradual growth of his knowledge and enlargement of his views, and
form an excellent sketch of a country hitherto undescribed. In the
mean time he had been occupied at intervals in visiting various di-
stricts of England, Scotland, and Wales, and had given to the Greo-
logical Society a series of papers " On the Greology of the South
of "Westmoreland ; " " On the Bala Limestone ; " " On the Silu-
rian Eocks of the South of Westmoreland and the North of
Lancashire;" "On the Geology of North Wales;" "On Slaty
Cleavage;" "On the Quartz Eock of M'Culloch's Map of Scot-
land; " and " On the Southern Border of the Highlands of Scot-
land," which appeared from time to time in the 'Transactions,'
* Proceedings,' and * Journal ' of that Society. In the course of
these researches Mr. Sharpe made himself much more intimately
acquainted with extinct forms and their relations to existing
objects than is the custom with geologists in general ; and by this
means acquired that high degree of skill in the palseontological
determination of the age of rocks which formed the most striking
characteristic of his geological labours. As contributions to special
subjects of palaeontology, may be recorded papers " On a New
Species of IchthyosauTus ; " " On Trematis, a New Grenus belong-
ing to the Pamily of Brachiopodous MoUusca; " " On the Fossil
Bemains of MoUusca from the Palaeozoic Formations of the United
States ; " " On Tylostoma, a proposed genus of Grasteropodous
MoUusks ; " and " On the Grenus Nerincea, with an account of the
species found in Portugal;" together with several parts of an
important Monograph, which is included among the splendid
publications of the Palaeontographical Society, entitled " Descrip-
tion of the Fossil Eemains of the MoUusca found in the Chalk-
Formation of England," 4to, 1853, &c. The only Natural-History
paper unconnected with Geology, which I am aware of his having
published, is, a short communication printed in the first volume of

LINNEAN SOCIETY OE LONDON. XIXIU

the ' Proceedings of the Committee of Science of the Zoological
Society,' " On the Luminous Appearance of the Ocean." Nothing
can more strikingly evince the activity of his mind and the versa-
tility of his genius than the readiness with which he turned his
attention from geological pursuits to grapple with the difficulties
of the ancient Lycian inscriptions brought home by Sir C. Eellowes,
Captain Spratt, and Professor Forbes, in regard to which the
accuracy of his interpretations of an unknown tongue, written in
an imperfectly known character, has not, so far as I am aware, been
questioned by philologists, Mr. Sharpe was unmarried ; he be-
came a Fellow of the Linnean Society in 1828, of the Greological
Society in 1829, and of the Eoyal Society in 1850. In 1853 he
was elected Treasurer of the Greological Society ; and in February
1856 he succeeded Mr. Hamilton in the office of President. After
only three months' tenure of that high scientific position, he met
with the melancholy accident which prematurely terminated his
active and honourable career.

Charles Ham^pden Turner, Esq^., who became a Fellow of the
Linnean Society in 1819, and of the Eoyal Society in 1821, was
chiefly known in connexion with Natural History, from his being
the owner of a fine collection of minerals, purchased by him from
the late M. Heuland. He died at his seat, Eooksnest Park, near
Godstone, Surrey, on the 17th of March, 1856, at the age of 83.

The melancholy list of our losses concludes with the name of
William Yarrell, Usq., whose death cannot be recorded without
an expression of the deepest regret on the part of a Society of
which he had long been so invaluable an adviser and so distin-
guished an ornament, and on the part also of a large number of
its members, who have lost in him a true and faithful friend.
Mr. Yarrell was born on the 3rd of June, 1784, in Duke Street,
St. James's, where his father and his uncle, Mr. Jones, carried on
in partnership the business of newspaper-agents. His school-days
were passed at Dr. Nicholas's large establishment at Ealing, where
the late Greneral Sale was among his fellow-pupils, together with
his cousin, Mr. Edward Jones, his future partner, and where he
acquired the character of a quiet and studious boy. In the year
1802 he became a clerk in the banking-house of Messrs. Herries,
Farquhar, and Co., but soon left that employ to join his cousin in
the business which had previously belonged to their two fathers,
and which, at the death of the cousin in 1850, became wholly his
own. In the house in Duke Street, and in the corner house of
Bury Street and Little Ryder Street, to which the business had

LINN. PROC. c

XXXIV PEOCEEDINQS OF THE

for many years been removed, he passed the entire remainder of
his life, — a life combining with the steady pursuit of business, an
eager relish for the pleasures of society and the sports of the field,
and an ardent attachment to zoological studies. It can hardly be
doubted that to his enthusiastic devotion to field sports he was
indebted for the first impulse which led to the fame and distinction
which he subsequently acquired as a naturalist. His rod and his
gun, in the use of both of which, but particularly of the latter, he
was a skilful adept, first made him intimately acquainted with the
habits and distinctions of the finny and feathered tribes, which in
after-life it became his favourite occupation to illustrate. I first
became acquainted with him through my brother in the year 1817,
long before any of us were connected with the Linnean Society.
At this time he had just become a Member of the Royal Insti-
tution, and his scientific studies were divided between chemistry
and natural history ; but he soon relinquished the former and gave
himself wholly to the pursuit of the latter. Por several years after-
wards he contented himself with the patient and laborious collection
of the large body of facts which he ultimately turned to so good an
account ; and it was not until 1825, when he was upwards of forty
years of age, that he published his first paper " On the Occurrence
of some Rare British Birds." This paper appeared in the 2nd
volume of the ' Zoological Journal,' of which he soon afterwards
became one of the editors. In the same year he was elected a
Fellow of the Linnean Society, and in February 1827 he commu-
nicated to us his " Observations on the TracheaB of Birds, with
Descriptions and Representations of several not hitherto figured,"
which was published in the 15th volume of our * Transactions.*
In 1827 he also communicated to the Royal Society a paper " On
the Change of Plumage of some Hen-Pheasants," which is printed
in the volume of the * Philosophical Transactions ' for that year.
These papers were the precursors of a long series of memoirs and
of shorter communications, which have appeared from time to time
in the Linnean ' Transactions,' ' Proceedings,' and ' Journal ; ' in
the ' Transactions ' and ' Proceedings ' of the Zoological Society ;
in the * Reports of the British Association ; ' in the ' Zoological
Journal ; ' in the ' Annals and Magazine of Natural History ; ' in
the * Philosophical Magazine ; ' in the ' Entomological Magazine ; '
and in the * Zoologist.' These publications, and the well-known
extent of his acquirements, soon made him known to a large circle
of zoological friends, to whom he freely contributed his ample
stores of knowledge. In 1825 he corresponded with Bewick, to

LINNEAN SOCIETY OF I/ONDON. XXXV

whom he sent some of the rarer birds to figure in his celebrated
work ; and about the same time he formed the acquaintance of Sir
"William Jardine and Mr. Selby, In 1826, on the formation of
the Zoological Society, he became one of its original Members,
and immediately took an active part in its proceedings, both as a
naturalist and as a man of business. His quiet unpretending
manners, his varied information, his plain method of stating facts,
and the clear precision of his inferences, the straightforward sim-
plicity of his character, and his unvarying command of temper,
rendered him on all occasions a most valuable adviser; and when
all these traits in his character had become fully known, it was
only with reluctance and in accordance with established rules and
regulations, that his name was ever omitted from the Council-lists
of either the Linnean or the Zoological Societies, Of the latter
he for a short time acted as Secretary, and was frequently one of
its Vice-Presidents ; and he was also for a long period Treasurer
of the Entomological Society, of which he was a warm supporter.
On the death of Mr. Eorster in 1849, he was elected Treasurer of
the Linnean Society, and continued to fill that ofiice, I need not say
how satisfactorily to the Society, together with that of one of its
Vice-Presidents until his death. So early as 1825, Mr. Yarrell had
already formed a considerable collection of British Birds and their
eggs, which he continued in after-years to increase, adding to them
at a later period a collection of British Fishes. These collections
served as the basis of his two great works, the one completed in
1836, under the title of * A History of British Fishes,' and the
other in 1843, under that of * A History of British Birds.' A
second edition of the former was published in 1841, and a third
edition of the latter in 1856. These two works, which contain
the results of his long-continued observations in the fields and in
the woods, by the stream, on the coast, and on the open sea, of
his patient and unwearied researches in the closet, and of a careful
course of reading, form, and will long continue to form, the text-
books of British Naturalists in the two important departments
to which they refer. The ' History of British Fishes ' is further
remarkable as the earliest published, and consequently may be
regarded as the model of that fine series of works on the Natural
History of the British Islands of which Mr. Van Voorst has been
the publisher, and which have contributed so essentially to extend
and popularize the study of nature among us. Of the wide popu-
larity of these two ' Histories,' no better proof could be adduced
than the fact, which I have the authority and permission of Mr. Van

c2

XXXVl PEOCEEDING^S OE THE

Voorst to state, that the sum which Mr. Tarrell received on account
of them from first to last exceeded £4000. One of his latest
contributions to popular zoology was, a chapter " On Marine
Fishes," which he presented to his friend and publisher for inser-
tion in the third edition of the entertaining and instructive
* Sea-side Book ' of our distinguished Eellow, Dr. Harvey. Of
a naturally robust constitution, inured and strengthened by the
pursuits of his early life, the advances of age appeared to make
but a slight impression on his frame, until a severe attack of
fever ,in his seventieth year, for some time gave reason to fear for
his life. From this, however, he completely recovered, and gave
no further signs of decajdng health until the beginning of August
last, when an attack of giddiness, followed by slight paralysis,
again gave some alarm to his friends. In a few days this also
passed away, and he resumed his ordinary avocations. On the
26th of that month he attended a Council of the Linnean Society,
and appeared nearly in his usual health, but spoke of being re-
stricted in his diet, and complained of a " woolliness " in the
brain. On the ensuing Saturday he accompanied a valued friend
by sea to Great Yarmouth, where they arrived on the Sunday
morning ; in the evening he expressed himself much pleased with
his voyage, find stated that he had greatly enjoyed the day. After
partaking with appetite of a moderate dinner, he retired to rest
about ten o'clock, and was soon after attacked with a difficulty of
breathing, the continuance of which rendering him fearful, as he
stated, "that he should die and no one know of it," he rung his
beU. Medical assistance was immediately procured, but was
found unavailing. Perfectly conscious until withiQ a few minutes
of breathing his last, he died about half-past twelve in the morn-
ing of Monday, the 1st of September, in the 73rd year of his age.
On the following Monday he was buried in the churchyard of
Bayford in Hertfordshire, where his grave is indicated by a simple
epitaph, the lines from "Wordsworth, as well as his place of burial,
having been selected by himself. It is as follows : — " He was the
survivor of twelve brothers and sisters, who, with their father and
mother, are all placed close to this spot,

first and last,
The earliest summon' d and the longest spared —
Are here deposited."

His remains were attended to the grave by our President, Mr,
Bell, one of his oldest and most intimate friends, by his relatives

LINNEAN SOCIETY OF LONDON. XXXVU

and executors, of whom Mr. Van Voorst was one, by our Librarian,
Mr. Kippist, and by other Members of the Society, who were
desirous of paying this last sad tribute of respect. . Since his death,
his extensive library of Natural History books, and his valuable col-
lections of British Birds and Fishes have been sold by auction ; and
the latter have been thus transferred to the British Museum. But
his works will convey to posterity a faithful picture of his distin-
guished merits as a naturalist ; while his portrait, by Mrs. Carpenter,
the result of a subscription among forty Fellows of the Society in
1889, will continue to adorn our Meeting-Eoom, and to recall to
the minds of our Fellows the memory of a most valuable Mfember
of the Society, and of a thoroughly amiable, estimable, and ho-
nourable man.

The titles of his multifarious papers are given at length, and
with but few exceptions, in the ' Bibliographia Zoologise et Geo-
logise ' of the E/ay Society, and amount to no fewer than seventy.
It is proper, however, that I should here enumerate his contribu-
tions to our own publications, which are as follows ; —

I. In our Transactions : —

Observations on the Tracheae of Birds, with Descriptions and
Eepresentations of several not hitherto figured. — lAnn. Trans.
XV. 378.

Description of a species of Tringa, kiUed in Cambridgeshire,
new to England and Europe. — Ihid. xvi. 109.

On the Organs of Voice in Birds. — Ihid. xvi. 305.

On a new species of "Wild Swan, taken in England, and hitherto
confounded with the Hooper. — Ihid. xvi. 445.

Description of the Organs of Voice in a new species of "Wild
Swan {Cygnus huecinator, Eichards.). — Ihid. xvii. 1.

Descriptions of Three British Species of Freshwater Fishes, be-
longing to the genus Leuciscus of Klein. — Ihid. xvii. 5.

On the Habits and Structure of the G-reat Bustard {Otis tarda
of Linnaeus). — Ihid. xxi. 155.

II. In our Proceedings : —

Notice of an Interwoven Mass of Filaments of Conferva flu-
viatilis of extraordinary size. — Proc. Idrm. Soc. i. p. 65.

III. In our Journal : —

On the Influence of the Sexual Organ in modifying External
Character. — Journ. Linn. Soc. i. p. 76.

XXXVUl

PEOOEEDINOS OF THE

The Secretary also announced that thirty-one Fellows, two
Foreign Members, and one Associate, had been elected since the
last Anniversary.

At the election, which subsequently took place, Thomas Bell,
Esq. was re-elected President ; Francis Boott, Esq., M.D., Trea-
surer ; John Joseph Bennett, Esq., Secretary ; and George Busk,
Esq. was elected Under- (Zoological) Secretary. The following
five Fellows Were elected into the Council in the room of others
going out : viz. Hugh Falconer, Esq., M.D. ; J. D. Hooker, Esq.,
M J). ; Eobert Hudson, Esq. ; Robert M' Andrew, Esq. ; and Na-
thaniel Bagshaw Ward, Esq.

The President nominated Francis Boott, Esq., M.D. ; Eobert
Brown, Esq., D.C.L. ; Eichard Owen, Esq., D.C.L. ; and William
Wilson Saunders, Esq., Vice-Presidents for the ensuing year.

A Portrait of Thomas Bell, Esq., the President, painted by
Mr. Pickersgill, E.A., waa presented by the following Fellows,
viz. : —

Alexander, R. C, M.D.
Ansell, T., M.D.
Armitage, Rev. E., M.A.
Babington,C.Cardale, Esq., M.A.
Babington, Rev. Churchill, B.D.
Baird, W., Esq., M.D.
Barlow, Rev. J., M.A.
Bedingfeld, Rev. J.
Bennett, J. J., Esq.
Bentley, R., Esq.
Blackwall, J., Esq.
Boott, F., M.D.
Borrer, W., Esq.
Borrer, W., Jun., Esq., M.A.
Bowerbank, J. S., Esq.
Brown, R., Esq., D.C.L.
Buchanan, W., Esq.
Buckton, G. B., Esq.
Burchell, W. J., Esq., D.C.L.
Busk, G., Esq.
Capel, Rev. G., M.A.
Cole, R., Esq.
Cuming, H., Esq.
Darwin, C, Esq., M.A.

Daubeny, C. G. B., M.D.
Dennes, G. E., Esq.
Dickinson, J., Esq.
Dickinson, J. M. A., M.D.
Ewer, W., Esq.
Francis, W., Esq., Ph.D.
Gaskoin, J. S., Esq.
Gould, J., Esq.
Grant, R. E., M.D.
Gray, J. E., Esq., Ph.D.
Hamilton, E., M.D.
Hankey, J. A., Esq.
Hawkes, Rev. H., B.A.
Hawkins, E., Esq.
Henslow, Rev. J. S., M.A.
Hogg, J., Esq., M.A.
Holman, J., Esq., Lieut. R.N.
Hooker, Sir W. J., K.H.
Hooker, J. D., M.D.
Horsfield, T., M.D.
Hudson, R., Esq.
Hugo, Rev. T., M.A.
Janson, T. C, Esq.
Jones, J. D., M.D.

LINNEAN SOCIETY OF LONDON.

XXXIX

Kippist, R., Esq.
Knox, A. E., Esq., M.A.
Lee, J., Esq., LL.D.
Lyell, Sir C, M.A., D.C.L.
Miers, J., Esq.
Morson, T. N. R., Esq.
Murchison, Sir R. I., D.C.L.
Peckover, A., Esq.
Reeve, L., Esq.
Roots, S., Esq.
Salmon, J. D., Esq.
Salter, S. J. A., M.B.
Salter, T., Esq.
Salter, T. B., M.D.
Saunders, W. W., Esq.

Seaman, B. C. P., Esq.
Seemann, B., Esq., Ph.D.
Sheppard, Major E., RA.
Solly, R. H., Esq.
Spence, W., Esq.
Tagart, Rev. E.
Taylor, R., Esq,
Thomson, T., M.D.
Van Voorst, J., Esq.
Wakefield, R., Esq.
Ward, N. B., Esq.
White, Alfred, Esq.
Wight, R., M.D.
Wilkinson, J. S. C, Esq.
Yarrell, W., Esq.

June 2nd, 1857.
Thomas Bell, Esq., President, in the Chair.
Freeman Eoper, Esq., was elected a Fellow.

Eead, first, a Note " On the irregularity of the return of Swal-
lows and other vernal migratory birds in the present yearj'*
by Thomas Forster, Esq., M.B., F.L.S. (See " Zoological Pro-
ceedings," vol. ii. p. 40.)

Eead, secondly, " Additional Eemarks on an Organ observed in
the Wings and Halteres of Insects ;" by John Braxted Hicks,
Esq., M.D., F.L.S. (See " Transactions,'* vol. xxii. p. 141.)

Eead, thirdly, a Paper " On some peculiar Structures in the
Antennse of Insects;'* by John Braxted Hicks, Esq., M.D.,
F.L.S. (See " Transactions,*' vol. xxii. p. 147.)

The President announced that the Local Committee at Mont-
real had, through their Chairman, Sir W. E. Logan, invited the
Linnean Society to depute a representative to the approaching
meeting of the American Association for the Advancement of
Science in that city, and had placed at the disposal of the Society
for that purpose one of two free passages to New York or Boston

xl PROCEEDlNaS OF THE LINIiTEAN S(X)IETT OE LONDON.

and back again, given by the Cunard Steam Company ; that the
invitation had been thankfulty accepted ; and that Dr. Berthold
Seemann, F.L.S., had kindly consented, at the request of the
Council, to proceed to America as the representative of the
Society.

June 16th, 1857.

Thomas Bell, Esq., President, in the Chair.

Read, first, a " Catalogue of the Hymenoptera collected at Sara-
wak, in the Island of Borneo, Malacca, and Singapore, by Mr. A.
R. "Wallace;" by Frederick Smith, Esq.; communicated by W.
"W. Saunders, Esq., E.L.S. (See " Zoological Proceedings," vol. ii.
p. 42.)

Eead, secondly, a "Note on the Occurrence of Rotatoria in
Vaueheria ;''^ by Daniel Oliver, Jun., Esq., F.L.S.

Eead, thirdly, a Memoir " On the growth and composition of
the Ovarium of Siphonodon, Grriif. ;" by Joseph Dalton Hooker,
Esq., M.D., F.E.S., F.L.S. (See "Transactions," vol. xxii. p. 133.)

Eead, fourthly, a Note " On a Monstrous Development in ITa-
henaria chlorantJia -^^ by the Eev. John Stevens Henslow, M.A.,
F.L.S. (See " Botanical Proceedings," vol. ii.)

Eead, fifthly, a Note " On a Monstrous Development of the
Spike of a species of Banana;" by Sir Eobert H. Schomburgk;
communicated by Oeorge Bentham, Esq., F.L.S. (See " Botani-
cal Proceedings," vol. ii.)

Eead, sixthly, a Memoir " On the Greographical Distribution
of the Members of the Class Aves\^ by Philip Lutley Sclater,
Esq.j F.L.S. (See " Zoological Proceedings," vol. ii.)

xli

ADDITIONS

TO THE

LIBRARY OF THE LINNEAN SOCIETY,

RECEIVED FROM JULY 1, 1856, TO JUNE 15, 1857.

{Continued from vol. I. page Ixiv.]

Titles. Donoes.

Academies and Societies.

Amsterdam : — Kon. Akademie van Wetenschappen.
Yerhandelingen, deel 3. Amsterdam, 1856, 4to.
Verslagen en Mededeelingen. Afdeeling Natuurhunde^
deel 3, stuk 3, deel 4, & deel 5, stuk 1. Ih. 1855-6, 8vo.

• . Afdeeling LetterTcimde, deel 1, & deel 2,

stuk 1. Ih. 1855-56, 8vo. The Academy.

Basel: — Naturforschende Gesellscliaft.
Bericht, no. 3. Basel, 1838, 8vo.

Yerhandlungen, heft 3. Ih. 1856, 8vo. The Society.
Berlin : —

Konigl. Akademie der Wissenschaften.

Abhandlungen aus dem Jahre 1854. Ister Supplement-
Band. Berlin, 1856, fol.

— aus dem Jahre 1855. Ih. 1856, 4to.

Monatsbericht ; von Juli 1855-Dec. 1856. Ih. 8vo.

The Academy.

Verein zur Beforderung des Grartenbaues in den K. Preus-

sischen Staaten. Verhandlungen, Neue Keihe, jahrg. 4,

heft 1. Berlin, 1856, 8vo. The Society.

Berwickshire Naturalists' Club ; Proceedings, vol. iii. no. 6.

Berwick-on-Tweed, 1856, 8vo. The Club.

Bologna, Accademia delle Scienze dell' Istituto. Eendiconto,
ann. accad. 1854-5 & 1855-6. Bologna, 1855-56, 8vo.
Dr. a. Bertoloni, F.M.L.S.

Xlii ADDITIONS TO THE LIBEAET.

Titles. Donoes.

Academies and Societies (continued).

Bonn : — Naturbistorischer Verein. Verhandlungen, jahrg. 12,
heft 3 & 4, & jahrg. 13, heft 2 & 3. Bonn, 1855-56, 8vo.

The Association.
Boston, IJ.S. :—
American Academy of Arts and Sciences. Memoirs. New
Series, vol. 5, part 2. Cambridge and Boston, 1855, 4to.

The Academy.

Society of Natural History. Proceedings, vol. 5, sheets 12-21.

Boston, 1855-56, 8vo. The Society.

Breslau: — Imperial Academy "Naturae Curiosorum." Nova

Acta, torn. 25, pars 2. Vratislavise et Bonnse, 1856, 4!to.

The Academy.
Brussels :— Academic Roy ale des Sciences, &c.
Memoires, tome 30. Bruxelles, 1857, 4to.
Memoires couronnes, &c., tomes 26-8. lb. 1855-56, 4to.
Bulletins, tome 22, ptie 2, & tome 23. lb, 1855-56, 8vo.
Annuaires, 22« & 23« annees. lb. 1856-57, 12mo.

The Academy.
Cambridge : — Philosophical Society, Transactions, vol. 9, part 4.
Cambridge, 1856, 4to. The Society.

Charleston, S. C. : — ^EUiott Society of Natural History. Pro-
ceedings, sheets 4, 5 & 6. 1856, 8vo. The Society.
Cherbourg : — Societe Imp. des Sciences Naturelles. Memoires,
tome 3. Paris, 1855, 8vo. The Society.

Copenhagen : — Kong. Danske Yidenskabemes Selskab.

Skrifter. 5te Eaekke. 4de bind, Iste hefte. Kjobenhavn,

1856, 4to.
Oversigt i aar 1855. lb. Svo. The Society.

Cornwall : —

Geological Society. Annual Reports (40, 41 & 42) of the
Council. Penzance, 1855, 8vo.

Jonathan CorcH, Esq., F.L.S.
Royal Institution. Objects and Laws of. Truro, 1829, 8vo.

Jonathan Couch, Esq., F.L.S.
DubHn :—
Royal Irish Academy.

Transactions, vol. 23, part 1. Dublin, 1856, 4to.
Proceedings, vol. 6, part 3. lb. 1856, 8vo. The Academy.
Natural History Society. Journal and Proceedings for
1855-56. Dublin, 8vo. The Society.

ADDITIONS TO THE LIBEAET. xliii

Titles. Donoes.

Academies and Societies {continued).
Edinburgh : — E-oyal Society.

Transactions, vol. 21, part 3. Edinburgh, 1856, 4to.
Proceedings, no. 46. Ih. 1856, 8vo. The Society.

Erankfort : — Senckenbergische Naturforschende G-esellschaft.
Abhandlungen. Band 2, lief. 1. Erankfurt-a.-M., 1856, 4to.

The Society.
Gottingen : — Konigl. Gesellschaft der Wissenschaften. Nach-
richten, &c., vom J. 1856. Gottingen, 8vo. The Society.
Halle : — Naturwissenschaftlicher Verein fiir Sachsen nnd Thii-
ringen.
Abhandlungen, band 1, heft 1. Berlin, 1856, 4to.
Zeitschrift fiir die gesammten !N aturwissenschaften, band 7.
Ih. 1856, 8vo. The Society.

Hobart Town : — Eoyal Society of "Van Diemen's Land.

Papers and Proceedings, vol. 3, part 1. Hobart Town,

1855, 8vo. The Society.
Lausanne : — Societe Vaudoise des Sciences Naturelles. Bulletin,

nos. 34-7. Lausanne, 1854-6, 8vo. The Society.

Leeds: — Philosophical and Literary Society. Eeport (36th).

Leeds, 1856, 8vo. The Society.

Liege : — Societe E. des Sciences. Memoires, tome 12. Liege,

1857, 8vo. The Society.

Liverpool : — Literary and Philosophical Society. Proceedings,

no. 10. Liverpool, 1856, 8vo. The Society.

London : —

Art-Union.

Eeport of the Council for 1856 ; with a List of the Members.

London, 1856, 8vo.
Almanac for 1857. Ih. 12mo. The Aet-Union.

British Association. Eeport of the 25th Meeting. London,

1856, 8vo. The Association.
British Museum.

Catalogue of Lophobranchiate Eish. London, 1856, 12mo.

List of the British Curculionidae. Ih. 1856, 12n]io.

List of the Specimens of Lepidopterous Insects, parts 1 & 7.

Ih. 1856, 12mo.
Catalogue of British Ichneumonidae. Ih. 1856, 12mo.
Catalogue of Hymenopterous Insects. Ih. 1856, 12mo.
Catalogue of the Myriapoda. Ih. 1856, 12mo.

^ The Teustees.

xlir ADDITIONS TO THE LIBEARY.

Titles. Donors.

Academies and Societies {continued).

Entomological Society. Transactions. New Series, voL 4,

parts 1, 2 & 3. London, 1856-7, 8vo, The Society.

Geological Society.

Transactions. 2nd Series, vol. 7, part 4. London, 1856, 4to.

Quarterly Journal, vol. 12, parts 3 & 4, & vol. 13, part 1.

Ih. 1856-7, 8vo. The Society.

International Association for obtaining a uniform (Decimal)

System of Measures, Weights, and Coins. Eeport of

the Council, &c. London, 1857, 8vo.

The Association.
Medical and Chirurgical Society,

Transactions, vol. 39. London, 1856, 8vo.
Proceedings, vol. 1, nos. 1 & 2. lb, 1857, 8vo.

The Society.
Microscopical Society : v. Jownah,
Palseontographical Society.
Monograph of the British Fossil Corals, by MM. H. M.-
Edwards & J. Haime, parts 3-5. London, 1852-4, 4to.
Monograph of British Brachiopoda, by T. Davidson, Esq.,

parts 1-4. Ih. 1852-4, 4to.
Monograph of the Eocene Moliusca, by F. E. Edwards,

parts 2 & 3. lb. 1852-4, 4to.
Monograph of the Echinodermata of the British Tertiaries,

by Prof. E. Forbes. Ih. 1852, 4to.
Description of the Fossil Bemains of Moliusca found in the
Chalk of England, by Daniel Sharpe, Esq., parts 1 & 2.
J&. 1854, 4to.
Monograph of the Moliusca from the Great Oolite, by J".
Morris, Esq. and J. Lycett, Esq., parts 2 & 3. lb. 1853-4,
4to.
Monograph of the Crag Moliusca, by S. V. "Wood, Esq.,

part 3. lb. 1853, 4to.
Monograph of the Fossil Chelonian Beptiles of the "Wealden
Clays and Purbeck Limestones, by B. Owen, Esq., D.C.L.
lb. 1853, 4to.
Monograph of the Fossil Eeptilia of the Wealden Forma-
tions, by the same, part 2. lb. 1854, 4to.
Monograph of the Fossil Balanida? and Verrucidae of Great
Britain, by C. Darwin, Esq. lb. 1854, 4to.

The Society.

ADDITIONS TO THE LIBUARY. xlv

Titles. Dokors.

Academies and Societies (contintted).
Pharmaceutical Society : v. Journals.
iRoyal Society,

Proceedings, vol. 8, nos. 21-25. London, 1856-7, 8vo.

The Society.

Eoyal Agricultural Society. Journal, vol. 17, parts 1 & 2.

London, 1856, 8vo. The Society.

Eoyal Asiatic Society. Journal, vol. 16, part 1. London,

1854, 8vo. The Society.
Eoyal Greograpliical Society.

Journal, vol. 26. London, 1856, 8vo.
Proceedings, nos. 4-8. lb. 1856-7, 8vo. The Society.
Royal Institution.

Notices of the Meetings, part 6. London, 1856, 8vo.

List of the Members, &c., with the E-eport of the Visitors

for 1855. lb. 1856, 8vo. The Institution.

Society of Arts. Journal, nos. 189-238. London, 1856-57,

8vo. The Society.

Zoological Society.

Proceedings, nos. 299-326. London, 1855-56, 8vo.
Illustrations to ditto, for 1853-54, 8vo. The Society.

Lyons : —

Academic des Sciences, &c. Memoires. Nouv. Serie. Classe
des Lettres, tomes 3 & 4. Lyon, 1853-55, 8vo ; and
Classe des Sciences, tomes 3-5. lb. 1853-55, 8vo.

The Academy.

Societe d' Agriculture, &c. Annales des Sciences Physiques

et Naturelles, 2^°^® Serie, tomes 5, 6, & 7, pt 1. Lyon,

1853-55, 8vo. The Society.

Societe Linneenne. Annales, Nouv. Serie, tome 2. Lyon,

1855, 8vo. The Society.
Madras : — Observatory.

Astronomical Observations, made in the years 1843-7 and

1848-52. Madras, 1848-54, 4to.
Meteorological Eegister for 1822-43. lb. 1844, fol.

The Hon. E. I. Company.
Madrid : — E. Academia de Ciencias.

Memorias. Ciencias Fisicas, tomo 1, parte 1. Madrid,

1856, 4to.

. Ciencias Natti/rales, tomo 2, parte 1. lb. 1856,

4to. The Academy,

Xlvi ADDITIONS TO THE LIBEARY.

Titles. Donoes.

Academies and Societies {continued).

Manchester : — Literary and Philosopliical Society. Memoirs,

2nd Series, vol. 13. London, 1856, 8vo. The Society.

Markree Observatory : — Catalogue of Stars near the Ecliptic,

observed at Markree during the years 1854-56, vol. 4.

Dublin, 1856, 8vo. H. M. Govebnment.

Mauritius : — ^Eoyal Society of Arts and Sciences. Proceedings,

from Sept. 1851 to Oct. 1855, 8vo. The Society.

Moscow : — Societe Imp. des Naturalistes.

Nouveaux Memoires, tome 10. Moscou, 1855, 4to.
Bulletin, tome 28, nos. 2, 3 & 4, & tome 29, no. 1. Ih.
1855-56, 8vo. The Society.

Naples : — Accademia delle Scienze.
Eendiconto, anno 4. (1855), 4to.
Memoria sullo Incendio Vesuviano del mese di Maggio,

1855, per G. Guarini, &c. Napoli, 1855, 4to.

The Academy.
Newcastle-upon-Tyne : — Tyneside Naturalists' Field Club.
Transactions, vol. 3, part 2. Newcastle, 1856, 8vo.

The Club.
New York : —

American Geographical and Statistical Society. Beport on
Syrian Exploration. New York, 1857, 8vo.

William Eeegfson, Esq., E.L.S.
Lyceum of Natural History. Annals, vol. 6, no. 5. New
York, 1855, 8vo. The Lyceum.

Paris : —

Academie des Sciences de I'lnstitut.

Memoires, tome 27, partie 1. Paris, 1856, 4to.
Memoires presentes par divers Savants, Sciences mathem.

et physiques, tome 14. Ih. 1856, 4to.
Comptes rendus, tomes 42 & 43. Ih. 1856, 4to.
Supplement aux Comptes rendus, &c., tome 1. Ih. 1856,
4to. The Academy.

Societe Botanique. Bulletin, tome 3, nos. 2-8 & 10. Paris,

1856, 8vo. The Society.
Museum d'Histoire Naturelle. Archives, tome 8, livr. 3 & 4,

& tome 9, livr. 1-3. Paris, 1855-56, 4to.

The Administration of the Museum.

Universal Exhibition. Reports on, parts 2 & 3. London, 1856,

8vo. The Commissioners.

ADDITIONS TO THE LIBRAEY. xlvii

Titles. Donors.

Academies and Societies {continued).

Penzance. Natural History and Antiquarian Society. Eeports
for 1848, 1851 & 1852. Penzance, 8vo.

Jonathan Couch, Esq., P.L.S.
Philadelphia : —

Academy of Natural Sciences.

JournaL New Series, vol. 3, part 2. Philadelphia, 1855,

4to.

Proceedings, vol. 7, nos. 8-12, & vol. 8, nos. 1 & 2. Ih.

1855-56, 8vo. The Academy.

American Philosophical Society, Proceedings, nos. 53 & 54.

Philadelphia, 8vo. The Society.

Stettin : — Entomologischer Verein.

Entomologische Zeitung- Jahrgang 17, Stettin, 1856, 8vo.
Linnaea Entomologica, band 11. Berlin, 1857, 8vo.

The Association.
Stockholm : — Kongl. Vetenskaps Akademien.

Handlingar for 1853, afdel. 2, & 1854, afdel, 1, Stock-
holm, 1856, 8vo.
Ofversigt. Arg. 12. Ih. 1856, 8vo,

Arsberattelse om Botaniska Arbeten, &c., for 1851, af J, E.
Wikstrom. Ih. 1855, 8vo, The Academy.

Upsal : — Eegia Societas Scientiarum. Nova Acta, Ser. 3, vol. 1,
fasc. 2, & vol, 2j fasc. 1. TJpsaliae, 1855-56, 4to.

The Society.
Vienna : —

Kaiserl. Akademie der Wissenschafben,

Denkschriften. Mathem.-naturw, Classe, band 10 & 11.

Wien, 1855-56, 4to.
Sitzungsberichte. Mathem.-naturw. Classe, band 18, heft 1
& 2, band 19, heft 1 & 2, & band 20, heft 1. Ih.
1855-56, 8vo.
Almanach, jahrg. 6. Ih. 1856, 8vo.

Jahrbiicher der K. K. Central- Anstalt fiir Meteorologie, &c.,
von Karl Kreil, band 4. Ih. 1856, 4to. The Academy.
K. K. G-eologische Eeichsanstalt.

Abhandlungen, band 3. "Wien, 1856, 4to.
Jahrbiicher, jahrg. 6, nos. 3 & 4, & jahrg. 7, nos. 1-3. Ih.
1855-56, 8vo. The Institute.

Zoologisch-botanischer Verein.

Yerhandlungen, band 5. Wien, 1855, 8vo.

xlviii ADDITIONS TO THE LIBEAET.

Titles. Donors.

Academies and Societies (continued).

Vienna: — Zoologisch-botanischer Verein {continued).

Bericht iiber die Oesterreichische Literatur der Zoologie,
Botanik, und Palaeontologie, aus den Jaliren 1850-53.
Wien, 1855, 8vo. The Association.

Washington : —

Smithsonian Institution. Contributions to Knowledge,
vol. 8. Washington, 1856, 4to. The Institution.

Wiirzburg : —

Physicaliseh-medicinische Gresellschaft. Verhandlungen,
band 7, heft 1 & 2. Wiirzburg, 1856, 8vo.

The Society.
Ziirich : —

Allgemeine Schweitzerische Gresellschaft fiir... Naturwissen-
schafben. Neue Denkschriften, band 13 & 14. Ziirich,
1853-55, 4to. The Natural History Society, Basle.
Naturforschende Gesellschaft,

Mittheilungen, heft 3-10. Ziirich, 1849-56, 8vo.
Vierteljahrs schrift ; redigirt von Dr. ~Si. Wolf. Jahrg. 1,
heft 1-4. Ih. 1856, 8vo. The Society.

Aguilar (A.) Annuncio del Eclipse anular y central, que tendra
lugar el 15 de Marzo, 1858. 8vo.

The Academy oe Sciences, Madrid.
Alder (J.) and Hancock (A.) Monograph of the British Nudibran-
chiate MoUusca, pts. 5-7. London, 1851-55, fol.

E. KippisT, LiBR. L.S.
Bate (C. S.) On the British DiastylidaB. London, 1856, 8vo.

The Author.

■ On the British Edriophthalma. Ih. 1856, 8vo.

The Author.

Bertoloni (A.) Flora Italica, tomo 10, fasc. 1-5. Bononiae, 1854,

8vo. The Author.

Miscellanea Botanica, fasc. 15 & 16. Ih. 1854-6, 4to.

The Author.

Bertoloni (J.) lUustrazione dei Prodotti Naturali del Mozambico,

diss. 5. Bologna, 1856, 4to. The Author.

Notizie intorno alle attuali coltivazioni de' Bachi da Seta nel

Bolognese. Ih. 1856, 4to. The Author.

Blackwood (J.) Diss, philos. de Imperii Civilis origine et causis.

Grlasguse, 1741, 4to. J. Couch, Esq., E.L.S.

ADDITI02fS TO THE LIBRARY. xlil

Titles. Donors.

Bonaparte (Prince C. L.) Notes sur les Oiseaux des lies Marquises,
et particulierement sur le genre Serresius. 4to.

Tableaux paralleliques de I'Ordre des Ecliassiers. 4to.

(jes Oiseaux praecoces, Gallinacees, &c.

4to.

Tableau synoptique de I'Ordre des Herons. 4to.

comparatif des Ineptes et des Autruches. 4to.

Oruitbologie fossile, &c. 4to.

Notes sur le genre Moquinus, &c. 1857, 8vo.

The Author.
Bosquet (J.) Monograpbie des Crustaces fossiles du Terrain Cre-
tace du Duche de Limbourg. Haarlem, 1854, 4to.

Henry Sharpe, Esq.

— r- Notice sur quelques nouveaux Bracbiopodes du systeme

Msestricbtien. lb. 1854, 4to. Henry Sharpe, Esq,

Bow (J. B. de) Statistical view of tbe United States, being a

Compendium of tbe 7tb Census. Wasbington, 1854, 8vo.

J. Couch, Esq., E.L.S.
Bromfield ("W". A.) Flora Yectensis ; being a systematic descrip-
tion of tbe Flowering Plants and Ferns, indigenous to tbe Isle
of Wigbt : edited by Sir W. J. Hooker, LL.D., and T. B. Salter,
M.D. London, 1856, 8vo. Miss Bromeield.

Letters from Egypt and Syria. lb. 1856, 8vo.

Miss Bromfield.
Burmeister (H.) Tbe Organization of Trilobites, deduced from
tbeir living Affinities : edited from tbe German by Prof. T. Bell
and Prof E. Forbes. London, 1846, 4to.

Henry Sharpe, Esq.

Erlauterungen zur Fauna Brasiliens. Berlin, 1856, fol.

The Author.
• Systematiscbe Uebersicbt der Tbiere Brasiliens, tbeil 2,

beft 2 & 3. lb. 1855-1856, 8vo. The Author.

Caspary (E.) Ueber Warme-Entwickelung in der Bliitbe der

Victoria regia. Berlin, 1856, 8vo. The Author.

Coucb (J.) Translation of Pliny's Natural History ; edited by tbe

Wernerian Club, parts 1-13. London, 1847-9, 8vo.

The Translator.
Description of tbe Fossils found near Trelawny, in tbe parisb

of Pelynt, Cornwall. 1855, 8vo. The Author.
On a supposed new species of tbe fossil genus Astrfea, found

in Cornwall. 8vo. The Author,

linn. prog. d

1 additions to the libeary.

Titles. Donors.

Couch (J.) Natural History of the Fishes of the United Kingdom,

with a particular reference to the Eisheries. MS. (Quoted in

TarrelVs Hist. Brit. Fishes as the ''Couch MSS.'')

The Atjthoe.
Daniell (W. F.) The Copals of Western Africa. 1857, 8vo.

The ArTHOR.
Daubeny (C.) Address to the Members of the British Association.

1856, 8vo. The Author.

DeCandoUe (A.) Prodromus Systematis Naturalis E-egni Vege-

tabilis, pars 14, sectio 1. Parisiis, 1856, 8vo.
Duchartre (P.) Note sur deux faits de Teratologic Vegetale.

Paris, 1844, 8vo. The Author.
Sur r Organogenic de lafleur, &c., chez les plantes a placenta

central libre. lb. 1844, 8vo. The Author.

Note sur Tanatomie de I'Orobanche Eryngii, Vauch. Ih.

1845, 8vo. The Author.

Sur r Organogenic de la fleur . . . des Malvacees. Ih, 1845, 8vo.

The Author.

Note sur I'Hypopitys multiflora, Scop. Ih. 1846, 8vo.

The Author.

Note sur une monstruositd de Narcissus tubseformis, Dur.

Ih. 1846, 8vo. The Author.

Sur r Organogenic florale des Caryophyllees. Ih. 1846, 8vo.

The Author.

Sur r Organogenic florale, &c. ... des Nyctaginees. Ih.

1848, 8vo. The Author.

— Sur les Embryons qui ont etc decrits comme Polycotyles.
Ih. 1848, 8vo. The Author.

— Note sur des feuilles ramiferes des Tomates. Ih. 8vo.

The Author.

— Tentamen methodicaB divisionis generis Aristolochi8e,.,.novi-

que generis Holostylis. Ih. 8vo. The Author.

— Experiences sur des Boutures droites et renversees. Ih.

1854, 8vo. The Author.

Famille des Aristolochiees. Ih. 1854, 8vo. The Author.

Influence de I'humidite sur la direction des Eacines. Ih.

1856, 8vo. The Author.

Experiences sur la vegetation des plantes Epiphytes. Ih.

1856, 8vo. The Author.

Dumeril (A.) Ichthyologie analytique : ou Essai d'une classifica-
tion naturelle des Poissons. Paris, 1856, 4to. The Author.

additions to the libraey. h

Titles. Donors.

Dum^ril (A.) Description des Eeptiles nouveaux on imparfaite-
ment connus...du Museum d'Histoire Naturelle, 2^'"« Memoire.
4to. The Attthoh.

Eapport sur les travaux de la Societe Imp. zoologique d'Ac-

climatation, en 1855. Paris, 8vo. The Atjthob.

Durand (E.) Plantae Kaneanae Qroenlandicse. Enumeration of
Plants collected by Dr. E. Kane, U.S.N., in his 1st and 2nd
expedition to the Polar Eegions. 4to. The Authoe ?

Engelmann (Gr.) Synopsis of the CactacesB of the United States
and adjacent regions. Cambridge (Mass.), 1856, 8vo.

The Author.

Favre (A.) Observations sur les Diceras. Geneve, 1843, 4to.

Henrt Sharpe, Esq.

Forbes (E.) History of British Star-fishes and other Echinoder-
mata, parts 1, 3, 4 & 6. London, 1840-41, 8vo.

KiCHARD KiPPIST, LiBR. L.S.

parts 2 & 5. Ih. 1840, 8vo.

The Publisher, John Van Voorst, Esq.

Erauenfeld (G.) Naturhistorische Fragmente, gesammelt auf einer

E-eise am Eothen Meere in 1855. 8vo. The Author.

Ueber eine neue Fliegengattung (Eaymondia) aus der Fa-

milie der Coriaceen; nebst Beschreibung zweier Arten der-
selben. 1855, 8vo. The Author.

Die Gattung Carychium. 1856, 8vo. The Author.

Gasparini (G.) Osservazioni sopra Taluni Eimedi proposti contra
alia Malatia della Vite. 1856, 4to.

The Academy of Sciences, Naples.

Hanbury (D.) On Storax. London, 1857, 8vo. The Author.

Henfrey (A.) Elementary Introduction to Vegetable Physiology.
London, 1856, 8vo. The Author.

Hill (E.) A Week at Port Eoyal, Montego Bay (Jamaica).
1855, 12mo. The Author.

Hitchcock (E.) Catalogues of the Animals and Plants of Massa-
chusetts, Amherst, 1835, 8vo. Hugh Cumin a, Esq., F.L.S.

Hogg (J.) On the distribution of certain species of freshwater
Fish ; and on the modes of fecundating the Ova of the Salmo-
nidsB. Newcastle-upon-Tyne, 1856, 8vo. The Author.

Hooker (W. J.) Flora of Tasmania, part 3. London, 1856, 4to.

The Author and Publisher.

Jordan (A.) De I'origine des diverses varietes ou especes d' Arbres
fruitiers, &c. Paris, 1853, 8vo. , The Author.

d2

lii ADDITIONS TO THE LI13KABY.

Titles. Donors.
Jordan (A.) Memoire sur I'^gilops triticoides, &c. Ih. 1856,
8vo. The Author.
Nouveau Memoire sur la question relative aux ^gilops triti-
coides et speltaeformis. Ih, 1857, 8vo. The Author.
Journals : —

Annales des Sciences Naturelles. Parties Zoologique et Bota-
nique. 4eme s^rie, tome 4, no. 6, tome 5, & tome 6, nos. 1, 2.
Paris, 1855-6, 8vo.
Annals and Magazine of Natural History. 2nd Series, nos. 103-
114. London, 1856-7, 8vo.

EicHARD Taylor, Esq., P.L.S.

Botanical Magazine ; edited by Sir W. J. Hooker, K.H., P.E.S.

and L.S. 3rd Series, nos. 139-150. London, 1856-57,

8vo.

Canadian Naturalist and Greologist, vol. 2, no. 1. Montreal,

1857, 8vo. The Editors ?

Entomologist's "Weekly Intelligencer for 1856 ; edited by H. T.

Stainton, Esq. London, 8vo. The Editor.

Journal of Botany and Kew Garden Miscellany ; edited by Sir

W. J. Hooker, K.H., &c. Nos. 90-101. London, 1856-57,

8vo. The Publisher, L. Keeve, Esq., E.L.S.

Linnsea ; herausgegeben von D.F.L. von Schlechtendal. Band 27,

heft 1, 5 & 6, & band 28, heft 1-3. Halle, 1855-6, 8vo.

The Editor.
Literary Gazette, New Series, nos. 19-44, & nos. 2085-2108.
London, 1856-57, 4to.

The Publisher, L. Eeeye, Esq., E.L.S.
Medical Independent ; by Drs. Goadby, Kane, and Eobinson.
Nos. 4-6, & vol. 2, nos. 1-4. Detroit, U.S., 1856, 8vo.

H. GoADBT, M.D.,E.L.S.

Natural History Eeview. Nos. 11 & 12. London, 1856, 8vo.

The Geological Society or Dublin.

Neue Alpina; eine Schrift, der Schweitzerischen Naturge-

schichte, &c. gewidmet: herausgegeben von J. E. Stein-

miiller. Band 1 & 2. Winterthur, 1821-27, 8vo.

The Natural History Society, Basle.

Nya Botaniska Notiser : utgifne af K. E. Thedenius. Nos, 1-4

for 1856. Stockholm, 8vo. The Editor.

Nyt Magazin for Naturvidenskaberne : udgives. . . . ved Chr.

Langberg. Bind 7, 8, & 9, heft 1 & 2. Christiania, 1853-56,

8vo. E. C. Alexander, Esq., M.D., E.L.S.

ADDITIONS TO THE LIBBABY. liii

Titles. Donoes.

Journals (continued) : —

Oesterreichisches Botanisclies Woclienblatt, fur Botaniker,

Aertzte, &c. ; redigirt von Alex. Skofitz. Jahrg. 1-3. "Wien,

1851-53, 8vo. The Editoe, through De. Seemann, F.L.S.

Pharmaceutical Journal and Transactions ; edited by Jacob Bell,

Esq., F.L.S. Nos. 181-192. London, 1856-57, 8vo.

The Editob.
Philosophical Magazine and Journal of Science. 4th Series,
nos. 75-88. Loudon, 1856-57, 8vo.

RiCHAED Tatloe, Esq., F.L.S.

Phytologist : New Series, nos. 15-26. London, 1856-57, 8vo.

The Publishee, W. Pamplin, Esq., A.L.S.

Quarterly Journal of Dental Science. No. 1. London, 1857,

8vo. The Peopeietoes, Messes. Walton and Co.

Quarterly Journal of Microscopical Science ; by E. Lankester,

M.D., and G. Busk, Esq. Nos. 16-19. London, 1856-57,

8vo. The Miceoscopical Society.

Zoologist ; edited by E. Newman, Esq., F.L.S. Nos. 165-170,

& nos. 173-178. London, 1856-57, 8vo. The Editoe.

Kinahan (J. E.) Remarks on the habits, &c. of Marine Crustacea

on the E. shores of Port Phillip, Australia. 1856, 8vo.

The Authoe.

Koppen (P. von) Ueber Pflanzen-Acclimatisirung in Russland.

St. Petersburg, 1856, 8vo. F. AYakeeield, Esq., F.L.S.

Lees (E.) Pictures of Nature in the Silurian Region, around the

Malvern Hills and Yale of Severn, &c. Malvern, 1856, 12mo.

The Aijthoe.

Lindsay (W. L.) Histology of the Cholera Evacuations in Man and

the Lower Animals. (Edinburgh), 1856, 8vo. The Authoe.

Monograph of the genus Abrothallus. 8vo. The Aijthoe.

Liniie (C. von) VoUstandiges Natursystem ; nach der 12*^'' latei-

nischen Ausgabe . . . ; ausgefertiget, von P. L. S. Miiller. Theil 1-6.

Niirnberg, 1773-75, 8vo. James Yates, Esq., M.A., F.L.S.

Lowe (E. J.) Natural History of Ferns, British and Exotic, pts.

15-38. London, 1856-57, 8vo. The Aijthoe.

Martins (C.) La Geographic Botanique, et ses progres. 1856, 8vo.

The Authoe ?

Meyer (J.) Oratio de Origine hujus Universi. Harderovici, 1720,

4to. J. Couch, Esq., F.L.S.

Moore (T.) Ferns of Great Britain and Ireland (Nature-printed),

parts 16 & 17. London, 1856, fol. HenetBeadbuey, Esq.

liv ADDITIONS TO THY. LIBBARY.

Titles. Donors.

Moore (T.) Illustrations of Orchidaceous Plants, parts 14-18.
lb. 1856-57, 8vo. The Author.

Index Filicum ; a Synopsis of the Grenera, and an Enume-
ration of the Species, of Ferns. No. 1. lb. 1857, 12mo.

The Author.
Ode (J.) Oratio de laudabili Priscorum Hominum Philosophandi
methodo. Traj. ad Ehenum, 1723, 4to.

J. Couch, Esq., E.L.S.

Parlatore (P.) Elogio di Pilippo Barker Webb. Pirenze, 1856,

4to. The Author.

Passerini (Q-.) Gli Insetti, autore delle Galle del Terebinto e del

Lentisco, &c. 1856, 8vo. B. Seemann, Esq., Ph.D., P.L.S.

Pringsheim (N.) Ueber die Befruchtung und Keimung der Algen ;

und das Wesen des Zeugungsactes. Berlin, 1855, 8vo.

The Author.

Ueber Befruchtung und Generationswechsel der Algen

2^' aufsatz. lb. 1856, 8vo. The Author.

Quetelet (A.) Observations des Phenomenes periodiques. 4to.

The Author.

Sur le Climat de la Belgique. Bruxelles, 1857, 4to.

The Author.
~ Eapport sur I'etat et les travaux de 1' Obfeervatoire Eoyal,

en 1856. 1856, 8vo. The Author.

Kadlkofer (L.) Der Befruchtungsprocess im Pilanzenreiche, und

sein Verhaltniss zu dem im Thierreiche. Leipzig, 1857, 8vo.

The Author.
Beeve (L.) Conchologia Iconica : Monographs of the genera Am-

pullaria, Cancellaria, Navicella, Nerita, Neritina, Siphonaria,

and Spondylus. London, (1855-56), 4to. The Author.

Richardson (Sir J.) and Wilson (J.) Article Ichthyology, from

the Encyclopaedia Britannica, 8th edition. 4to.

Sir John EiCHARDSON, C.B., P.E. & L.S.
Buiz (H.) and Pavon (J.) Florae Peruvianse et Chilensis Pro-

dromus, &c. Madrid, 1794, fol., and
Flora Peruviana et Chilensis, tom. 1 & 2. Matriti,

1798-99, fol. BicHARD Kippist, Libr. L.S.

Sack (Baron A. von) Narrative of a Voyage to Surinam, and of a

residence there during 1805, 1806 and 1807. London, 1810,

4to. J. Couch, Esq., F.L.S.

Sars (M.) Fauna littoralis Norvegise. 1'*"'^ heft. Christiania, 1846,

fol. K. C. Alexander, Esq., M.D., F.L.S.

additions to the library. iv

Titles. Donors.

Saussure (H. de) Nouvelles considerations sur la Nidification des

Guepes. G-eneve, 1855, 8vo. The Author.

Schaclit (H.) The Microscope, and its application to Vegetable

Anatomy and Physiology ; edited by F. Currey, M.A. 2nd edit.

London, 1855, 12mo. The Editor.

Sclater (P. L.) Synopsis of the Pissirostral family Bucconidae.

London, 1854, 8vo. The Author.

Monograph of the Tanagrine genus Calliste. II. 1856, 8vo.

The Author.

Synopsis Avium Tanagrinarum, Ih. 1856, 8vo.

The Author.

Seemann (B.) Botany of the Voyage of H.M.S. ' Herald,' under

the command of Capt. H. Kellett, R.N., in 1845-51, parts 7-9.

London, 1856, 4to. The Author.

Sharpe (J. B.) Tropical Vegetable Fibres : an Address to the

Chamber of Commerce, Dundee. London, 1857, 8vo.

The Author.

Siebold (C. T. E. von) On a true Parthenogenesis in Moths and

Bees ; translated by W. S. Dallas, F.L.S. London, 1857, 8vo.

The Publisher, John Van Voorst, Esq., F.L.S.

Smith (J.) Enumeration of the Filices, LycopodiacesB, &c. of N.W.

Mexico. 4to. The Author.

Stainton (H. T.) Ed. Entomologist's Annual for 1857. London,

8vo. The Editor.

Tilburg (N.) Oratio inaug. de Generatione Viventium quam di-

cunt Univoca. ' Groningse, 1724, 4to.

J. Couch, Esq., F.L.S.
Van den Honert (J.) Prses., Diss, inaug. de Servitute. Resp. auct.
J. E. J. Capitein {Afer). Lugd. Batav. 1742, 4to.

J. Couch, Esq., F.L.S.

Prses., Diss, inaug. de ortu et incremento Foetus Humani.

Resp. M. Akinside. Lugd. Batav. 1744, 4to.

J. Couch, Esq., F.L.S.
Van der Hoeven (J.) TabulsB Begni Animalis, secundum Enchi-
ridium Zoologicum. Ed. 2. Lugd. Batav. 1856. (1 sheet.)

The Author.
Van Lom (J. H.) Oratio de vinculo necessario Eationis cum
Experientia, in Scientia Naturali. Harderovici, 1735, 4to.

J. Couch, Esq., F.L.S.

Vitriario (J. J.) Prses., Disp. inaug. de Spatio Vacuo. Resp. G.

ab Irhoven. Lugd. Batav. 1721, 4to. J. Couch, Esq., F.L.S.

Ivi ADDITIONS TO THE LIBEARY.

Titles. Donobs.

Weddell (H. A.) Monographie de la famille des Urticees. Paris,

1856, 4to. The Authob.

Wesselio (J.) Prses., Disp. inaug. de Elementis Corporum. Eesp.

a. Osteus. Lugd. Batav. 1728, 4to. J. Couch, Esq., E.L.S.

Wittich (J.) Oratio inaug. de Evidentia et Certitudine. Lugd.

Batav. 1718, 4to. J. Couch, Esq., E.L.S.

Anon. —

Catalogue of the different specimens of Cloth collected in the
three voyages of Capt. Cook. London, 1787, 4to.

EiOHAED Chambeks, Esq., E.L^S.
Discoveries of the Erench in 1768 and 1769, to the S.E. of New
Guinea (translated from the French). London, 1791, 4to.

J. Couch, Esq., E.L.S.
Memorial Historique. "W. J. Broderip. Paris, 1856, 8vo.

Pbofessob Owen, E.L.S.
Specimen Tables, calculated and stereomoulded by the Swedish
Calculating Machine. London, 1857, 8vo.

Edward Scheutz, Esq.

Ivii

DONATIONS

TO THE

MUSEUM OF THE LINNEAN SOCIETY,

\^Continued from vol. 1. page Ixiv.]

Donations. Dofoes.

Dried Specimens of Zanthoxylon piperitvm (DeC.) from Hang

Chow, China: and of Liquidambar orientate , Mill., from the

coast of Asia Minor. Daniel Hanbubt, Esq., P.L.S.

Specimens of the fruit and bark of Khaya senegalensis ; seeds of

the Poison-tree of Senegambia {Fillcea stmveolens) ; and samples

of four species of Coffee, from Sierra Leone and other localities

of Western Africa. W. F. Daniell, Esq., M.D., E.L.S.

Dried Specimens of Plants from the neighbourhood of Moreton

Bay ; collected by Mr. Charles Moore.

Thomas Mooee, Esq., F.L.S.
Specimens, in fruit, of Wellingtonia gigantea^ Tacoodivm semper-

vireTis, and other Coniferw^ collected in California by Mr.

Bridges. Thomas Beidges, Esq.

Specimens of Plants from the ' Lomas,' or Desert Mountains of

Iquique, Peru ; collected by W. Bollaert, Esq.

E. H. Yinen, Esq., M.D., E.L.S.
Specimens of the pod of a species of Cassia (C. hacillaris?), used

medicinally in New Grranada. T. N. E. Moeson, Esq., E.L.S.
Engraved Portrait of Dr. A. Bertoloni, F.M.L.S. De. Beetoloni,

LINN. PROC.

JOURNAL OF THE PROCEEDINGS

OF THE

LINNEAN SOCIETY OF LONDON.

On the Characters, Principles of Division, and Primary Groups
of the Class Mammalia. By Professor Owek, F.E.S., F.L.S.,
Superintendent of the Natural History Departments in the
British Museum.

[Eead February I7th and April 21st, 1857.]

The class Mammalia, the most highly organized of the animal
kingdom and that to which we ourselves belong, appears to have
been the last class of animals introduced on this planet, and not
to have attained plenary development until the tertiary division
of geological time.

Mammals are distinguished, outwardly, by an entire or partial
covering of hair, and (with two exceptions) by teats or mammae —
whence the name of the class*. All Mammals possess mammary
glands, and suckle their yoimg : the embryo or foetus is developed
in the womb. Their leading anatomical character is to have
lungs, composed of a highly vascular and minutely cellular struc-
ture throughout, and suspended freely in a thoracic cavity sepa-
rated by a muscular and tendinous septum or diaphragm from the
ab.domen.

* From mamma, a pap. The Platypus and Echidna are the only known
exceptions to this rule. The Mare is an apparent one, from the pudendal posi-
tion of the nipples. The foetal Cetacea show tufts of hair on the muzzle.

LINN. PROC. ZOOLOGY. 1

Mammals, like Birds, have a heart composed of two ventricles
and two auricles, and have warm blood : they breathe quickly ; but
inspiration is performed chiefly by the agency of the diaphragm ;
and the inspired air acts only on the capillaries of the pulmonary
circulation.

The blood-discs are smaller than in Reptiles, and, save in the
Camel-tribe, are circular. The right auriculo-ventricular valve is
membranous, at least never entirely fleshy ; and the aorta bends
over the left, never over the right, bronchial tube. The primary
branches of the aorta are given off not immediately after, but at a
little distance from, its origin, and there is less constancy in the
order of their origin than in Birds : the phrenic arteries, the coeliac
axis, and the superior mesenteric artery are always branches of
the abdominal aorta, which terminates by dividing beyond the
kidneys into the iliac arteries, from which spring both the femoral
and ischiadic branches : the caudal or sacro-median artery, which
in some long-tailed Mammals assumes the character of the con-
tinued trunk of the aorta, never distributes arteries to the kidneys
or the legs, as in Birds. The kidneys are nourished, and derive
the material of their secretion, exclusively from the arterial system.
Their veins are simple, commencing by minute capillaries in the
parenchyma and terminating generally by a single trunk on each
side in the abdominal vena cava : they never anastomose with the
mesenteric veins.

The kidneys are relatively smaller and present a more compact
figure than in the other vertebrate classes ; their parenchyma is
divided into a cortical and medullary portion, and the secreting
tubuli terminate in a dilatation of the excretory duct, called the
pelvis.

The liver is generally divided into a greater number of lobes
than in Birds. The portal system is formed by veins derived
exclusively from the spleen and chylopoietic viscera. The cystic
duct, when it exists, always joins the hepatic, and does not enter
the duodenum separately. The pancreatic duct is commonly
single.

The mouth is closed by soft flexible muscular lips : the upper
jaw is composed of palatine, maxillary and premaxillary bones, and
is fixed ; the lower jaw consists of two rami, which are simple or
formed by one bony piece, and are articulated by a convex or flat
condyle to the base of the zygomatic process, and not to the tym-
panic element of the temporal bone ; the base of the coronoid
process generally extends along the space between the condyloid

or THE CLASS MAMMALIA. 8

and the alveolar processes. The jaws of Mammals with few ex-
ceptions are provided with teeth, which are arranged in a single
row; they are always lodged in sockets, and never anchylosed
with the substance of the jaw. The tongue is fleshy, well-deve-
loped, with the apex more or less free. The posterior nares are
protected by a soft palate, and the larynx by an epiglottis : the
rings of the trachea are generally cartilaginous and incomplete
behind : there is no inferior larynx. The oesophagus is continued
without partial dilatations to the stomach, which varies in its
structure according to the nature of the food, or the quantity of
nutriment to be extracted therefrom.

The true vertebrae of Mammalia have their bodies ossified from
three centres, and present for a longer or shorter period of life a
discoid epiphysis at each extremity. They are articulated by
concentric ligaments with interposed glairy fluid forming what
are called the intervertebral substances ; the articulating surfaces
are generally flattened, but sometimes, as in the neck of certain
Ruminants, they are concave behind and convex in front : such
a vertebra, however, may be distinguished from a vertebra of
a Eeptile, with a similar ball-and-socket structure of the articular
surfaces, even when found in a fossil state, and when the test of the
articulating medium cannot be applied, by the complete anchylosis
or confluence of the annular with the central part or body, and
by the large relative size of the canal for the spinal chord. The
cervical vertebrae, with one or two exceptions, are seven in
number, neither more nor less : the Monotremes, which are the
instances commonly opposed to other generalizations, form no
exception to this rule. The lumbar vertebrae are more constant
and usually more numerous than in other classes of vertebrate
animals. The atlas is articulated by concave articular processes
to two convex condyles, which are developed from the ex- occipital
elements of the last cranial vertebra. The tympanic element of
the temporal bone is restricted in function to the service of the
organ of hearing, and never enters into the articulation of the
lower jaw. The olfactory nerves escape from the cranial cavity
through numerous foramina of a cribriform plate. The optic
foramina are always distinct from one another.

The scapula is generally an expanded plate of bone ; the cora-
coid, with two (monotrematous) exceptions, appears as a small
process of the scapula. The sternum consists of a narrow and
usually simple series of bones : the sternal portions of the ribs are
generally cartilaginous and fixed to the vertebral portions without

1*

4 PEOFESSOE OWEN ON THE CHAEACTERS, ETC.

the interposition of a distinct articulation : there are no gristly or
bony abdominal ribs or abdominal sternum. The pubic and ischial
arches are generally complete, and united together by bony con-
fluence on the sternal aspect, so that the interspace of the two
pelvic arches is converted into two holes, c2iW.edi foramina ohtura-
toria or thyroidea. The sclerotic coat of the eye is a fibrous
membrane, and never contains bony plates. In the quantity of
aqueous humour and the convexity of the lens Mammals are
generally intermediate between Birds and Fishes. The organ of
hearing is characterized by the full development of the cochlea
with a lamina spiralis : there are three distinct ossicles in the
tympanum ; the membrana tympani is generally concave exter-
nally ; the meatus auditorius externus often commences with
a complicated external ear, having a distinct cartilaginous basis.
The external apertures of the organ of smell are provided with
moveable cartilages and muscles, and the extent of the internal
organ is increased by accessory cavities or sinuses which commu-
nicate with the passages including the turbinated bones.

There are few characters of the osseous system common, and at
the same time peculiar, to the class Mammalia. The following
may be cited : —

1. Each half or ramus of the mandible consists of one bony
piece developed from a single centre: the condyle is convex or
flat, never concave. This has proved a valuable character in the
determination of fossils.

2. The second or distal bone, called " squamosal," in the bar con-
tinued backwards from the maxillary arch, is not only expanded,
but is applied to the side-wall of the cranium, and developes the
articular surface for the mandible, which surface is either concave
or flat*.

3. The presphenoid is developed from a centre distinct from
that of the basisphenoid.

In no other class of vertebrate animals are these osteological
characters present.

The cancellous texture of mammalian bone is of a finer and
more delicate structure than in Keptiles, and forms a closer net-
work than in Birds. The microscopic radiating cells are relatively
smaller and approach more nearly to the spheroid form ; but both
these histological characters are liable to mislead, if unsupported
by more obvious and constant ones, in the interpretation of a
fossil.

* The Wombat is, perhaps, the sole exception to this rule.

OF THE CLASS MAMMALIA. 5

Dental characters. — The Mammalia, like Beptilia and Fisces,
include a few genera and species that are devoid of teeth ; the
true ant-eaters (^Myrmecophaga^, the scaly ant-eaters or pangolins
(Manis), and the spiny monotrematous ant-eater (JEchidna), are
examples of strictly edentulous Mammals. The Ornithorhynchus
has horny teeth, and the whales {Balana and Balcenoptera) have
transitory embryonic calcified teeth, succeeded by whalebone sub-
stitutes in the upper jaw. The female Narwhal seems to be eden-
tulous, but has the germs of two tusks in the substance of the
upper jaw-bones ; one of these becomes developed into a large and
conspicuous weapon in the male Narwhal, whence the name of its
genus Monodon.

The examples of excessive number of teeth are presented, in the
order Bruta, by the priodont Armadillo, which has ninety-eight
teeth : and in the Cetaceous order by the Cachalot, which has
upwards of sixty teeth, though most of them are confined to the
lower jaw ; by the common Porpoise, which has between eighty
and ninety teeth : by the Grangetic Dolphin, which has one hundred
and twenty teeth ; and by the true Dolphins {Delphinus) , which
have from one hundred to one hundred and ninety teeth, yielding
the maximum number in the class Mammalia.

When the teeth are in excessive number, as in the Armadillos
and Dolphins above cited, they are small, equal, or sub-equal, and
usually of a simple conical form.

In most other mammals particular teeth have special forms for
special uses ; thus, the front teeth, from being commonly adapted
to efiect the first coarse division of the food, have been called
cutters or incisors ; and the back teeth, which complete its com-
minution, grinders or molars ; large conical pointed teeth situated
behind the incisors, and adapted, by being nearer the insertion
of the biting muscles, to act with greater force, are called holders,
tearers, laniaries, or more commonly canines, from being well
developed in the Dog and other Carnivora.

It is peculiar to the class Mammalia to have teeth implanted in
sockets by two or more fangs ; but this can only happen to teeth
of limited growth, and generally characterizes the molars and pre-
molars : perpetually growing teeth require the base to be kept
simple and widely excavated for the persistent pulp. In no mam-
miferous animal does anchylosis of the tooth with the jaw consti-
tute a normal mode of attachment. Each tooth has its peculiar
socket, to which it firmly adheres by the close co-adaptation of
their opposed surfaces, and by the firm adhesion of the alveolar

6 PROFESSOK OWEK ON THE CHARACTERS, ETC.

periosteum to the organized cement which invests the fang or fangs
of the tooth.

True teeth implanted in sockets are confined, in the Mammalian
class, to the maxillary, premaxillary, and mandibular or lower max-
illary bones, and form a single row in each. They may project
only from the premaxillary bones, as in the Narwhal ; or only from
the lower maxillary bone, as in Ziphius ; or be limited to the supe-
rior and inferior maxillaries and not present in the premaxillaries,
as in the true Buminantia and most Bruta (Sloths, Armadillos,
Orycteropes). In most Mammals teeth are situated in all the
bones above mentioned.

The teeth of the Mammalia usually consist of hard unvascular
dentine, defended at the crown by an investment of enamel, and
everywhere surrounded by a coat of cement.

The coronal cement is of extreme tenuity in Man, Quadrumana
and the terrestrial Carnivora ; it is thicker in the Herbivora, espe-
cially in the complex grinders of the Elephant.

Vertical folds of enamel and cement penetrate the crowTi of the
tooth in the ruminating and many other Ungulata, and in most
Rodents, characterizing by their various forms the genera of those
orders.

No Mammal has more than two sets of teeth. In some species
the tooth-matrix does not develope the germ of a second tooth,
destined to succeed one into which the matrix has been converted ;
such a tooth, therefore, when completed and worn down, is not
replaced. The Sperm Whales, Dolphins, and Porpoises are limited
to this simple provision of teeth. In the Armadillos and Sloths,
the want of generative power, as it may be called, in the matrix is
compensated by the persistence of the matrix, and by the uninter-
rupted growth of the teeth.

In most other Mammalia, the matrix of the first-developed tooth
gives origin to the germ of a second tooth, which sometimes dis-
places the first, sometimes takes its place by the side of the tooth
from which it has originated.

AU those teeth which are displaced by their progeny are called
'* temporary,' deciduous, or milk-teeth ; the mode and direction in
which they are displaced and succeeded, viz. from above downwards
in the upper, from below upwards in the lower, jaw, in both jaws
vertically — are the same as in the Crocodile ; but the process is
never repeated more than once in any mammalian animal. A con-
siderable proportion of the dental series is thus changed ; the
second or ' permanent ' teeth having a size and form as suitable

OF THE CLASS MAMMALIA. 7

to the jaws of the adult, as the ' temporary ' teeth were adapted
to those of the young animal.

Those permanent teeth, which assume places not previously oc-
cupied by deciduous ones, are always the most posterior in their
position, and generally the most complex in their form. The term
'molar' or 'true molar' is restricted to these teeth. The teeth
between them and the canines are called ' premolars ; ' they push
out the milk-teeth that precede them, and are usually of smaller
size and simpler form than the true molars.

Thus the class Mammalia, in regard to the times of formation
and the succession of the teeth, may be divided into two groups,
monopJiyodonts*, or those that generate a single set of teeth ; and
the diphyodontsi, or those that generate two sets of teeth. But
this dental character is not so associated with other organic cha-
racters as to indicate natural or equivalent subclasses.

In the Mammalian orders with two sets of teeth, these organs
acquire fixed individual characters, receive special denominations,
and can be determined from species to species. This individuali-
zation of the teeth is eminently significative of the high grade of
organization of the animals manifesting it.

Originally, indeed, the names 'incisors,' 'canines,' and 'mo-
lars,' were given to the teeth, in Man and certain Mammals, as
in Eeptiles and Fishes, in reference merely to the shape and offices
indicated by these names ; but they are now used as arbitrary
signs, in a more fixed and determinate sense. In some Carnivora,
e. g. the front-teeth have broad tuberculate summits, adapted for
nipping and bruising, while the principal back-teeth are shaped
for cutting, and work upon each other like the blades of scissors.
The front-teeth in the Elephant project from the upper jaw, in the
form, size and direction of long pointed horns. In short, shape
and size are the least constant of dental characters in the Mam-
malia ; and the homologous teeth are determined, like other parts,
by their relative position, by their connexions, and by their
development.

Those teeth which are implanted in the premaxillary bones, and
in the corresponding part of the lower jaw, are called 'incisors,'
whatever be their shape or size. The tooth in the maxillary bone,
which is situated at or near to the suture with the premaxillary,
is the ' canine,' as is also that tooth in the lower jaw, which, ir,
opposing it, passes in front of the upper one's crown when the

* fiovos, once ; ^vw, I generate ; odoiif^ tooth.

t Sis, twice ; ^vu) and odovs. See " Philosophical Transactions," 1850, p. 493.

8 PEOFESSOE OWEN OS THE CHAEACTEES, ETC.

mouth is closed. The other teeth of the first set are the ' deci-
duous molars ; ' the teeth which displace and succeed them verti-
cally are the ' premolars ; ' the more posterior teeth, which are not
displaced by vertical successors, are the ' molars ' properly so called.

I have been led, chiefly by the state of the dentition in most of
the early forms of both carnivorous and herbivorous Mammalia,
which flourished during the eocene tertiary periods, to regard
3 incisors, 1 canine, and 7 succeeding teeth, on each side of both
jaws, as the type formula of diphyodont dentition.

Three of the seven teeth may be 'premolars,' and four may be true
' molars ;' or there may be four premolars, and three true molars.
This difference, as I have elsewhere shown, forms a character of a
secondary group or order in the mammalian class*. The essential
nature of the distinction is as follows : true molars are a backward
continuation of the first series of teeth ; they are developed in the
same primary groove of the foetal gum; they are 'permanent'
because they are not pushed out by successional teeth — the ' pre-
molars,' called ' dents de remplacement ' by Cuvier. Seven teeth
developed in the primary groove is, therefore, the typical number
of first teeth, beyond the canines. If, as in Didelphys, the
anterior three develope tooth-germs, which come to perfection in
a ' secondary groove,' there are then 3 deciduous teeth, 3 pre-
molars, and 4 true molars : if, as in Gymnura^ the anterior four
of the ' primary ' teeth develope tooth-germs, which grow in a
secondary groove, there are then 4 deciduous teeth, 4 premolars,
and 3 true molars. The first true molar of the marsupial is thus
seen to be the liomologue of the last milk-molar of the placental.

The Gymnure, the Mole, and the Hog are among the few exist-
ing quadrupeds which retain the typical number and kinds of
teeth. In a young Hog of ten months, the first premolar, p.l,
and the first molar, m. 1, are in place and use together with the
three deciduous molars, d. 2, d. 3, and d. 4 ; the second molar,
m. 2, has just begun to cut the gum ; p. 2,^. 3, and^. 4, together
with m. 3, are more or less incomplete, and will be found concealed
in their closed alveoli f.

The last deciduous molar, d. 4, has the same relative superiority
of size to d. 3 and d. 2, which m. 3 bears to m. 2 and m. 1 ; and the

* Outlines of a Classification of the Mammalia, Trans. Zool. Soc. vol. ii. p. 330
(1839).

t I recommend this easily acquired * subject ' to the yoimg zoologist for a
demonstration of the most instructive pecuharities of the mammaUan dentition.
He will see that the premolars must displace deciduous molars in order to rise
into place : the molars have no such relations.

or THE CLASS MAMMALIA. 9

crowns of^. 3 and p. 4 are of a more simple form than those of the
milk-teeth, which they are destined to succeed. When the milk-
teeth are shed, and the permanent ones are all in place, their kinds
are indicated, in the genus Sus, by the following formula : —

. 3—3 1—1 4—4 3—3 J J

^•§=5, 0.—, p.—, m.—=4.4.'.
which signifies that there are on each side of both upper and lower
jaws 3 incisors, 1 canine, 4 premolars, and 3 molars, making in all
44 teeth, each tooth being distinguished by its appropriate symbol,
e. g., p. 1 to p. 4, m. 1 to m. 3. This number of teeth is never sur-
passed in the placental Diphyodont series.

When the premolars and the molars are below this typical
number, the absent teeth are missing from the fore part of the
premolar series, and from the back part of the molar series. The
most constant teeth are the fourth premolar and the first true
molar ; and these being known by their order and mode of deve-
lopment, the homologies of the remaining molars and premolars
are determined by counting the molars from hefore backwards, e.g.
' one,' ' two,' ' three,' and the premolars from heJiind forwards,
* four,' ' three,' ' two,' ' one.' The incisors are counted from the
median line, commonly the foremost part, of both upper and
lower jaws, outwards and backwards. The first incisor of the
right side is the homotype, transversely, of the contiguous incisor
of the left side in the same jaw, and vertically, of its opposing
tooth in the opposite jaw ; and so with regard to the canines, pre-
molars, and molars ; just as the right arm is the homotype of the
left arm in its own segment, and also of the right leg of a succeed-
ing segment. It suffices, therefore, to reckon and name the teeth
of one side of either jaw in a species with the typical number and
kinds of teeth, e. g. the first, second, and third incisors, — the first,
second, third, and fourth premolars, — the first, second, and third
molars ; and of one side of both jaws in any case.

I have been induced to dwell thus long on the dental characters
of the class Mammalia, because they have not been clearly or
accurately defined in any systematic or elementary work on zoo-
logy, although an accurate formula and notation of the teeth are
of more use and value in characterizing genera in this than in any
other class of animals.

I next proceed to review briefly the principal primary divisions
of the Mammalia hitherto proposed. The best authorities in
Natural History have adopted different characters, drawn from
different systems of organs, for the primary groups or divisions of
the class Mammalia.

10 PROFESSOR OWEN ON THE CHARACTERS, ETC.

Aristotle chose the locomotive system, and divided his Zootoka
— the equivalent of the Linnean Mammalia — into three sec-
tions : — 1st, DiPODA, or bipeds ; 2nd, Tetrapoda, or quadrupeds ;
and 3rd, Apod A, or impeds. The preponderating second group,
which includes all the class save the Human-kind and the Whale-
tribe, is subdivided into those with claws, and those with hoofs.
The unguiculate quadrupeds are again subdivided according to the
nature of their teeth ; the ungulate quadrupeds, according to the
divisions of their hoofs, as e. g. into Polyschidce, or multungulates,
DischidcB, or bisulcates, and Aschidce, or solidungulates. I need
scarcely remark that this, in most respects admirable, system,
would have commanded greater attention, and been now recognized
as more manifestly the basis of later systems, had its immortal au-
thor more technically expressed his appreciation of the law of the
subordination of characters ; but he applies to each of his groups,
whatever their value, the same denomination, viz. genos, or genus.

Bay, with a less philosophical appreciation of the extent and
natui'e of the class Zootoka or Mammalia, arranges his equivalent
group of "Viviparous Four-footed Animals" chiefly on the Ari-
stotelian characters ; the primary division being into Ungtjlate
and XJnguicijlate, and the subdivisions being based on locomo-
tive and dental characters.

Linnaeus, restoring the class Mammalia to its Aristotelian inte-
grity, primarily subdivides it into Ungfictjlata, Ungtjlata, and
MuTiCA, the latter being the ' Apoda' of Aristotle : the secondary
groups or orders are founded chiefly on modifications of the dental
system.

Cuvier, adopting the same threefold primary division of the
class, subdivides it into better and more naturally defined orders,
according to various characters derived from the dental, the
osseous, generative, and the locomotive systems.

lUiger, in primarily dividing the Mammalia into those with free,
and those with fettered limbs — the ' pedes exserti distincti,' con-
trasted with the ' pedes retracti obvoluti,' — made a more unequal
and less natural partition than the threefold one of Aristotle ; the
Seals and the Whales balance all the rest of the class in the
lUigerian system. The subdivisions, also, of these primary groups,
based exclusively on characters of locomotion, have met with little
acceptance beyond some of the schools of Grermany.

De Blainville appears first, 1816, to have adopted a character
from the reproductive system for the primary division of the
Mammalia, viz. into the * Monodelphes,' * Didelphes,' and 'Ornitho-

OF THE CLASS MAMMALIA. 11

delphes.' His orders are in the main a return to the Linnean sy-
stem and nomenclature, with some peculiar views, as e.g. of the
quadrumanous or primatial affinity of the Sloths, which have never
gained acceptance. But his system indicates a clearer apprecia-
tion or stronger conviction of the value of the character of parity
and imparity in the number of toes of the Ungulata, first sug-
gested by Cuvier*, than was subsequently entertained by the
originator of the idea.

The position of the marsupial and monotrematous quadrupeds at
the bottom of the class Mammalia^ and the higher value assigned
to the group which they constituted, than that in the 'Eegne Ani-
mal ' of Cuvier, were ideas also in closer conformity with nature.
They were, however, but surmises, unsustained by anatomical
knowledge ; and, as such, failed to carry conviction, or gain ac-
ceptance. Nor was it until comparative anatomy had shown that
the Marsupials and Monotremes agreed in differing from all other
mammals in the absence of a placenta, and of the great commissure
of the brain, in certain bird-like characters of the heart f, and from
all other diphyodont Mammals in a less number of premolars, and
a greater number of true molars, — depending essentially on the
retention of a milk-tooth (w. 4), which is displaced and changed
in the placental diphyodonts,— that the true affinities of the didel-
phid and ornithodelphid mammals to each other, and their true
position in the class Mammalia, were finally recognized.

In the ' Systema Yertebratorum,' communicated in 1840 to the
Linnean Society by that accomplished and indefatigable zoologist
Prince Charles Lucien Bonaparte, the primary subdivision of the
Mammalia according to developmental and generative characters
is adopted; and the first division or series Flacentalia is sub-
divided, agreeably with M. Jourdan's distribution of Mammalia in
the Leyden Museum, into the two subclasses Educalilia and
Ineducahilia, the latter including the orders Bruta, Cheiroptera,
Insectivora and Bodentia, with the common character of 'cere-
brum unilobum.' This I regard as the most important improve-
ment in the classification of the Mammalia, which has been pro-
posed since the establishment of the natural character of the
implacental or ovo-viviparous division.

Cuvier had early noticed the relation of the Australian mam-
mals, as a small collateral series, to the unguiculate mammals of

* Ossemens Fossiles, 4to. ed. 1812, p. 9 j torn. iii. ed. 1822, p. 72.
t On the Classification of the Marsupialia, Zoological Transactions, vol. ii,
p. 315 (1839).

12 PEOFESSOE OWEN ON THE CHAEACTEES, ETC.

the rest of the world, " some," he writes, " corresponding with the
Carnaria, some with the Bodentia, and others again with the
Edentata*:'

M. Isidore Geoffrey St. Hilaire, in his ' Classification paralle-
lique des Mammiferes,' published in 1845, raises the Marsupialia
to the rank of a distinct class, and literally exemplifies the idea of
Cm-ier by placing its subdivisions, as orders, in parallel equivalents
with the orders of the Placentalia.

It does not appear, however, that Cuvier meant to do more
than indicate certain relations of analogy ; just as the relation of
the pedimanous and frugivorous Marsupials to the pedimanous
Qttadrumana of S. America, that of the marsupial Hyaena {Thyla-
cinus) to the Wolf, of the Tlying Petaurist to the Mying Squirrel,
of the Wombat to the Beaver, of the Kangaroo to the B/uminant,
of the Koala to the phytiphagous Sunbear, of the Opossums to
the Shrews, and of the Echidna to the Anteater, &c., had been
pointed out by myself. My esteemed friend and colleague Mr.
Waterhouse, whilst admitting the justness of some of these com-
parisons, appended a timely warning, in a valuable note in his
comprehensive and excellent history of the Marsupialiaf, against
the mistake to which the young zoologist might be liable, of con-
cluding the analogical groups of the Marsupialia and Flacentalia
thus indicated to be of equal rank and value. I have always par-
ticipated in this conviction of the lower value of the Implacentalia
as compared with the Placentalia ; and have used those terms
merely as useful collective or general signs of certain modifica-
tions of structure, which are associated with the development and
non-development of the placenta.

In like manner, when indicating the highest generalization to
which I had arrived after comparisons of the dentition of the
Mammalia, by the terms ' monophyodont ' and ' diphyodont J,'
signifying respectively the single and double set of teeth deve-
loped in different groups of the class, I have been careful to guard
myself from being misunderstood, as supposing that the monophyo-

* E^gne Animal, ed. 1829, vol. i. p. 174.

t Natural History of the Mammalia, 8vo. 1845, part i. p. 14. I must
remark, however, that in stating " by Prof. Owen and some other naturalists,
the present section (Marsupiata) is ranked as a subclass," the reader, from the
pecuUarly extended signification given to the term * Marsupiata,' might be mis-
led. The Marsupialia form one of the orders of my subclass Implacentalia.
See the articles ' Marsupialia ' and ' Monotremata,' in the " Cyclopaedia of Ana-
tomy," vol. ui. 1841.

X Cyclopaedia of Anatomy, part xxxvii. 1849. Phil. Trans. 1850, p. 493.

or THE CLASS MAMMALIA. 13

dont Monotremata, JBruta, and Cetacea, formed an equivalent group
with the diphyodont bulk of the Mammalia, or that the binary-
groups, defined by this single dental character, were natural ones.

Nothing more than a passing allusion seems needed to the
system of classifying the Mammalia on the modifications of the
placenta, originally proposed by Sir Everard Home*, and since
reproduced and modified by a few other naturalists. The group,
e. g. associated by the character of the discoid placenta, is as little
natural as that which would be composed on the basis of the
diphyodont dentition, or the unguiculate feet. The association of
the Itodentia and Insectivora with the Quadrumana, as in the
latest modification of the placentary system f, is not likely to com-
mand acceptance. The diffused placenta, as in the Mare, Por-
poise, Peccari, Rhinoceros, and Camel, would lead to an equally
heterogeneous assemblage. In two well-defined minor groups,
e. g. the true Carnivora and the true Buminantia, there exist
characteristic modifications of the placenta, viz. the zonular and
cotyledonal respectively ; but though the zonular type is common
to the Carnivora, it is not peculiar to them ; it is that of the
placenta in the Hyrax and the Elephant, amongst the TJngulata,
So likewise the cotyledonal type characterizes the placenta of the
Sloth among the Bruta.

Frimary Divisions of the Mammalia. — The question or problem
of the truly natural and equivalent primary groups of the class
Mammalia has occupied much of my consideration, and has ever
been present to my mind when gathering any new facts in the ana-
tomy of the Mammalia, during dissections of the rarer forms which
have died at the Zoological Gardens, or on other opportunities.

The peculiar value of the leading modifications of the mammalian
brain, in regard to their association with concurrent modifications
in other important systems of organs, was illustrated in detail in
the Hunterian Course of Lectures on the Comparative Anatomy
of the Nervous System, delivered by me at the Eoyal College of
Surgeons in 1842. The ideas which were broached or suggested,
during the delivery of that course, I have tested by every subse-
quent acquisition of anatomical knowledge, and now feel myself
justified in submitting to the judgement of the Linnean Society,
with a view to publication, the following fourfold primary division
of the mammalian class, based upon the four leading modifications
of cerebral structure in that class.

* Lectures on Comparative Anatomy, vol. iii. 4to. p. 445.

t Q-EEVAIS, Zoologie et Paleontologie Fran9aise, 4to. 1853, p. 194.

14 PROFESSOB OWEN ON THE CHARACTERS, ETC.

The brain is tliat part of the organization which, by its superior
development, distinguishes the Mammalia from all the inferior
classes of Vertebrata ; and it is that organ which I now propose
to show to be the one that by its modifications marks the best and
most natural primary divisions of the class.

In some mammals the cerebral hemispheres are but feebly and
partially connected together by the ' fornix ' and ' anterior commis-
sure : ' in the rest of the class a part called * corpus callosum ' is
added, which completes the connecting or 'commissural ' apparatus.

"With the absence of this great superadded commissure * is asso-
ciated a remarkable modification of the mode of development of
the offspring, which involves many other modifications ; amongst
which are the presence of the bones called ' marsupial,' and the
non-development of the deciduous body concerned in the nourish-
ment of the progeny before birth, called ' placenta ; ' the young in
all this ' implacental ' division being brought forth prematurely,
as compared with the rest of the class.

This first and lowest primary group, or subclass, of Mammalia
maybe termed, from its cerebral character, Lyencephala\, — signi-
fying the comparatively loose or disconnected state of the cerebral
hemispheres. The size of these hemispheres (fig. 1, a) is such that
they leave exposed the olfactory ganglions {a), the cerebellum (c),
and more or less of the optic lobes (b) ; their surface is generally
smooth ; the anfractuosities, when present, are few and simple.

The next well-marked stage in the development of the brain is
where the corpus callosum (indicated in fig. 2, by the dotted lines
£?, d) is present, but connects cerebral hemispheres as little ad-
vanced in bulk or outward character as in the preceding subclass ;
the cerebrum (a) leaving both the olfactory lobes {a) and cerebel-
lum (c) exposed, and being commonly smooth, or with few and
simple convolutions in a very small proportion, composed of the
largest members of the group. The mammals so characterized
constitute the subclass LissencephalaX (fig. 2).

In this subclass the testes are either permanently or temporarily
concealed in the abdomen: there is a common external genito-
urinary aperture in most; two precaval veins ('superior' or
* anterior venae cavae ') terminate in the right auricle. The squa-
mosal in most, and the tympanic in many, retain their primitive
separation as distinct bones. The orbits have not an entire rim*

* " On the Structure of the Brain in Marsupial Animals," Philos. Trans.
1837, p. 87.
t Xvw, to loose ; eyfce^aXos, brain. % Xiaabs, smooth ; eyKeipaXo^, brain.

OF THE CLASS MAMMALIA.

15

of bone. Besides these more general characters by which the
Lissencephala, in common with the Lyencephala, resemble Birds
and Reptiles, there are many other remarkable indications of their
affinity to the Oviparous Yertebrata in particular orders or genera

Fig. 2. — Brain of Beaver.

Tie;. 1. — ^Brain of Opossum.

of the subclass. Such, e.g.^ are the cloaca, convoluted trachea,
supernumerary cervical vertebrae and their floating ribs, in the
3-toed Sloth ; the irritability of the muscular fibre, and persistence
of contractile power in the Sloths and some other Bruta ; the long,
slender, beak-like edentulous jaws and gizzard of the Anteaters ;
the imbricated scales of the equally edentulous Pangolins, which
have both gizzard and gastric glands like the proventricular ones
in birds ; the dermal bony armour of the Armadillos like that of
loricated Saurians ; the quills of the Porcupine and Hedgehog ;
the proventriculus of the Dormouse and Beaver ; the prevalence
of disproportionate development of the hind-limbs in the Bodentia ;
coupled, in the Jerboa, with confluence of the three chief meta-
tarsals into one bone, as in birds ; the keeled sternum and wings
of the Bats ; the aptitude of the Cheiroptera, Insectivora, and
certain jRodentia to fall, like E/cptiles, into a state of true torpidity,
associated with a corresponding faculty of the heart to circulate
carbonized or black blood : — these, and the like indications of co-
affinity with the Lyencephala to the Oviparous air-breathing
Vertebrata, have mainly prevailed with me against an acquiescence

16 PROFESSOR OWEN ON THE CHARACTERS, ETC.

in the elevation of different groups of the Lissencephala to a higher
place in the Mammalian series, and in their respective association,
through some single character, with better-brained orders, according
to Mammalogical systems which, at different times, have been
proposed by zoologists of deserved reputation. Such, e.g.^ as the
association of the long-clawed Bruta with the Ungulata*, and of
the shorter-clawed Shrews, Moles and Hedgehogs, as well as the
Bats, with the Carnivora-\\ of the Sloths with the QuadrtimanaX;
of the Bats with the same high order§ ; and of the Insectivora and
Modentia in immediate sequence after the Linnean ' Primates,' as
in the latest published ' System of Mammalogy,' from a distin-
guished French author ||.

* Macleay, Linn. Trans, vol. xvi. (1833) ; Gray, Dr. J. E., Mammalia in the
British Museum, 12mo. 1843, p. xii.

t Cuvier, E^gne Animal, 1829, p. 110.

X De Blainville, Osteographie, 4to. fasc. 1. p. 47 (1839).

§ Linnaeus, Systema Naturae.

II Prof. G-ervais, Zoologie et Paleontologie Fran9aise, 4to. 1852, p. 194.
This scheme is avowedly an adoption of that proposed by Professor Milne-
Edwards, in the first volume of the 3rd series of the ' Annales des Sciences
NatureUes,' 1844, in a paper entitled 'Considerations sur quelques Principes
relatifs ^ la Classification Naturelle des Animaux,' &c. ; in referring to which,
M. Gervais states his conviction that Milne-Edwards, " a mis hors de doute les
rapports des Eongeurs avec les premiers Mammiferes." — Annales des Sciences
Naturelles, ser. iii. vol. i. p. 251. The high and justly-earned reputation of
both these naturahsts renders it incumbent on me to state the doubts with
respect to the actual affinity of the Eodentia to the Quadrumana which
remained on my mind after an attentive perusal of the arguments urged by
Mihie-Edwards. The first of these arguments is based upon an alleged resem-
blance of placental structure, expressed by the term " k placenta discoide,"
appUed as a character to the Bimana, Quadrumana, Cheiroptera, Insectivora
and Eodentia, collectively.

The degree of resemblance in outward form, between the placenta of the Eat
or Hare, on the one hand, and the Mycetes and Maeacus on the other, seems
to me to be more than counterbalanced by the difference of structure. The
pedunculate and cotyloid placenta of the Eat consists of foetal parts exclusively ;
the maternal areolar portion is as distinct from it as it is in the cotyledon of the
Euminant, and is a persistent structure of the uterus. The discoid placenta of
the Monkey includes a large proportion of maternal cellular structure, which
comes away with the foetal portion. The difference in the organic interblending
of the circulatory organs of mother and offspring, between the Rodentia and
Quadrumana, is of much more real importance than the degree of superficial
similarity. Still more significant, in regard to genetic grounds of affinity, is the
great diiference in the development and function of the viteUicle or umbiUcal
sac in the foetal membranes of the two orders. But, as regards outward form,
the cotyloid placenta of the Muridce differs more from the thin, expanded and
subdivided placenta of the Hare, than it does from that of the Marmoset Mon-
key : then, it signifies something in the argument drawn from similarity

OP THE CLASS MAMMALIA. 17

The third leading modification of the Mammalian cerebrum is
such an increase in its relative size, that it extends over more or

of form, that there are two distinct discoid placentae in Callithrix as in
Cercopithecus^ Macacus and Semnopithecus j whilst in Mycetes^ as in Troglo-
dytes^ there is but one such placenta.

The structure of the discoid placenta in the Pteropus, like that of the Rat,
more resembles that of the foetal portion of the cotyledon in the Cow than that
of the ceUulo- vascular spongy placenta of the Quadrumana ; and this difference,
with the more important one of the larger mnbiUcal sac, appears to me to
greatly outweigh the degree of resemblance in mere outward form of the placenta.
Any argument in fayour of the affinity of the Cheiroptera to the Quadrumana^
based on that degree of resemblance, must be affected by the prevalence of the
double discoid placenta in the Quadrumana. Since Hunter first made known
that modific?ition* in a species of Macacus^ which, from a comparison of the
foetus now preserved in the Museum of the Royal College of Surgeons, I
believe to be the ' Wrinkled Baboon ' of Shaw {Macacus rhesus^ Desm.),
Professor Breschet has described and figured the two separate discoid placentae
in the small South American Squirrel-monkey {Callithrix sciureus, Kuhl), in
the Green Monkey {Cercopithecus sahcBus, Desm.), and in the Long-nosed
Monkey {Semnopithecus nasicus). Yet this well-marked modification of the
ceUulo-vascular placenta is not constant in the Quadrumana^ or even in the
primary groups of the order. In the Platyrhines, e.^,, the Howler {Mycetes
seniculus, Kuhl) has a single placenta, and amongst the Cat^rhines, I have
ascertained that, in the Chimpanzee {Troglodytes niger) the placenta is single,
as in the Human subject.

The five flat placental lobes, virtually as distinct as if they were separate
placentae, in the Hare, resemble more the subdivided placentae of the Sloth than
the single hemispheroid pedunculate placenta of the Rat, or the flattened circular
placenta of the Howler Monkey. In short, the observed differences of form
in the placentae of the J^odentia, Insectivora^ Cheiroptera and Quadrumana by
no means justify the use of one general term as applicable to the whole f.

The second argument for the association of the Insectivora^ Cheiroptera and
Rodentia with the Quadrumana is taken from alleged conformity of cerebral
structure.

" Le cerveau d'un Rongeur differe ^ peine de celui d'un Insectivore ; il exists
aussi une ressemblance extreme entre I'encephale d'uu Insectivore et celui de
certains Quadrumanes ;" whence it is meant to be inferred, that there is the same
extreme resemblance between the brain in Rodentia and certain Quadrumana. In
my paper on the ' Brains of the Marsupialia ' (Phil. Trans. 1837), I have described
and figured (pi. v. p. 93) the brain of a Beaver (see fig. 2, p. 15) and that of
a small Monkey {Midas rufimanus, fig. 3, p. 19), showing the absence of cere-
bral convolutions in both. As the cerebral hemispheres have since been shown
to be equally smooth in other Hapalidce of Isidore Greoffroy, in the Potto Lemur J
{Perodicticus, Bennett), in Microcehus%^ and with few and feeble traces of con-

* Animal Economy, 4to. 1780.

t Annales des Sciences Nat. torn. cit. p. 96.

X Bijdrage tot de Kennis van den Potto van Bosman, 4to. 1851, V. der
Hoeven.

§ Comptes Rendus de I'Acad. des Sciences, Janvier 19, 1852.
LINN. PROC. — ZOOLOGY. 2

18 PEOFESSOR OWEN ON THE CHARACTERS, ETC.

less of the cerebellum ; and generally more or less over the olfactory
lobes. Save in very few exceptional cases of the smaller and
inferior forms of Quadrvmana (fig. 3), the superficies is folded into
more or less numerous gyri or convolutions, — whence the name
Oyrencephala*, which I propose for the third subclass of Mam-
malia (fig. 4).

In this subclass we shall look in vain for those marks of affinity
to the Ovipara, which have been instanced in the preceding sub-
classes. The testes are, indeed, concealed, and through an obvious

volutions in Stenops tardigradus (Vrolik, Eech. d' Anatomic comparee sur le
genre Steuops, in N. Yerhand. der Iste Klasse Koninkl. Nederl. Inst. Amster-
dam, Oct. 1^43) J there is, to that extent, in the Quadrumanoiis order, a
superficial resemblance to the non-convoluted brains of the JSodentia and In-
sectivora ; but it is attended by that more important difference in the form
and proportions of the cerebral hemispheres, of which I express my estimate by
the system of Classification proposed in the present paper.

The smooth hemispheres of the brain of the Midas (fig. 3, a) " extend, as in
most of the Quadrumana, over the greater part of the cerebellum (c)" (Phil. Trans.
1837, p. 93) ; it resembles, in short, the brain of the Human embryo before the
cerebral surface begins to be folded ; whereas in the Insecfivora, in the Beaver,
and even in the Capybara, in which there are a few shallow anfractuosities, the
cerebral hemispheres leave the cerebellum quite exposed.

With regard to the alleged contrast between the brains of the Rodentia and
Carnivora, in the breadth of the anterior and middle part of the cerebral
hemispheres, a comparison of the brains of the Beaver and Coatimondi, and of
the Porcupine and the Civet Cat, leaves me entirely unable to appreciate the
force of the remark.

The third argument for the high position of the Bodentia, Cheiroptera and
Insectivora in the Mammalian scale, is deduced from some particulars of their
osteology, and principally from the common presence of the clavicle in them,
as contrasted with its constant absence in the Carnivora and Ungulata. The
clavicle is present in all Quadrumana, but it is not a peculiar characteristic of
the higher forms of the Mammalian class. It is much more constant in the
class of Birds and Reptiles : it is present in the Monotremes, in Marsupials^
and in most Bruta. An affinity of the Insectivora and of the claviculate
Rodentia with a lower vertebrate type, might therefore be inferred from'the
clavicle, at least with as much reason, as with the Apes and Man. As to the
shape of the articular cavity for the mandible, the Rodentia differ more from
the Quadrumana in this particular than the Carnivora do ; whilst, in respect
of the size, form, and persistent individuality of the tympanic bone, the
Rodentia plainly show their more essential relations to the oviparous typej
the Carnivora resembling the Quadrumana in the early coalescence of the petro-
tympanic with the squamosal elements of the temporal bone.

Such are some of the considerations which have induced me to set a different
value than M.Grervais does, on the arguments adduced by Prof. Milne-Edwards
in favour of an association of the Rodentia with the Quadrumanay in a highly
placed primary group of the Mammahan class.

* yvp6(o, to bend or wind ; eyjce^aXos, brain.

or THE CLASS MAMMALIA.

19

adaptive principle, in the Cetacea ; but, in the rest of the sub-class,
with the exception of the Elephants, they pass out of the abdomen,
and the Gyrencephalous quadrupeds, as a general rule, have a
scrotum. The vidva is externally distinct from the anus. With

Fig. 4. — Chimpanzee.

Fig. 3.

the exception, again, of the Elephants, the blood from the head
and anterior limbs is returned to the right auricle by a single
precaval trunk. The mammalian modification of the Vertebrate
type attains its highest physical perfections in the GyrencepJiala,
as manifested by the bulk of some, by the destructive mastery of
others, by the address and agility of a third order. And, tlirough
the superior psychological faculties — ran adaptive intelligence pre-
dominating over blind instinct — which are associated with the
higher development of the brain, the Gyrencephala afford those
species which have ever formed the most cherished companions
and servitors, and the most valuable sources of wealth and power,
to Mankind.

In Man the brain presents an ascensive step in development,
higher and more strongly marked than that by which the pre-
ceding subclass was distinguished from the one below it. Not
only do the cerebral hemispheres (figs. 5 & 6, a) overlap the olfac-
tory lobes and cerebellum, but they extend in advance of the one,
and further back than the other (fig. 6, c) . Their posterior deve-
lopment is so marked, that anatomists have assigned to that part
the character of a third lobe ; it is peculiar to the genus Homo, and

2*

20

PROFESSOE OWEN ON THE CHARACTEES, ETC.

equally peculiar is the ' posterior horn of the lateral ventricle,' and
the ' hippocampus minor,' which characterize the hind lobe of each
hemisphere. The su-
perficial grey matter ^^- ^.-Negro.
of the cerebrum,
through the number
and depth of the con-
volutions, attains its
maximum of extent
in Man.

Peculiar mental
powers are associ-
ated with this high-
est form of brain, and
their consequences
wonderfully illus-
trate the value of the
cerebral character ;
according to my es-
timate of which, I
am led to regard the
genus Homo, as not
merely a representa-
tive of a distinct or-
der, but of a distinct
subclass ;of the Mam-
malia*, for which I
propose the name of
* Archencephala t '
(fig. 6).

"With this preli-
minary definition of the organic characters, which appear to

* Not Ijeing aMe to appreciate, or conceive of the distinction between the
psychical phsenomena of a Chimpanzee and of a Boschisman, or of an Aztec with
arrested brain-growth, as being of a nature so essential as to preclude a comparison
between them, or as being other than a difference of degree, I cannot shut my
eyes to the significance of that all-pervading simiUtude of structure — every
tooth, every bone, strictly homologous, — which makes the determination of the
difference between Homo and Pitheeus the anatomist's difficulty. And, there-
fore, with every respect for the Author of the "Eecords of Creation" (8vo,
1816, pp. 18-21), I follow Linnseus and Cuvier in regarding mankind as a
legitimate subject of zoological comparison and classification.

f apx(^, to overrule ; eyice^aXos, brain.

Fig. 6. — Side view, Negro.

or THE CLASS MAMMALIA. 21

guide to a conception of the most natural primary groups of
the class Mammalia, I next proceed to define the groups of se-
condary importance, or the subdivisions of the foregoing sub-
classes.

In the Lyencephalous Mammalia some have the * optic lobes'
simple, others partly subdivided, or complicated by accessory
ganglions, whence they are called ' bigeminal bodies.' The
Lyencephala with simple optic lobes are 'edentulous' or without
calcified teeth, are devoid of external ears, scrotum, nipples,
and marsupial pouch : they are true ' testiconda ;' they have
a coracoid bone extending from the scapula to the sternum, and
also an epicoracoid and episternum, as in Lizards ; they are un-
guiculate and pentadactyle, with a supplementary tarsal bone
supporting a perforated spur in the male. The order so charac-
terized is called ' Monotremata,' in reference to the single excre-
tory and generative outlet, which, however, is by no means pecu-
liar to them among Mammalia. The Monotremes are insectivo-
rous, and are strictly limited to Australia and Tasmania.

The MABSUPiALiAare Mammals distinguished by a peculiar pouch
or duplicature of the abdominal integument, which in the males is
everted, forming a pendulous bag containing the testes ; and in the
females is inverted, forming a hidden pouch containing the nipples
and usually sheltering the young for a certain period after their
birth: they have the marsupial bones in common with the Mo-
notremes; a much-varied dentition, especially as regards the
number of incisors, but usually including 4 true molars ; and never
more than 3 premolars* : the angle of the lower jaw is more or
less inverted f.

With the exception of one genus, Bidelphys, which is American,
and another genus Cuscus, which is Malayan, all the known exist-
ing Marsupials belong to Australia, Tasmania, and New Guinea.
The grazing and browsing Kangaroos are rarely seen abroad in full
daylight, save in dark rainy weather. Most of the Marsupialia are
nocturnal. Zoological wanderers in Australia, viewing its plains
and scanning its scrubs by broad daylight, are struck by the seem-
ing absence of mammalian life ; but during the brief twilight and
dawn, or by the light of the moon, numerous forms are seen to

* " Outlines of a Classification of the Marsupialia," Trans. Zool. Soc. vol. ii..
1839.

t For other Osteologieal and Dental characteristics of the Marsupialia, see
the paper above cited, and that " On the Osteology of the MarsupiaUa," Trans.
Zool. Soc. vol. ii. p. 379 (1838).

22 PEOEESSOE OWEN ON THE CHABACTEBS, ETC.

emerge from their hiding-places and illustrate the variety of mar-
supial life with which many parts of the continent abound. "We
may associate with their low position in the mammalian scale the
prevalent habit amongst the Marsupialia of limiting the exercise
of the faculties of active life to the period when they are shielded
by the obscurity of night.

The Lissencephala or smooth-brained' Placentals form a group
which I consider as equivalent to the Lyencephala or Implacentals ;
and which includes the following orders, Bodentia^ Insectivora,
Cheiroptera and Bruta. The Eodentia are characterized by two
large and long curved incisors in each jaw, separated by a wide
interval from the molars ; and these teeth are so constructed, and
the jaw is so articulated, as to serve in the reduction of the food to
small particles by acts of rapid and continued gnawing, whence the
name of the order. The orbits are not separated from the tem-
poral fossas. The testes pass periodically from the abdomen into
a temporary scrotum, and are associated with prostatic and vesi-
cular glands. The placenta is commonly discoid, but is sometimes
a circular mass (Cavy), or flattened and divided into three or more
lobes (Lepus). The Beaver and Capybara are now the giants of
the order, which chiefly consists of small, numerous, prolific and
diversified unguiculate genera, subsisting wholly or in part on vege-
table food. Some E-odents, e. g. the Lemmings, perform remarkable
migrations, the impulse to which, unchecked by dangers or any
surmountable obstacles, seems to be mechanical. Many Eodents
build very artificial nests, and a few manifest their constructive
instinct in association. In all these inferior psychical manifesta-
tions we are reminded of Birds. Many Eodents hibernate like
Eep tiles. They are distributed over all continents.

The transition from the Marsupials to the Eodents is made by
the Wombats ; and the transition from the Marsupials is made,
by an equally easy step, through the smaller Opossums to the
Insectiyoba. This term is given to the order of small smooth-
brained Mammals, the molar teeth of which are bristled with
cusps, and are associated with canines and incisors : they are
unguiculate, plantigrade, and pentadactyle, and they have com-
plete clavicles. The testes pass periodically from the abdomen
into a temporary scrotum, and are associated with large pro-
static and vesicular glands : like most other lAssencephala, the
Insectivora have a discoid or cup-shaped placenta. Their place
and office in South America and Australia are fulfilled by Marsu-
pialia ; but true Insectivora exist in all the other continents.

or THE CLASS MAMMALIA. 23

The order Cheiropteea, with the exception of the modificatiou
of their digits for supporting the large webs that serve as wings,
repeat the chief characters of the Insectivora ; but a few of the
larger species are frugivorous and have corresponding modifica-
tions of the teeth and stomach. The mammae are pectoral in
position, and the penis is pendulous in all Cheiroptera. The most
remarkable examples of periodically torpid Mammals are to be
found in the terrestrial and volant Insectivora. The frugivorous
Bats differ much in dentition from the true Cheiroptera, and
would seem to conduct through the Colugos or Flying Lemurs,
directly to the Quadrumanous order. The Cheiroptera are cos-
mopolitan.

The order Beuta, called Edentata by Cuvier, includes two
genera which are devoid of teeth ; the rest possess those organs,
which, however, have no true enamel, are never displaced by a
second series, and are very rarely implanted in the premaxillary
bones. All the species have' very long and strong claws. The
ischium as well as the ilium unites with the sacrum ; the orbit is
not divided from the temporal fossa. I have already adverted to
the illustration of affinity to the oviparous Vertebrata which the
Three-toed Sloths afford by the supernumerary cervical vertebr83
supporting false ribs and by the convolution of the windpipe in
the thorax ; and I may add that the unusual number — three and
twenty pairs — of ribs, forming a very long dorsal, with a short
lumbar, region of the spine in the Two-toed Sloth, recalls a lacer-
tine structure. The same tendency to an inferior type is shown
by the abdominal testes, the single cloacal outlet, the low cerebral
development, the absence of medullary canals in the long bones
in the Sloths, and by the great tenacity of life and long-enduring
irritability of the muscular fibre, in both the Sloths and Ant-
eaters*.

The order Bruta is but scantily represented at the present
period. One genus, Manis or Pangolin, is common to Asia and
Africa ; the Orycteropus is peculiar to South Africa ; the rest of

* This latter vital character attracted the notice of the earliest observers of
these animals. Thus Marcgrave and Piso narrate of the Sloth : — " Cor motum
suum vaHdissime retiaebat, postquam exemptum erat e corpore per semiho-
rium : — exempto corde cseteris visceribus, niult6 post se movebat et pedes lente
contrahebat sicut dormituriens solet." Buffon, vrho quotes the above from the
' Historia Naturahs Brasihse,' p. 322, well remarks, " Par ces rapports, ce
quadrupede se rapproche non seulement de la tortue, dont U a la lenteur, mais
encore des autres reptiles et de to us ceux qui n'ont pas un centre du sentiment
unique et bien distinct." — Hist. Naturelle, 4to, torn. xiii. p. 45.

24 PROPESSOK OWEIs' ON THE CHARACTERS, ETC.

the order, consisting of the genera Myrmecojphaga, or true Ant-
eaters, Dasypm or Armadillos, and Bradypus or Sloths, are con-
fined to South America.

Having defined the orders or subdivisions of the two foregoing
subclasses, I may remark that the Lyencephala cannot be re-
garded as equivalent merely to one of the orders, say Bodentia,
of the LisseHcephala, without undervaluing the anatomical cha-
racters which are so remarkable and distinct in the marsupial and
monotrematous animals. The anatomical peculiarities of the eden-
tulous Lyencephal'a* appear to me to be, at least, of ordinal im-
portance. In these deductions I hold the mean between those
who, with Geoffroy St. Hilaire, would make of the Monotremata a
distinct class of animals, or with De Blainville, a distinct subclass
{OrnithodelpJies) of Mammals f, and those who, with Cuvier, would
make the Monotremes a mere family of the Edentata^ or, with
Mr. "Waterhouse, a family of the MarsvpiataX- In like manner,
whilst I regard the Lyencephala {Marsupiata of Waterhouse) as
forming a group of higher rank than an order, I do not consider
it as forming an equivalent primary group to that formed by all
the placental Mammalia.

It appears to me that the true value of the Lyencephala or Im-
placentaliag is that of one of four primary divisions or subclasses of
the Mammalia ; that its true equivalency is with the Lissencephala,
and that all its analogical relations are to be found more truly in
that smooth-'brained subclass than in the Placentalia at large.

The following Table exemplifies the correspondence of the groups
in the Lyencephalous and Lissencephalous series : —

Lyencephala. Lissencephala.

Bhizophaga^ Burrowing Bodentia.

Poephaga^ Dipodidce and Leporidcd.

Petaurus Pteromys.

PhalangistidcB Sciuridce and prehensile-tailed

arboreal Rodents.

Phascolarctos Bradypus.

Perameles and. Myrmecohius Erinaceidce.
Chceropus Macroscelis.

* See my article Monotremata, in the Cy clopsedia of Anatomy, part xxvi. 1841 .
t Osteographie, fascicule premier, 4to, 1839, p. 47.
X Nat. Hist, of Mammaha, part i. 1845, p. 18.

§ See the • Classification of the MarsupiaUa,' in the Zoological Transactions,
vol. ii. p. 232.

or THE CLASS MAMMALIA. 26

Ltencephala. Lissencephala.

Didelphys and Fhascogale . . Soricidce.

JDasyuridcB Centetes, Gymnv/ra.

Echidna Manis.

OrnithorhyncJius Orycteropus.

The classification proposed by M. Gervais, already cited (p. 16),
in which the Bodentia, Cheiroptera, and Insectivora are associated
in the same high primary group with the Quadrumana and Bimana,
is avowedly adopted from that previously proposed by Prof. Milne-
Edwards*.

In next proceeding to consider the subdivisions of the Gyren-
cephala, we seem at first to descend in the scale in meeting with a
group of animals in that subclass, having the form of Fishes ; but a
high grade of mammalian organization is masked beneath this
form. The Gyrencephala are primarily subdivided, according to
modifications of the locomotive organs, into three series, for which
the Linnean terms may well be retained ; viz. Mutilafa, TTngulata
and TInguiculata, the maimed, the hoofed, and the clawed series.

These characters can only be applied to the Gyrencephalous
subclass ; i. e. they do not indicate natural groups, save in that
section of the Mammalia. To associate the Lyencephala and
Lissencephala with the unguiculate Gyrencephala into one great
primary group, as in the Mammalian systems of Eay, Linnaeus
and Cuvier, is a misapplication of a solitary character akin to that
which would have founded a primary division on the discoid pla-
centa or the diphyodont dentition. No one has proposed to asso-
ciate the unguiculate Bird or Lizard with the unguiculate Ape ;
and it is but a little less violation of natural affinities to associate
the Monotremes with the Quadrumanes in the same primary
(unguiculate) division of the Mammalian class.

The three primary divisions of the Gyrencephala are of higher
value than the ordinal divisions of the Lissencephala ; just as
those orders are of higher value than the representative families
of the Marsupials.

The Mutilata, or the maimed Mammals with folded brains, are
so called because their hind-limbs seem, as it were, to have been
amputated; they possess only the pectoral pair of limbs, and
these in the form of fins : the hind end of the trunk expands into
a broad, horizontally flattened, caudal fin. They have large brains
with many and deep convolutions, are naked, and have neither
neck, scrotum, nor external ears.

* See note at p. 16.

26 PEOFESSOE OWEN ON THE CHAEACTEES, ETC.

The first order, called Cetacea, in this division are either eden-
tulous or monophyodont, and with teeth of one kind and usually of
simple form. They are testiconda and have no ' vesiculse seminales.'
The mammse are pudendal ; the placenta is diffused ; the external
nostrils — single or double — are on the top of the head, and called
spiracles or "blow-holes." They are marine, and, for the most
part, range the unfathomable ocean ; though with certain geogra-
phical limits as respects species. They feed on fishes or marine
animals.

The second order, called Sieenia, have teeth of different kinds,
incisors which are preceded by milk-teeth, and molars with flat-
tened or ridged crowns, adapted for vegetable food. The nostrils
are two, situated at the upper part of the snout ; the lips are beset
with stiff bristles ; the mammse are pectoral ; the testes are abdo-
minal, as in the Cetacea, but are associated with vesiculas seminales.
The Sirenia exist near coasts or ascend large rivers ; browsing on
fuci, water plants or the grass of the shore. There is much in the
organization of this order that indicates its affinity to members of
the succeeding division.

In the TIngulata the four limbs are present, but that portion of
the toe which touches the ground is incased in a hoof, which
blunts its sensibility and deprives the foot of prehensile power.
With the limbs restricted to support and locomotion, the TIngu-
lata have no clavicles : the fore-leg remains constantly in the state
of pronation, and they feed on vegetables.

A particular order, or suborder, of this group is indicated by
certain South American genera, e.g. Toxodon and Nesodon*, with
long, curved, rootless teeth, having a partial investment of enamel,
and with certain peculiarities of cranial structure : the name
ToxoDONTiA is proposed for this order, all the representatives of
which are extinct.

A second remarkable order, most of the members of which have,
also, passed away, is characterized by two incisors in the form of
long tusks ; in one genus {DinotheriuTri) projecting from the under
jaw, in another genus {Elephas) from the upper jaw, and in some
of the species of a third genus {Mastodon), from both jaws. There
are no canines ; the molars are few, large and transversely ridged ;
the ridges sometimes few and mammillate, often numerous and
with every intermediate gradation. The nose is prolonged into a
cylindrical trunk, flexible in all directions, highly sensitive, and
terminated by a prehensile appendage like a finger : on this organ
* Philosophical Transactions, 1853, p. 291.

OF TKE CLASS MAMMALIA. 27

is founded the name Proboscidia given to the order. The feet
are pentadactyle, but are indicated only by divisions of the hoof;
the testes are abdominal; the placenta is annular*; the mammae
are pectoral.

Both the present and preceding orders of Ungulata may be
called aberrant : the dentition of the Toxodon, and several parti-
culars of the organization of the Elephant, indicate an affinity to
the E-odentia ; the cranium of the Toxodon, Kke that of the Dino-
there, resembles that of the Sirenia in its remarkable modifications.

The typical Ungulate quadrupeds are divided, according to the
odd or even number of the toes, into Perissodacttla and Aetio-
DACTTLAf. In the perissodactyle or odd-toed Ungulata— < odd-toed
at least in regard to the hind-foot, — the dorso-lumbar vertebrae
differ in number in different species, but are never fewer than
twenty-two ; the femur has a third trochanter ; and the medullary
artery does not penetrate the fore-part of its shaft. The fore-part
of the astragalus is divided into two very unequal facets. The
OS magnum and the digitus medius which it supports are large, in
some disproportionately so, and the digit is symmetrical: the
same applies to the ectocuneiform and the digit which it supports
in the hind-foot. If the species be horned, the horn is single ; or,
if there be two, they are placed on the median line of the head, one
behind the other, each being thus an odd horn. The nasals expand
posteriorly. There is a well-developed post-tympanic process which
is separated by the true mastoid from the paroccipital in the Horse,
but unites with the lower part of the paroccipital in the Tapir, and
seems to take the place of the mastoid in the E-hinoceros and Hyrax.
The hinder half, or a larger proportion of the palatines enters into
the formation of the posterior nares, the oblique aperture of which
commences in advance either of the last molar, or, as in most, of the
penultimate one. The pterygoid process has a broad and thick base,
and is- perforated lengthwise by the ectocarotid. The crown of
from one to three of the hinder premolars is as complex as those of
the molars J : that of the last lower milk-molar is commonly bi-
lobed. To these osteological and dental characters may be added
some important modifications of internal structure, as, e.g. the
simple form of the stomach and the capacious and sacculated

* Besides the annular placenta there is a subcircular villous patch at each
pole of the chorionic bag, by which it derived additional attachment to the
uterus, in the Elephant.

f From 7repi(T(To^afcrvXos, qui digitos habet impares numero ; and apnos,
par, ^d/crvXos, digitus.

X The extinct Lophiodonts form the sole known exception to this rule.

28 PEOFESSOE OWEN ON THE CHAEACTEES, ETC.

caecum, which equally evince the mutual affinities of the odd-
toed or perissodactyle hoofed quadrupeds, and their claims to be
regarded as a natural group of the TJngulata. The placenta is
replaced by a diffused vascular villosity of the chorion in all the
recent genera of this order, excepting the little Hyrax, in which
there is a localised annular placenta, as in the Elephant. But
the diffused placenta occurs in some genera of the next group,
showing the inapplicability of that character to exact classification.
Many extinct genera, e. g. Coryphodon, Pliolophtis, Lojphiodon, Ta-
pirotheriti/m, FalceotJierkmt, Ancitheriimi, Hipparion, AcerotJierinm,
ElasmotJierivm, &c., have been discovered, which once linked to-
gether the now broken series of Perissodactyles, represented by
the existing genera Hhinoceros, Hyrax, Tapirus, and Equus.

In the even-toed or 'artiodactyle' Ungulates, the dorso-lumbar
vertebrae are the same in number, as a general rule, in all the
species, being nineteen. The recognition of this important cha-
racter appears to have been impeded by the variable number
of moveable ribs in different species of the Artiodactyles, the
dorsal vertebrae, which those ribs characterize, being fifteen in
the Hippopotamus and twelve in the Camel. And the value
of this distinction has been exaggerated owing to the common
conception of the ribs as special bones distinct from the ver-
tebrae, and their non-recognition as parts of a vertebra equiva-
lent to the neurapophyses and other autogenous elements. The
vertebral formulae of the Artiodactyle skeletons show that the
difference in the number of the so-called dorsal and lumbar ver-
tebrae does not affect the number of the entire dorso-lumbar
series : thus, the Indian "Wild Boar has d. 13, I. 6=19 ; the
Domestic Hog and the Peccari have (?. 14, Z. 5=19; the Hip-
popotamus has d. 15, I. 4=19 ; the Gnu and Aurochs have d. 14,
Z. 5=19 ; the Ox and most of the true Euminants have d. 13, 1. 6=
19; the aberrant Euminants have d. 12, I. 7=19. The natural
character and true affinities of the Artiodactyle group are further
illustrated by the absence of the third trochanter in the femur, and
by the place of perforation of the medullary artery at the fore and
upper part of the shaft, as in the Hippopotamus, the Hog, and most
of the Euminants. The fore part of the astragalus is divided into
two equal or sub-equal facets : the os magnum does not exceed, or
is less than, the unciforme in size, in the carpus ; and the ectocunei-
form is less, or not larger, than the cuboid, in the tarsus. The
digit answering to the third in the pentadactyle foot is unsymme-
trical, and forms, with that answering to the fourth, a symmetrical

OF THE CLASS MAMMALIA. 29

pair. If tlie species be horned, tlie horns form one pair or two
pairs ; they are never developed singly, of symmetrical form, from
the median line. The post-tympanic does not project downward
distinctly from the mastoid, nor supersede it in any Artiodactyle ;
and the paroccipital always exceeds both those processes in length.
The bony palate extends further back than in the Perissodactyles ;
the hinder aperture of the nasal passages is more vertical and com-
mences posterior to the last molar tooth. The base of the ptery-
goid process is not perforated by the ectocarotid artery. The
crowns of the premolars are smaller and less complex than those
of the true molars, usually representing half of such crown.
The last milk-molar is trilobed.

To these osteological and dental characters may be added some
important modifications of internal structure, as, e.g. the complex
form of the stomach in the Hippopotamus, Peccari, and Euminants ;
the comparatively small and simple caecum and the spirally folded
colon in all Artiodactyles, which equally indicate the mutual affini-
ties of the even-toed hoofed quadrupeds, and their claims to be re-
garded as a natural group of the JJngulata. The placenta is dif-
fused in the Camel-tribe and non-ruminants ; is cotyledonal in the
true Buminants. Many extinct genera, e. g. Cheer opotamus, An-
thracotheriumj Hyopotamus, Entelodon, Dichodon, Merycopotamus,
XipJiodon, Dichohime, AnoplotTierium, Microtherium, &c., have been
discovered, which once linked together the now broken series of
Artiodactyles, represented by the existing genera. Hippopotamus,
Sus, Dicotgles, Camelus, Auchenia, MoscTius, Camelopardalis, Cer-
vus, Antilope, Ovis, and Sos.

A well-marked, and at the present day very extensive subor-
dinate group of the Artiodactyles, is called Buminantia, in refer-
ence to the second mastication to which the food is subject after
having been swallowed ; the act of rumination requiring a pecu-
liarly complicated form of stomach. The Euminants have the
' cloven foot,' i. e. two hoofed digits on each foot forming a sym-
metrical pair, as by the cleavage of a single hoof ; in most species
. two small supplementary hoofed toes are added. The metacarpals
of the two functional toes coalesce to form a single * cannon-bone,'
as do the corresponding metatarsals. The Camel-tribe have the
upper incisors reduced to a single pair ; in the rest of the Eumi-
nants the upper incisors are replaced by a callous pad. The lower
canines are contiguous, and, save in the Camel-tribe, similar to the
six lower incisors, forming part of the same terminal series of
eight teeth, between which and the molar series there is a wide

30 PROFESSOR OWEN ON THE CHARACTERS, ETC.

interval. The true molars -have their grinding surface marked by
two double crescents, the convexity of which is turned inwards in
the upper and outwards in the under jaw.

Many fossil Artiodactyles, with similar molars, appear to have
differed from the Ruminants chiefly by retaining structures which
are transitory and embryonic in most existing E-uminants, as, e, g.
upper incisors and canines*, first premolars, and separate meta-
carpal and metatarsal bones ; these are among the lost links that
once connected more intimately the Ruminants with the Hog and
Hippopotamus.

The Pachyderms in the Cuvierian system included all the non-
ruminant hoofed beasts ; they were divided by the great French
anatomist into the JProhoscidia, Solidungula, and Pachydermata
ordinaria, the latter again being subdivided according to the odd
or even number of the hoofs. I have on another occasion f adduced
evidence to show that the right progression of the affinities of the
Ungulata was broken by the interposition of the Horse and other
Perissodactyles between the non^ruminant or omnivorous and ru-
minant Artiodactyles ; and that too high a value had been assigned
to the Ruminantia by making them equivalent to all the other
Ungulates collectively J.

* In a new-bom Dromedary (Camelus Dromedarius, L.), whicli perished in
the birth at the London Zoological Gardens, the following was the state of the
dentition. In the upper jaw there were six deciduous incisors (3 — 3), which
were calcified, and presented a larger proportional size than any rudiments of
those teeth that have been noticed in ordinary Ruminants, and they leave con-
spicuous alveoH in the premaxillaries : the deciduous canine and first functional
milk-molar (d. 2) were small, the latter with a simple crown ; the second {d. 3)
and third (d. 4) molars were large, bilobed, and each lobe was bicrescentic. * In
the lower jaw the six incisors and two canines form a semicircular series of
nearly equal teeth, with overlapping leaf- shaped crowns, the deciduous canines
more resembling the incisors than the permanent ones do : the functional
molars are but two in number, on each side ; the first is small, simple, conical,
compressed, notched behind ; the second is very large and three-lobed, each
lobe being bicrescentic, and the last the largest. Only the summits of the cres-
cents of the molar teeth had pierced the gum (Catal. of Osteology, Mus. Roy.
Coll. of Surgeons, vol. ii. p. 577, 4to, 1853).

t Quarterly Journal of the G-eological Society, December 1847.

X Since the communication of my paper on the classification and affinities of
the hoofed animals to the Greological Society, Nov. 3, 1847, in which the
grounds for the division of the Ungulata into two orders, according to the
parity or imparity of the digits, as proposed in my ' Odontography,' are given
in detail, the idea has been ventilated and more or less adopted by M. Pomel
(Comptes Rendus de I'Acad. des Sciences, June 19, 1848), and by M. Gervais
(Zoologie et Paleontologie Fran^aise, p. 42). The latter experienced palseonto-
logist, extending the term * Pachydermes ' to include all the Ungulates, divides

OF THE CLASS MAMMALTA. 31

The third division of the Gyrencephala enjoy a higher degree of
the sense of touch through the greater number and mobility of the
digits, and the smaller extent to which they are covered by horny
matter. This substance forms a single plate, in the shape of a
claw or nail, which is applied to only one of the surfaces of the
extremity of the digit, leaving the other, usually the lower, surface
possessed of its tactile faculty ; whence the name Tlnguiculata,
applied to this group, which, however, is more restricted and
natural than the group to which Linnaeus extended the term.
All the species are ' diphyodont,' and the teeth have a simple in-
vestment of enamel.

The first order, Caenivoea, includes the beasts of prey, pro-
perly so called. With the exception of a few Seals, the incisors
are ^ in number ; the canines ^^, always longer than the other
teeth, and usually exhibiting a full and perfect development as
lethal weapons ; the molars graduate from a trenchant to a tuber-
culate form, in proportion as the diet deviates from one strictly of
flesh to one of a more miscellaneous kind. The clavicle is rudimental
or absent ; the innermost digit is often rudimental or absent ; they
have no vesiculae seminales ; the teats are abdominal ; the placenta
is zonular. The Carnivora are divided, according to modifications
of the limbs, into ' pinnigrades,' ' plantigrades,' and ' digitigrades.'
In the Pinnigrades (Walrus, Seal-tribe) both fore and hind feet
are short, and expanded into broad, webbed paddles for swimming,
the hinder ones being fettered by continuation of integument to
the tail. In the Plantigrades (Bear-tribe) the whole or nearly
the whole of the hind foot forms a sole, and rests on the ground.
In the Digitigrades (Cat-tribe, Dog-tribe, &c.) only the toes touch
the ground, the heel being much raised.

It has been usual to place the Plantigrades at the head of the
Carnivora, apparently because the higher order, Quadrumana, is
plantigrade ; but the affinities of the Bear, as evidenced by inter-
nal structure, e. g. the renal and genital organs, are closer to the
Seal-tribe* ; the broader and flatter pentadactyle foot of the planti-

them into ' Pachydermes herbivores' and ' Pachydermes omnivores,' respect-
ively equivalent to my Perissodactyla and Artiodactyla^ which latter terms M.
Pomel adopts. M. Gervais writes : " Les pachydermes omnivores se lient
d'une maniere si intime aux Ruminants par les Chevrotains et les Chameaux,
qu'il est devenu impossible de separer, comme ordre different de celui des Eumi-
nants 1' ensemble de ces Pachydermes, autrefois confondus avec les Pachydermes
herbivores." — Op. cit. Expl. de Planche xxxvi. p. 6, 4to, 1854.

* ' Catalogue of the Physiological Series,' Mus. R. Coll. ofSurgeons, 4to, vol.
ii. 1834, p. 127. Mr. Waterhouse, in noticing the projecting process on the

32 PBOFESSOB OWEN" ON THE CHA.BACTEES, ETC.

grade is nearer in form to the flipper of the Seal than is the more
perfect digitigrade, retractile-clawed, long and narrow hind foot of
the feline quadruped, which is the highest and most typical of the
Carnivora.

The next perfection which is superinduced upon the unguiculate
limb is such a modification in the size, shape, position, and direction
of the innermost digit, that it can be opposed, as a thumb, to the other
digits, thus constituting what is properly termed a ' hand.' Those
TJnguiculates which have both fore and hind limbs so modified, or
at least the hind limbs, form the order Quadrumana. They have
-^ incisors*, and ^ broad tuberculate molars f; perfect clavicles,
pectoral mammae, vesicular and prostatic glands, a simple or slightly
bifid uterus, and a discoid, sometimes double, placenta J. The
Quadrumana have a well-marked threefold geographical as well as
structural division. The Strepsirhines are those with curved or
twisted terminal nostrils, with much modified incisors, commonly
^ ; premolars ^ or ^ in number, and molars with sharp tuber-
cles ; the second digit of the hind limb has a claw. This group
includes the Galagos, Pottos, Aye- Ayes, Loris, Indris, and the
true Lemurs; the three latter being restricted to Madagascar,
whence the group diverges in one direction to the continent of
Africa, in the other to the Indian Archipelago. The Platyrhines
are those with the nostrils subterminal and wide apart ; premolars
g^ in number, the molars with blunt tubercles ; the thumbs of
the fore-hands not opposable or wanting ; the tail in most prehen-
eile ; they are peculiar to South America. The Catarhines have
the nostrils oblique and approximated below, and opening above
and behind the muzzle: the premolars are ^ in number; the
thumb of the fore-hand is opposable. They are restricted to the
Old "World, and, save a single species on the rock of Gibraltar, to
Africa and Asia. The highest organized family of Catarhines is
tailless, and offers in the Orang and Chimpanzee the nearest
approach to the human type.

under side of the ramus, a Httle in advance of the angle of the lower jaw in the
UrsidcB, remarks : — " The same character is also found in many Seals (Fhocidce),
which in several other respects appear to approach the bears." — Proc. Zool. Soc.
Sept. 1839.

* With few exceptions in the anomalous Lemuridce.

t Reduced to |£| in the Marmosets {Hapale, My das).

X Among the Platyrhines, the placenta is single in MyceteSy double in Calli-
thrix : among the Catarhines, the placenta is double in MacacuSy CercopithecuSy
and Semnopithecus, single in Troglodytes.

OF THE CLASS MAMMALIA. 33

The structural modifications in the genus Homo, — the sole re-
presentative of the Archencephala, — more especially of the lower
limb, by which the erect stature and bipedal, gait are maintained,
are such as to claim for Man ordinal distinction on merely external
zoological characters. But as I have already argued, his psycho-
logical powers, in association with his extraordinarily developed
brain, entitle the group which he represents to equivalent rank
with the other primary divisions of the class Mammalia founded
on cerebral characters. In this primary group Man forms but
one genus, Homo, and that genus but one order, called Bimana,
on account of the opposable thumb being restricted to the upper
pair of limbs. The testes are scrotal; their serous sac does not
communicate with the abdomen; they are associated with vesi-
cular and prostatic glands. The penis is pendulous, and the pre-
puce has a fraenum. The mammsD are pectoral. The placenta is
a single, subcircular, cellulo-vascular, discoid body.

Man has only a partial covering of hair, which is not merely
protective of the head, but is ornamental and distinctive of sex.
The dentition of the genus Homo is reduced to thirty-two teeth
by the suppression of the outer incisor and the first two pre-
molars of the typical series on each side of both jaws, the dental
formula being : —

• 2—2 ^—\ 2—2 3—3 oo

^.^, o-x=rv i^-iZTa, w. ^=32.

AH the teeth are of equal length, and there is no break in the
series ; they are subservient in Man not only to alimentation, but
to beauty and to speech.

The human foot is broad, plantigrade, with the sole, not inverted
as in Quadrumana, but applied flat to the ground ; the leg bears
vertically on the foot ; the heel is expanded beneath ; the toes are
short, but with the innermost longer and much larger than the
rest, forming a ' hallux ' or great toe, which is placed on the same
line with, and cannot be opposed to, the other toes ; the pelvis is
short, broad, and wide, keeping well apart the thighs ; and the
neck of the femur is long, and forms an open angle with the shaft,
increasing the basis of support for the trunk. The whole verte-
bral column, with its slight alternate curves, and the well-poised,
short, but capacious subglobular skull, are in like harmony with
the requirements of the erect position. The widely-separated
shoulders, with broad scapulae and complete clavicles, give a
favourable position to the upper limbs, now liberated from the
service of locomotion, with complex joints for rotatory as well as

LINN. PBGC. — ZOOLOaT. 3

34 PKOEESSOB OWEN ON THE CHAEAGTEBS, ETC.

flexile movements, and terminated by a hand of matchless per-
fection of structure, the fit instrument for executing the behests
of a rational intelligence and a free will. Hereby, though naked,
Man can clothe himself, and rival all native vestments in warmth
and beauty ; though defenceless, Man can arm himself with every
variety of weapon, and become the most terribly destructive of
animals. Thus he fulfils his destiny as the supreme master of
this earth, and of the lower Creation.

In these endeavours to comprehend how Nature has associated
together her mammalian forms, the weary student quits his task
with a conviction that, after all, he has been rewarded with but
an imperfect view of such natural association. The mammalian
class has existed, probably from the triassic, certainly from the
lower oolitic period; and has changed its generic and specific
forms more than once in the long lapse of ages, during which life-
work has been transacted on this planet by animals of that high
grade of organization. Not any of the mammalian genera of the
secondary periods occur in the tertiary ones. No genus found in
the older eocenes (plastic and septarial clays, &c.) has been dis-
covered in the newer eocenes. Extremely few eocene genera occur
in mioeene strata, and none in the pliocene. Many miocene ge-
nera of Mammalia are peculiar to that division of the tertiary
series. Species indistinguishable from existing ones begin to ap-
pear only in the newer pliocene beds. Whilst some groups, as
e. g. the Perissodactyles and omnivorous Artiodactyles, have been
gra'dually dying out, other groups, as e. g. the true B/uminants,
have been augmenting in genera and species.

In many existing genera of different orders there is a more
specialized structure, a greater deviation from the general type,
than in the answering genera of the miocene and eocene periods ;
such later and less typical Mammalia do more effective work by
their more adaptively modified structures. The E-uminants, e. g.
more effectually digest and assimilate grass, and form out of it a
more nutritive and sapid kind of meat, than did the antecedent
more typical or less specialized non-ruminant Herbivora.

The monodactyle Horse is a better and swifter beast of draught
and burthen than its tridactyle predecessor the miocene Hippa'
Hon could have been. The nearer to a Tapir or a Rhinoceros in
structure, the further will an equine animal be left from the goal
in contending with a modern Eacer. The genera Felis and Ma-
chairodus, with their curtailed and otherwise modified dentition and

OF THE CLASS MAMMALIA* 35

short strong jaws, become, thereby, more powerfully and effectively
destructive than the eocene Hycenodon with its typical dentition
and three camassial teeth on each side of its concomitantly pro-
longed jaws could have been.

Much additional and much truer insight has, doubtless, been
gained into the natural grouping of the Mammalia since palae-
ontology has expanded our survey of the class ; but our best-cha-
racterized groups do but reflect certain mental conceptions, which
must necessarily relate to incomplete knowledge, and that as ac-
quired at a given period of time. Thus the order which Cuvier
deemed the most natural one in the class Mammalia becomes
the debris of a group, known at a subsequent period to be a more
natural order.

We cannot avoid recognizing, in the scheme which I now
submit, the inequality which reigns amongst the groups, which
our present anatomical knowledge leads us to place in one line or
parallel series as orders. I do not mean mere inequality as re-
spects the number and variety of the families, genera, and species
of such orders, because the paucity or multitude of instances
manifesting a given modification or grade of structure in no
essential degree affects the value of such grade or modification.

The order Monotremata is not the less ordinally distinct from
the Marsupialia, because it consists of but two genera, than is the
order Bimana from that of Quadrumana, because it includes only
a single genus. So likewise the anatomical peculiarities of the
Froboscidia, Sirenia, and Toxodontia call, at least, for those general
terms, to admit of the convenient expression of general proposi-
tions respecting them ; and some of these general propositions are
of a value as great as the organic characters of more expanded
orders.

There are residuary or aberrant forms in some of the orders,
which, to the systematist disagreeably, compel modifications of the
characters that would apply to the majority of such orders. The fly-
ing Lemurs ( Galeopitheei), the rodent Lemurs {Cheiromi/s) ,t}ie slow
Lemurs (Loris, Otolicnus), forbid any generalization as to teeth or
nails in the Quadrumana, whilst they continue associated with that
order by the character of the hinder thumb ; which, by the way, they
possess in common with the pedimanous Marsupials. The large,
volant, frugivorous Bats {JBtercypus) are equally opposed to the ap-
plication of a common dental character to the Cheiroptera. They are
associated with the insectivorous Bats on account of the common
external form arising out of the modification of their locomotive

3*

36

organs for fliglit, just as the Dugongs and Manatees are asso-
ciated with the Cetacea on account of their resemblance to Fishes
arising out of the same modification of the locomotive system for
an aquatic existence. The herbivorous Cetacea are now separated
from the piscivorous Cetacea as a distinct order ; and with almost
as good reason we might separate the frugivorous from the in-
sectivorous Cheiroptera ; the cases are very nearly parallel.

Nature, in short, is not so rigid a systematist as Man. There
are peculiar conditions of existence which she is pleased shall be
enjoyed by peculiarly modified mammals ; these peculiarities break
through the rules of structure which govern the majority of species
existing and subsisting under the more general conditions of ex-
istence, to which the larger groups of Mammalia are respectively
adjusted.

One class of organs seems to govern one order, another class
another order ; the dental system, which is so diversified in the
Marsupialia and JBruta, is as remarkable for its degree of con-
stancy in the Bodentia and Insectivora. But, as a general rule,
the characters from the dental, locomotive, and placental systems
are more closely correlated in the Gryrencephalous orders than in
those in the inferior subclasses of the Mammalia.

In the subjoined tabular view of the classification of the Mam-
malia, the groups below the ranks of orders are inserted merely as
illustrations of those orders, not as equivalent subdivisions, or as
the most natural subdivisions of those orders, into which it has
not been the aim of the present paper to enter.

or THE CLASS MAMMALIA.

37

f

p

I

^

t

1

r)

^

►ri

hj

P

P

^1^

^ ""^ ^^ f i"

§ § rs ^ § ^ 55^

§ S: §-. §• §-^ jf H

illl-rtri lllir|-|i-|.i-.l:lt§ i

a 5u

s s ^
• § S '=>

Cb 6s f ? 2

§

s^' 1^ i. §• i. i« ^-^ ^

rS .? a S "^ ^ ^ 4' 3

a^rS'

III

38 DE. cobbold's description of a

Description of a new form of Naked-Eyed Medusa {Thavmantias
acJiroa), with brief histological details. By T. Spencer Cob-
bold, Esq., M.D. Communicated by the Secretary.

[E^ad March 17, 1857.]

(Abstract.)

This specimen was obtained from the shore of the Firth of Eorth,
and presented the following characters : — The form and general
aspect of the umbrella resembles that of the more typical species,
being hemispherical, transparent, colourless, smooth, slightly elon-
gated vertically when in a state of rest, the transverse diameter
measuring rather more than the third of an inch and becoming
much increased during contraction, the length of the disk at the
same time being proportionately lessened. The circumferential
portion of the umbrella is fringed by 24 tentacula of extreme
delicacy and unusual length ; also by eight ocelli, a circular gastro-
vascular canal, and a well-defined shelf-like veil directed inwards.
The tentacula, while relaxed and motionless, are fully three times
the length of the disk, their particular number and arrangement
(5 X 4-|-4) also constituting a satisfactory mark of identification.
Amplified fifty diameters, they exhibit a finely granular and ringed
appearance, analogous to that of the prehensile labiate organs of
Hydroida', even with an ordinary pocket-lens indications of
knotting may be seen at the extremities of the cirrhi. To the naked
eye the tentacular bulbs appear colourless and homogeneous, but
under a magnification of 300 diameters linear, the sub-epidermic
tissues display numerous closely packed oval or fusiform cells,
which refract light very strongly. Near the extremity of the
thread, the cells are more cogently developed, and being placed at
a right angle to the axis of the filament, appear to stand out from
the investing epidermis. At the upper part the tentacula exhibit
lateral lines in their interior, denoting the presence of a central
canal, the markings becoming more conspicuous near the bulb.
"Within the bulb the limiting membrane of an otolitic vesicle was
discernible, but there were apparently no vibratory movements
within the cavity. The ocelli, eight in number (2X4), are placed
round the circular margin of the disk, at intervals between every
third tentacle — an arrangement somewhat peculiar. Each ocellus
consists of a transparent vesicle containing a round nucleus, and
in addition five bright yellow, highly refracting globules, the central
and superior one being the largest. The sub-umbrella is placed

NEW FOEM or KAKED-EYED MEDUSA. 39

rather higher than midway between the marginal ring and the
convex sui'face of the disk. The depth of the concavity lessened
during contraction, but not uniformly so, it being observed that
the upper part remained unaffected to the extent of a third of its
area, from the summit downwards, forming, as it were, a point
d'appui for the development of contractile action throughout the
remainder of the membrane. The proboscidiform peduncle has aU
the features common to the genus. The yfl^s^ro-vascular canals —
four radiating and one circumferential — contain two kinds of
corpuscles ; the smaller are rather less in diameter than human-
blood globules, while the larger, apparently mother-ceUs, are
nearly three times greater, possessing nuclei of variable size, but
frequently identical in character with the lesser corpuscles. They
moved in a moderately rapid and regular manner, their course in
the radiating vessels being continuous from one half of the hemi-
sphere to the other. Thus, two vessels carried the particles from
the marginal canal, convergingly, to the central point of inter-
communication, on the one hand, and two conveyed the same
elements from the centre, divergingly, on the other. The repro-
ductive glands, four in number, elongated or semiclavate, are placed
on the inferior surface of the sub-umbrella, a short way distant
from the margin, and in the course of the radiating canals. Each
gland was subdivided by one of the radiating vessels traversing its
long axis. The subjacent ova at the surface generally displayed
an outer cell-wall, with its included transparent albumen, a second
membrane surrounding the molecular yolk, and a third consti-
tuting the germinal spot, within which were three or four rounded
particles, beautifully distinct. Deeper in the organ were similar
cells, smaller in size and imperfectly developed, evidently destined
to supply the place of those ripe for expulsion.

To facilitate identification, it may be remarked that TJiaumantias
inconspicua has the disk wider and more flattened, purplish-
coloured glands and twenty tentacles. T. punctata has thirty-
two tentacula, and is a larger species, with the umbrella more
depressed, and T. Thomsoni has but sixteen tentacula. There is
no other British species for which Thavma/ntias achroa can be
readily mistaken.

40 DB. FOESTER ON THE BETUBN OF SWALLOWS.

On the Irregularity in the Eeturn of Swallows and other vernal

migratory Birds, this Season, 1857. By Dr. Thomas Poestek,

E.L.S. &c.

[Read June 2, 1857.]

As the following facts will probably be interesting to the Linnean
Society, I have carefully extracted them from my Journal of
Natural History.

The order of arrival of the Swallow tribe has been quite re-
versed. The Chimney Swallow, Hirundo rustica, who usually
arrives in Belgium about the 15th of April, made his first appear-
ance early in May, and then only a straggler or two. This species
is not yet common, and after a most careful search after Swallows,
up to May the 11th, I had not myself seen a single specimen :
one or two are said to have been observed about the waters of
Ixelles.

A straggling Martin, H. urlica, was observed by me on the
23rd of April ; but I did not see another till the 9th of May, and
this species is still very scarce. Today (14th of May) a few
Swallows may also be seen. In general, both species are by this
time very numerous.

The Swift, H. apus, who usually arrives in Belgium before the
1st of May, did not appear till the 9th ; and yesterday these birds
are become common, though much less numerous than last year.

The Sand Martin, S, riparia, has not yet arrived.

The Cuckoo has been heard only once or twice, and that in the
first week of May.

I find by consulting ancient records that the occasional delay of
the arrival of the Swallow was noticed in Greece of old, and it is
probably to some occasion of this kind that we may attribute the
line in some poet, I believe Aristophanes,

Qt Zeu, "j^eXiZijv dpa Trore (j^aivfjaeTai ; 1 ! !

The absence of west winds on the continent has been no less
remarkable, as this wind has always been connected with the
return of the Swallow —

" Cum Zephyris, si concedes, et hirandine prima."
So says Horace ; and the Martin has also been said to come with
S.W. breezes, Ovid represents this wind as blowing
" Quum luteum eelsa sub trabe fingit opus."

The scarcity of all the vernal songsters has likewise been re-
marked : the season is altogether late and anomalous.
Bruxelles, May 14th, 1857.

DE. GUY ON A SINGTJLAE COLOUBING OF THE HUMAN HAIR. 41

Note on a singular case of Colouring of the Human Hair. By
"William A. Gut, M.B. Extracted from a Letter addressed
to the President.

[Eead April 7th, 1857.]

A turner of the name of Ford, employed by the G-overnment to
turn several thousands of round rulers for the army in the
Crimea, presented himself in the laboratory of King's College one
day, in great distress. He was called upon to attend a funeral,
and was scandalized at his somewhat ridiculous appearance in
consequence of the curious green tint of his hair. Our people
in the laboratory washed his head with all the common reagents
which occurred to them, but without effect. Being informed of
this curious fact, and being interested in it as having some sort of
bearing on the question of identification, I called on Mr. Eord, and
found him in the state described. His hair, which is naturally a
light chestnut, was changed, except towards the roots, of a bright
yellow-green, with a very decided and curious green tint. His
children, whose hair is of a similar tint, were similarly affected.
He told me that his hair and that of his family had always been
affected in the same way when engaged in turning rulers from the
wood known as green ebony — a wood, as he says, generally used for
that purpose. His wife's hair, which is black, is not subject to
any change. The exposed parts of the skin undergo the same
change of colour, as does the urine. He also told me that one of
his children was born with a very remarkably deep-green tinted
skin, which disappeared in time. As one of our porters passes
Broad Street, I send you a specimen I have had put up, showing
a bit of the wood, a tube-full of turnings, and three specimens of
hair — the two on the left showing the natural colour of the hair of
Mr. Ford and one of his children, the specimens on the right the
same hair discoloured by the wood, and a single specimen from his
own head, showing the usual colour at the root, and the green
tint towards the points. The appearance of the whole head,
and the contrast of the roots with the rest of the hair, are much
more striking than the specimen itself might lead you to expect.

King's College, London,
January 27th, 1857.

LINN. PBGC. — ZOOLOGY.

42 MB. smith's CATALOaiTE OF HTMENOPTEBOTJ S INSECTS

Catalogue of the Hymenopterous Insects collected at Sarawak,
Borneo; Mount Opliir, Malacca; and at Singapore, by A. E.
"Wallace. By Feedeeick Smith, Assistant in the Zoological
Department in the British Museum. Communicated by
W. W. Sattndees, Esq., F.E.S., E.L.S.

«& ^^ . [Bead June 16th, 1857.]

" o'^^ ><:>^-»* Fam. ANDEENID^, ie«cA.

J9^^J

G-en. Halictus, Latr.

1. Halictus ceratinus. H. niger; alis hyalinis j abdomine clavato.
Male. Length 3^ lines. Black : the head closely and finely punctured ;

antennae as long as the thorax, the ilagellum obscurely testaceous
beneath ; the face covered with griseous pubescence ; the mandibles
ferruginous at their apex. Thorax closely punctured ; the wings hyaline
and iridescent, their apex slightly clouded ; the nervures and tegulaj
testaceous ; the legs rufo-testaceous, the tarsi paler, and covered with
pale glittering pubescence. Abdomen clavate; the apical margins
of the segments with fasciae of short white pubescence, frequently
more or less obliterated ; shining and delicately punctured ; beneath,
the apex of the third segment, and the fourth, entirely clothed with
very short whitish pubescence; the abdomen is of a dark rufo-testaceous
hue, palest beneath, varying in different individuals.

Hab. Borneo (Sarawak).

This remarkable form of Halictus occurs at Sierra Leone. I have de-
scribed a species from that locality, the " H. clavatus;" it is a smaller
and very distinct species from H, ceratinus ; in this species the first re-
current nerviure is received in the middle of the second submarginal cell.

2. Halictus vagans. H. ater, cinereo-pubescens ; abdomine nitido,
segmentis intermediis basi fascia albis.

Female. Length 4^ lines. Black : the clypeus produced, the face covered
with cinereous pubescence. Thorax closely punctured above ; the
mesothorax thinly covered with short erect pale pubescence ; the post-
scutellum with a dense short downy pubescence; the metathorax
truncated, and having some irregular coarse striae at the base above ;
the wings hyaline and iridescent, the nervures and tegulai testaceous ;
the legs with a short yellowish-white downy pubescence. Abdomen
delicately punctured, the basal margin of the second and two following
segments with a fascia of short yellowish-white pubescence, the apical
segment covered with similar pubescence.

This species bears a very striking resemblance to the Halictus leucozonius
of Europe.

Hab. Borneo (Sarawak).

COLLECTED IN BOHKEO, ETC. 43

3. Halictus BASALis. H. niger ; alls hyalinis ; abdomine clavato, basi
ferrugineo.

Male. Length 3 lines. Black : the antennae nearly as long as the
thorax, the flagellum fulvous beneath ; the face covered with a dense
griseous pubescence; the mandibles rufo-piceous. Thorax thinly
clothed with pale pubescence ; the wings hyaline and iridescent, the
nervures pale testaceous ; the tibiae and tarsi pale rufo-testaceous, the
latter palest. Abdomen clavate, shining and finely punctured; the
first segment and the apical margin of the second, ferruginous ; the
second and following segments with fasciae of pale pubescence.

Hab. Singapore.

This conspicuous insect might be mistaken at first sight for a variety of
" H. ceratinus," but in that species the apical margin of the fifth
segment of the abdomen, beneath, is straight, or very slightly emar-
ginate at the sides ; in the present species it is deeply emarginate its
entire width.

Gen. NoMiA, Latr.

1. NoMiA APiCALis. N. nigra, punctata; abdomine nitido, scutello
bituberculato ; ahs apice nigris.

Male. Length 5 lines. Black: the head with scattered cinereous
pubescence, dense and short on the sides of the face ; the clypeus
with a longitudinal impression ; somewhat swollen on each side ; the
flagellum testaceous beneath. Thorax closely punctured, subopake ;
a line of pale pubescence beneath the scutellum, which is bituberculate ;
the tegulae yellowish ; the wings hyaline, the nervures testaceous, the
costal nervure dark brown ; the apex of the anterior wings with a large
dark fuscous cloud ; the legs with a glittering cinereous pubescence ;
the posterior tibiae curved, and dilated at their apex. Abdomen
shining and punctured, the apical margins of the segments depressed,
the apical half of the depressions impunctate.

Hab. Singapore.

2. NoMiA IRIDESCENS, Westw. MS. N. nigra; capite thoraceque
puuctatis subopacis ; faciei pube grisea ; pedibus nigris ; abdomine
fasciis tribus caeruleis ; alis hyalinis.

Female. Length 4 lines. Black : very closely and finely punctured ;
the head and thorax with a griseous pubescence, most dense on the
face and sides of the metathorax ; the clypeus with a central longitu-
dinal carina; the mandibles obscurely ferruginous at the apex; a
white line on the posterior margin of the prothorax, which passes on
to and surrounds the tubercles ; the scutellum bordered with a line of
very short white pubescence ; the tegulae pale testaceous ; the wings
fulvo-hyaline, with the nervures pale ferruginous; the legs clothed
with a mixture of dark brown and griseous pubescence, that on the
posterior tibiae within, and on all the tarsi beneath, fulvous ; the claw-

4*

41 MB. smith's catalogue of htmenopterotjs insects

joint of the tarsi ferruginous. Abdomen shining, with an obscure
violet tinge in certain Hghts ; the apical margins of the second, third
and fourth segments with a fascia of bright green or blue-green ; be-
neath, thickly and coarsely punctured.
Hab. Malacca, India.

3. NoMiA ELEGANS. N. nigra; capite thoraceque punctatis subopacis;
alis hyalinis ; pedibus subferrugineis ; abdomine fasciis caeruleo-viridi-
bus pulchriter omatus.

Female. Length 5 lines. Black: the head closely and finely punc-
tured, the clypeus coarsely so, with a central longitudinal depression,
subtuberculate on each side ; the labrum and mandibles ferruginous,
the latter black at their tips j the scape in front, and the apical joints
of the flagellum beneath, yellowish. Thorax : shining, with very deli-
cate shallow punctures ; a transverse band of pale pubescence at the
apical margin of the scutellum ; the base of the metathorax with a deep
depression which is crossed by a series of short striae ; the sides of
the metathorax with a dense pale fulvous pubescence ; the legs pale
rufo -testaceous, and covered with short glittering pale pubescence;
wings subhyaline and iridescent ; the nervures testaceous, the costal
nervure and the stigma dark fuscous ; the apex of the anterior wings
sHghtly clouded. Abdomen smooth and shining, the apical margins
of the segments with narrow, vivid blue-green fasciae.

Hab. Malacca.

Most closely resembling the " Nomia crassipes $ ," but that insect has
the abdomen punctured, and the fasciae broad, particularly at the
apex of the abdomen.

Subfam. Attdeenoides.

Gen. Ctenoplectea, Smith.

Head transverse : antennce inserted in the middle of the face, short, not
reaching to the middle of the thorax ; the basal joint of the flagellum
not narrowed at the base ; the second joint of the same length as the
first, much narrowed at the base ; the three following joints trans-
verse and of equal length, the five apical ones rather longer, of
equal length, the apex of the apical joint pointed; the labrum
transverse, the anterior margin rounded; the mentum rather longer
than the labium, the former acute at its apex, the latter blunt or
rounded; the labial palpi 4-jointed, the two basal joints stout and of
equal length, the two apical ones shorter and much more slender ; the
paraglossce about the same length as the palpi ; the maxillary palpi
6-jointed, the three basal joints stout and of equal length, the three
apical joints much more slender, and each in succession shorter than
the preceding ; the ocelli placed in a curve on the vertex. Thorax :
large and ovate ; the anterior wings with one marginal and two sub-

COLLECTED IN BOENEO, ETC. 45

marginal cells, the second receiving both the recurrent nervures ; legs
with the femora broad and compressed ; the calcaria at the apex of
the intermediate tibiae stout, acute, and bent at the apex, its hinder
margin toothed like a fine comb j the inner spine of the posterior cal-
caria toothed in a similar manner, the teeth much longer, those at the
base of the spine longest, decreasing in length to the apex ; the pos-
terior tibiae and basal joint of the tarsi densely covered with long hair ;
the claws of the tarsi bifid. Abdomen subovate, truncated at the base.

This is a very remarkable genus of Bees : it appears to be most nearly
allied to the genus Macropis ; the neuration of the anterior wings is
very similar, and the labial and maxillary palpi consist of the same
number of joints ; the ocelli are placed in a curve, and the posterior
legs have a dense clothing or pollen-brush a^ in that genus.

The beautiful comb with which the posterior tibiae are furnished is doubt-
less for the purpose of removing the grains of pollen collected on the
hairs which clothe the shanks. (Plate I. details.)

1. Ctenoplectra chalybea. C. capite thoraceque nigris, abdomi-
neque chalybeo, pedibus posterioribus dense pilosis.

Female. Length 6 lines. Head and thorax black : the head closely
punctured; the clypeus shining, the punctures more scattered, and
with a slight carina in the middle of its base ; the scape in front, and
the flagellum beneath, rufo-piceous ; the mandibles ferruginous at
their apex. Thorax opake-black ; the metathorax smooth and shining
in the middle of its base, the sides covered with sooty-black pu-
bescence ; wings fuscous, palest at their apical margins ; the posterior
tibiae and basal joint of the tarsi densely covered with long black
pubescence, the inner pectinated calcar pale testaceous-yellow. Ab-
domen : steel-blue above, black beneath.

Hab. Malacca (Mount Ophir).

Subfam. DASXGASTBiE.
Gen. Megachile, Latr.

1. Megachile atrata. Smith, Cat. Hym. pt. 1. p. 182.
Hab. Borneo (Sarawak) ; Phihppine Islands.

2. Megachile ornata. Smith, Cat. Hym. 1. p. 183.
Hab. Borneo (Sarawak) ; India.

3. Megachile umbripennis. Smith, Cat. Hym. pt. 1. p. 175. ..
Hab. Borneo (Sarawak) and Nepaul.

4. Megachile amputata. M. nigra; capite thoraceque pube fulva
vestitis ; abdominis segmentis apicalibus fulvo marginatis ; pedibus
rufis.

Female. Length 7 lines. Black : the head and thorax clothed above
with fulvous pubescence, on the cheeks and thorax beneath it is

46 MB. smith's catalogue or hymenopteeous insects

slightly griseous ; the clypeus shining and punctured, with a longitu-
dinal carina in the middle, thinly covered with pubescence ; the fia-
gellum fulvous beneath. Thorax : the tegulae and legs ferruginous ;
the wings fusco-hyaline, the nervures fusco-ferruginous, brightest
towards the base of the wings. Abdomen : the two basal segments
clothed with fulvous pubescence, the four apical segments with black ;
all the segments with a fascia of short fulvous pubescence on their
apical margins; beneath, the three basal segments thinly clothed
with pale fulvous pubescence, the three apical ones with black.

Allied to, but very distinct from, the Anthophora rufipes of Fabricius.

Hub. Borneo (Sarawak).

5. Mbgachile TUBERCULATA. M. nigra; capitc thoraccquc punctatis,
mandibulis fortibus et porrectis; clypeo tuberculato ; alls fulvo-
hyalinis ; abdomine totius nigro.

Female. Length 10 lines. Black : clothed with black pubescence on
the vertex and disk of the thorax, on the abdomen above it is sparing ;
the clypeus produced in the middle, forming a large prominent
tubercle ; the mandibles long, very stout and prominent, with a stout
bluntish tooth on their inner margin near their base, and having three
large teeth at their apex, the apical one acute. The outer margin of
the tegulae ferruginous ; the wings fulvo-hyaline, the nervures ferru-
ginous, their apical margins with a fuscous border. Abdomen : the
basal segment densely clothed with sooty-black pubescence ; beneath,
densely clothed with black pubescence.

Hab. Borneo (Sarawak),

6. Megachilk ARCHiTECTA. M. nigra, nitida ct punctata ; abdominc
pube Isete fulva subtus vestito ; alis subhyalinis apice nebulosis.

Female. Length 6 lines. Black, shining and punctured: the face,
cheeks and thorax beneath, thinly clothed with griseous pubescence,
the sides of the metathorax densely so ; the wings subhy aline, with a
fuscous cloud at the apex of the superior pair ; the posterior femora
and tibiae with a short fine cinereous pubescence, that on all the tarsi
beneath, fulvous. Abdomen subovate and curving upwards, each seg-
ment with a deeply impressed transverse line ; beneath, densely clothed
with long bright fulvous pubescence.

Hab. Borneo (Sarawak).

7. Megachile LUCTUOSA. M. nigra opaca ; alis hyalinis ; abdomine
subtus fulvo ; apice pube grisea vestito.

Female. Length 6 lines. Opake-black : very closely punctured ; the
wings hyaline and iridescent, the nervures black ; the base of the
metathorax with fuscous pubescence, the sides as well as the thorax
beneath with griseous ; the apical margins of the second, third and
fourth segments with narrow fasciae of whitish pubescence, the two
former widely interrupted ; the fifth and sixth densely covered

COLLECTED IN BOBNEO, ETC. 47

with short, whitish pubescence ; beneath, clothed with fulvous pu-
bescence.
Hab. Singapore.

8. Megachile rotundiceps. M. nigra opaca; alis fulvo-hyalinis,
nervuris ferrugineis ; abdomine subtus fulgido-argentato vestito.

Female. Length 6 lines. Opake-black : very closely and rather finely
punctured; the labrum fringed with ferruginous pubescence; the
head nearly orbicular. Thorax : the metathorax clothed with pale
fulvous pubescence ; the wings fulvo-hyaline, the nervures and tegulae
pale ferruginous. Abdomen with a little fulvous pubescence at the
base ; beneath, clothed with ghttering silvery pubescence.

Hah. Malacca (Mount Ophir).

Subfam. Soopulipedes.
Q-en. Ceeatina, Latr.

1. Ceratina hieroglyphica. Smith, Cat. Hym. pt. 2. p. 226.
Hab. Borneo (Sarawak).

2. Ceratina flavopicta. C. atra; capite thoraceque flavo-pictis ;
abdomine fasciisque flavis.

Male. Length 4 lines. Black : the face, inner orbits of the eyes, clypeus,
labrum, mandibles, cheeks, scape, and a minute spot above the eyes,
yellow. Thorax : the prothorax, two longitudinal lines on the disk of
the mesothorax, an epaulet over the tegulae, a line on each side of the
metathorax, a spot beneath the wings, the tubercles and legs, yellow ;
the coxae and base of the femora slightly rufo-piceous ; the wings
subhyaline, the nervures ferruginous. Abdomen : the basal and
apical segments, and the apical margins of the other segments,
yellow; the entire insect is shining and the abdomen deUcately
punctured.

Hab. Borneo (Sarawak).

This species is closely allied to the Ceratina hieroglyphica from India,
but is abundantly distinct.

Gen. Xtlocopa, Latr.

\. Xylocopa latipes.

Apis latipes, Drury, III. Exot. Ins. ii. p. 98.

Hab. Borneo (Sarawak), India, Singapore, Ceylon, Philippine Islands,
China.

2. Xylocopa collaris, St. Farg. Hym. ii. p. 189.

Hab. Borneo (Sarawak), India, Sumatra, Bengal, Malacca.

3. Xylocopa ^estuans.

Apis aistuans, Linn. Syst. Nat. i. p. 961 9 .
Hab. Singapore, India.

48 MB. smith's CATALOaUE OF HYMENOPTEROUS INSECTS

4. Xylocopa verticalis, St. Farg. Hym. ii. p. 195 <? .
This species I believe to be the male of X. astuans.
Hab. Singapore, India.

5. Xylocopa cgerulea, Fabr. Syst. Piez. p. 345.
Hab. Singapore, Java, East India, China.

6. Xylocopa Dejeanii, St. Farg. Hym. ii. p. 209.
Hah. Borneo, Java.

This I have little doubt is the male of X. collaris : I have on several
occasions observed that they have been captured at the same time and
place.

7. Xylocopa dissimilis, St. Farg. Hym. ii. p. 180 $ .
Hab. Borneo (Sarawak), China, Madras.

8. Xylocopa insularis. X. nigra; capite thoraceque pube rufo-
fusca tectis ; alis nigro-fuscis iridescentibus, apice acuminatis ; oculis
magnis, vertice fere connexis.

Male. Length 11 lines. Black: the head and thorax densely clothed
with short rufo-fulvous pubescence ; the eyes very large and approxi-
mating at the vertex; the anterior legs fringed with long black
pubescence behind ; the intermediate and posterior legs with black
pubescence, very long on the posterior tarsi ; the disk of the thorax
very smooth and shining ; the anterior wings pointed at their apex ;
the wings brown, with a violet and coppery iridescence; the pos-
terior margins palest ; the transverse nervure which separates the first
and second submarginal cells, obliterated. Abdomen punctured;
the basal and lateral margins with a thick fringe of black pubescence,
the apical margins of the segments depressed and slightly rufo-
piceous.

Hab. Borneo (Sarawak).

Q-en. Anthophoba, Latr.

1. Anthophora zonata.

Apis zonata, Linn. Syst. Nat. i. p. 955.
Hab. Borneo (Sarawak).

2. Anthophora insularis. A. nigra, pube fulva vestita, faciei pube
grisea.

Female. Length 7 lines. Black : the face, cheeks and thorax beneath
clothed with griseous pubescence, that on the thorax above and on
the abdomen is fulvous ; the fifth segment of the abdomen with a
mixture of black hairs ; the legs have a fulvous pubescence outside ;
within it is black, it is also black at the apex of the plantae of the
posterior legs. The mandibles, labrum, anterior margin of the clypeus
and a narrow central longitudinal line, a minute spot above the clypeus,

COLLECTED IN BOENEO, ETC. 49

and the flagellum beneath, yellow; the tegulae yellow, the wings

fulvo-hyaline.
Hab. Borneo (Sarawak).
This species closely resembles both the A. vestita and the A. concinna,

but is on comparison very distinct.

Subfam. Sociales.
G-en. Apis, Linn.

1. Apis dorsata, Fabr. Syst. Piez. p. 370.
Hab. India, Borneo (Sarawak), Malacca.

2. Apis Indica, Fabr. Syst. Piez. p. 370.
Hab. India, Malacca, Borneo.

3. Apis Perrottetii, Gu^. Icon. R^g. Anim. Ins. p. 461.
Hab. Borneo (Sarawak). India.

The specimens from Sarawak are of a paler colour than those described
by Guerin, but they agree in all the essential specific characteristics,
and have the bands of pale pubescence at the base of the segments, as
in A. Perrottetii; these bands, if the abdomen retracts after death,
are hidden beneath the apical margins of the preceding segments.

4. Apis ANDRENiFORMis. -<4.nigra Isevis nitidaj alis hyalinis ; abdo-
mine fasciis albis pubescentibus ornato.

Worker. Length 4 lines. Black : smooth and shining, slightly pilose ;
the face with a short cinereous pubescence; the metathorax, the
coxae and femora beneath with whitish pubescence ; the wings hya-
line and iridescent ; the basal margin of the second segment of the
abdomen shghtly rufo-piceous ; the basal margins of the third, fourth,
fifth and sixth segments with bands of white pubescence ; beneath,
the three basal segments of the abdomen pale testaceous in the
middle.
Hab. Borneo (Sarawak). ^/ pt^J' '^*^ . - /L'Ua
This remarkable Honey-Bee has exactly the appearance of an Andrena ;
it does not appear to be a worn specimen ; the wings are not torn, and
the abdominal bands entire; the eyes are pubescent, but less con-
spicuously so than in any species I have previously seen.

5. Apis testacea. A. capite thoraceque nigris, abdomine pedibusque
pallide testaceis, alis hyalinis.

Worker. Length 8 lines. Head dark fuscous; the ocelli shining,
yellow ; the extreme base of the scape and the tips of the mandibles,
as well as the tongue, of a reddish-yellow ; the head covered with
rufo-fuscous pubescence, that on the cheeks palest. Thorax fuscous
anteriorly, the metathorax, tegular and legs pale rufo-testaceous ; the
thorax and legs with a pale yellowish -white pubescence, intermixed

50 ME. smith's catalogue of htmenopterotjs insects

with a few fuscous hairs on the disk of the mesothorax ; the wings
hyaline, with the nervures pale testaceous. Abdomen : pale testaceous
and densely clothed with short yellowish-white pubescence.

Hab. Borneo.

A very distinct species from any hitherto described : its densely pubescent
body is a distinguishing characteristic.

G-enus TmaoNA, Jurine,

1. Trigona ventralis. T. nigra; abdomine nigro-piceoj segmento
basali supra, abdomine subtus albis.

WorTcer. Length If line. Head and thorax black ; the extreme base
of the scape, and the flagellum rufo-fuscous ; the tips of the mandibles
ferruginous ; the clypeus and lower part of the face with a cinereous
pile. Thorax: narrower than the head; the mesothorax margined
with short whitish pubescence, the outer margin of the tegulae rufo-
piceous ; the wings hyaline and iridescent, the nervures dark ferru-
ginous ; the apical joints of the tarsi pale ; the posterior tibiae broadly
expanded towards their apex, their upper margin thinly fringed
with pale hairs, the basal joint of the tarsi clothed with golden
pubescence within. Abdomen dark rufo-piceous ; the basal segment
white, beneath entirely so.

Hab. Borneo (Sarawak). Malacca (Mount Ophir).

2. Trigona atripes. T. flavescenti-rufa ; alis dimidio basali fuscis,
apieali lacteis, tibiis tarsisque intermediis et posticis nigris.

Worker. Length 2\ lines. Pale reddish-yellow ; the flagellum fuscous
above ; wings reddish-brown, with their apex beyond the stigma
milky-white ; the intermediate and posterior tibiae and tarsi black,
the apical joints of their tarsi ferruginous ; the anterior legs entirely
reddish-yellow ; the scutellum fringed with fuscous hairs.

Hab. Malacca (Mount Ophir).

3. Trigona thoracica. T. nigra; thorace obscure ferrugineo, alis
flavo-hyalinis, abdomine basi pallide testaceo.

Worker. Length 3i lines. Black : the scape of the antennae at the
base, the clypeus and mandibles at their base, ferruginous. Thorax :
obscurely ferruginous, the legs more or less ferruginous towards their
base ; the wings flavo-hyaline. Abdomen smooth aud shining, pale
testaceous at the base.

Hab. Singapore. ^ ^ ^ ^> • r? . ' ' .

4. Trigona nitidiventris. T. nigra; alis subhyalinis, coxis et
unguibus pallide ferrugineis ; abdomine supra nitido, nigro, subtus
pallide testaceo.

Worker, Length 3^ lines. Black : the extreme base of the scape
ferruginous ; the wings subhyaline and iridescent, slightly fuscous
towards their base, the nervures testaceous ; the margins of the thorax

COLLECTED IN BORNEO, ETC. 51

and the scutellum with ochraceous pubescence ; the coxae and claw-
joint of the tarsi rufo-testaceous. Abdomen shining black, its extreme
base, and beneath entirely, pale testaceous.
Hab. Malacca (Mount Ophir).

5. Trigona l^Viceps. T. nigra; capite Isevi et nitido, antice pube 3,
cinerea tecto; thorace nitido, alis subhyalinis, abdomine castaneo-

rufoa

Worker. Length H line. Head and thorax black : the face, above
the insertion of the antenna?, smooth and shining ; the antennae rufo-
testaceous ; the clypeus with a hoary pubescence ; its anterior margin,
and also the mandibles, ferruginous. Thorax smooth and shining, the
metathorax highly polished ; the wings subhyaline and iridescent, the
stigma and nervures ferruginous. Abdomen ferruginous, smooth
and shining.

Hab. Singapore. ? >'^. ^^M^'^

6. Trigona APiCALis. T. nigra; clypeo antennisque ferrugineis, parte 3,
dimidia basali alarum fusca, apice hyahno.

Worker. Length 2i lines. Head and thorax black; the abdomen
nigro-piceous ; the clypeus, and lower parts of the face, testaceous-
yellow ; the mandibles ferruginous ; antennae pale ferruginous ; the
head covered with cinereous pile. Thorax : the tegulse testaceous ;
the wings from the base to the stigma brown, beyond which they are
hyaline ; the scutellum covered with short stiff black hairs ; the sides,
and beneath, with scattered black pubescence ; the legs dark rufo-
piceous; the posterior tibiae pale, flattened and widened towards
their apex ; the outer margin thickly fringed with black pubescence ;
the disk of the thorax with a cinereous pile ; the apex of the abdomen
pale rufo-testaceous.

Hab. Borneo (Sarawak).

7. Trigona canifrons. T. nigra; facie pube cinerea vestita; aUs -2?
hyalinis.

Worker. Length 2i lines. Black : the face covered with cinereous
pile. The thorax thickly covered above with sooty-black pubescence,
which is long and tufted on the scutellum ; the tegulae black and
shining; the wings hyaline, the nervures testaceous; the posterior
tibiae, with their upper margin, thickly fringed with black hairs. Ab-
domen shining black.

Hab. Borneo (Sarawak).

8. Trigona collina. T. nigra; antennis basi ferrugineis; alis basi 3
fuscis apice albis.

Worker. Length 2^ lines. Black : the scape, flagellum beneath, and
its apex, as well as the mandibles, ferruginous ; the clypeus with a
pale testaceous spot in the middle ; the wings brown at their base as

52 MB. smith's CA.TALOGrE OP IITMENOPTEROUS INSECTS

far as the stigma, beyond which they are milky-white ; the abdomen
obscurely rufo-piceous at the base.
Hah. Malacca (Mount Ophir).

9. Trigona fimbriata. T. capite thoraceque femoribus et abdomine
basi testaeeo-rufis ; tibiis tarsisque intermediis et posticis nigris.

Worker. Length 3^ lines. Head rufo- testaceous, the face covered with
very short ochraceous pubescence, and sprinkled with longer stiff
black hairs ; the colour and pubescence of the thorax are similar to that
of the head, but the disk is of a rather darker colour, and the black hairs
are longer and more rigid ; the intermediate and posterior tibiae, and
the basal joints of their tarsi, black, the former densely covered with
black pubescence, and the latter thickly fringed with the same, the
posterior tibiae being very broadly dilated towards their apex ; the
wings hyaline, their nervures bright ferruginous. Abdomen : the two
basal segments rufo-testaceous, their apical margins, as well as the
whole of the following segments, nigro-fuscous,

Hab. Singapore.

Earn. P0EMICIDJ2.

Before entering upon the descriptions of the highly interesting
collection of Ants made by Mr. Wallace in Borneo, Malacca, and
Singapore, a few observations may not be out of place. I am
perfectl)'- aware, that in treating upon this family, I can only
achieve a very partial success ; our present knowledge, scanty as
it is, convinces me that it is simply an impossibility to assimilate
the sexes of the exotic Ants correctly, without positive observation
of their oeconomy. The sexes of some species, there can be little
doubt, at present form the types of apparently very distinct
genera ; such indeed are the eccentricities of form in the exotic
species, as to outstrip even the widest bounds hitherto conceived
to be necessary to allow, for varieties in form, size and colour. A
single instance will amply confirm this observation. In the third
volume of the ' Transactions of the Entomological Society,' I de-
scribed eleven species of the genus Pseudomyrma ; of one of these
I had the opportunity of describing the three sexes, taken in their
formicarium by Mr. H. W. Bates, in Brazil. This species, Fseudo-
myrma cephalica, exhibits such a remarkable difference of form in
the male, female and worker, that, had they not been obtained in
the manner stated, I should unhesitatingly have removed the sexes
into two distinct genera. In the male and worker the head is of
the ordinary form and proportion, but that of the female is as long
as the thorax, with the sides parallel ; it is in fact, if I may use
the term, so disproportionate, that no one, I imagine, could have

COLLECTED IN BOB]!fEO, ETC. 53

possibly supposed any relationship to have existed between the
female and the other sex.

It is to the Formicidce that Mr. "Wallace has made the most
valuable additions : the number of new species added to the genus
PolyrhacJiis is very important, and that of eight to the CryptoceridcB
makes a grand addition to that curious and highly interesting
family. The new genus, EcJiinopla, being founded on the exami-
nation of workers only, will no doubt hereafter require a revision
of the characters laid down, but in describing a collection contain-
ing so many novelties such occurrences are almost inevitable.

1. Formica gigas, Latr. Hist. Nat. Fourm. 105. pi. 2. f. 6 $•
Hab. Borneo, Malacca, Singapore.

2. Formica compressa, Fabr. Syst. Piez. p. 396.
Hab. Sarawak.

Specimens from Borneo have the legs more or less red, and in some
examples the vertex is more or less so.

3. Formica stricta, Jerdon, Madr. Journ. Lit. Sf Sci. (1851) p. 123.
Hab. Borneo (Sarawak).

4. Formica smaragdina, Fabr. Spec. Ins. 488 ? .

Formica longipes, Jerdon, Madr. Journ. Nat. Hist. 2nd ser. xiii. 104 $ .

Formica viridis, Kirby, Trans. Linn. Soc. xii. 477 ? •

Hab. Borneo (Sarawak), Malacca, Sumatra, Celebes, Philippine Islands.

5. Formica festina. F. nigra, nitida; flagello fulvo ; thorace subtus,
metathorace pedibusque et petiolo pallide ferrugineis ; abdomine sub-
tus piceo.

Female. Length 9-10 lines. Black and shining: head oblong-quadrate;
the mandibles and anterior margin of the face rufo-piceous ; the
flagellum fulvous. Thorax : beneath, the sides, the metathorax and
the legs, pale ferruginous; wings subhyaline, their nervures ferru-
ginous; scale of the abdomen pale ferruginous, ovate and slightly
emarginate above ; the posterior margins of the segments of the
abdomen, above, pale rufo-testaceous ; beneath, entirely pale.

Hab. Borneo (Sarawak).

This species closely resembles the European species F. ligniperda — in
fact appears to be the exotic form of that insect.

6. Formica MisTURA. F. nigro-picea,ferrugineovariegata, pubescens;
capite opaco, thorace abdomineque nitidis.

Female, Length 7 lines. Head black, the vertex and cheeks more or
less ferruginous ; the head opake, with the mandibles shining nigro-
piceous ; the scape attenuated, rufo-testaceous ; the clypeus delicately
punctured, slightly emarginate in front. Thorax elongate-ovate.

54 MR. smith's OATALOaUE OF HYMEN0PTEE0TJ8 INSECTS

smooth and shining, with ferruginous stains in front and on the sides ;
the metathorax truncate, with ferruginous spots at its base above ;
the legs ferruginous, the tibiae and basal joint of the tarsi darkest ;
the wings flavo-hyaline, the nervures pale rufo-testaceous. Abdomen
elongate-ovate, with the margins of the segments and the apex rufo-
piceous ; the scale ferruginous, with its superior margin very slightly
emarginate ; the head with a thin fulvous pubescence ; the abdomen
with a few scattered pale hairs.
Hab. Borneo (Sarawak).

7. Formica pilosa. F. nigra, dense sericea pilosa ; squama ovata.
Worker. Length 3 lines. Black, covered with a fine cinereous pile : the

head large, much wider than the thorax ; eyes ovate, placed laterally
rather high on the head ; the anterior part of the face truncate, the
sides produced beyond the anterior margin of the clypeus ; a faintly
impressed line above the base of the clypeus, which terminates in a
shallow fovea on the front. Thorax compressed posteriorly. Abdo-
men ovate, with a short pale pubescence ; the scale narrow, incras-
sate, and terminating above in a blunt point.
Hab. Borneo (Sarawak).

8. Formica ruficeps. F. nigra; capite thoraceque antice ferrugineis.
Worker. Length 4 lines. Head ferruginous, smooth, shining, and

much wider than the thorax ; the mandibles and scape black, the
apex of the former obscurely ferruginous ; the flagellum pale rufo-
testaceous. Thorax black, more or less ferruginous anteriorly, much
compressed towards the metathorax; the tips of the joints of the
legs ferruginous, as well as the tarsi. Abdomen black, smooth and
shining ; the scale ovate, acuminate at its apex above ; the legs and
apex of the abdomen with a scattered short pale pubescence.

Worker minora about one-third smaller ; only differs otherwise in having
the mandibles ferruginous.

Hab. Borneo (Sarawak).

This species bears a strong resemblance to the F. erratica of Europe.

9. Formica badia. F. castaneo-fusca ; thorace postice attenuate,
abdominis squamula incrassata, abdomine ovato.

Worker. Length 2^-3^ lines. Chestnut-brown ; head subovate ; the
eyes ovate, lateral, placed high on the head towards the vertex. Tho-
rax rounded in front, compressed behind ; the metathorax obliquely
truncated ; the scale of the abdomen subconical, incrassate, slightly
rounded in front and truncate behind. Abdomen oblong- ovate, the
apex fuscous.

Hab. Singapore ; Borneo (Sarawak).

This species has much the appearance of a species of Polyergus ;
but the mandibles are toothed at the apex: the palpi I have not
examined.

COLLECTED IN BOENEO, ETC. 55

10. Formica DiLiGENS. F. obscure rufo-picea ; antennis, mandibulis,
thorace subtus et lateribus, metathorace pedibusque laete rufis ; ab-
domine subtus pallide rufo-testaceo.

Female. Length 9 lines. Head shining, dark rufo-piceous ; the carina
at the insertion of the antennas, the antennae, the anterior margin of
the face and clypeus, and the mandibles, ferruginous. The thorax

, and legs ferruginous, with the mesothorax above and the scutellum
dark rufo-piceous; wings subhyaline, the nervures and tegulse pale
ferruginous. Abdomen shining dark rufo-piceous, beneath pale rufo-
testaceous ; scale subquadrate, its superior margin slightly emarginate
its entire width.

Hah. Malacca.

This insect closely resembles the F. ligniperda.

11. Formica irritans. F. capite abdomineque nigro-fuscis ; an-
tennis, thorace, abdomine, squamula pedibusque ferrugineis.

Worker. Length 6 lines. Elongate and slender ; head ovate ; dark
fuscous; the apex of the scape and the flagellum ferruginous; the
clypeus and mandibles dark rufo-piceous. The thorax, scale of the
abdomen and the legs, ferruginous ; the thorax elongate, compressed,
with the prothorax very slightly dilated at the sides. The scale of the
abdomen incrassate, rounded anteriorly and truncate behind. Ab-
domen ovate, nigro-fuscous ; the entire insect sprinkled with erect
pale hairs.

Worker minor. Length 3 lines. Only differs in having the antennae
entirely pale ferruginous and the anterior legs stouter.

Hab. Malacca ; Borneo (Sarawak).

This is probably the worker of F. diligens.

12. Formica fervens. F. capite abdomineque obscure rufo-piceis,
thorace pedibusque pallide ferrugineis.

Worker. Length 4 lines. Head nigro-piceous, thorax and legs pale
ferruginous ; head subopake, with the mandibles and clypeus slightly
shining, the latter with scattered punctures ; the flagellum pale fer-
ruginous; the anterior margin of the clypeus slightly emarginate.
Thorax more or less fuscous in front, compressed behind. Abdo-
men black and shining, with the apical margins of the segments nar-
rowly testaceous ; thinly sprinkled with pale hairs ; the scale ovate
and ferruginous.

Hab. Borneo (Sarawak).

13. Formica gracilipes. F. ferruginea, abdomine (basi excepto)
obscure rufo-piceo.

Worker. Length 2 lines. Pale ferruginous, abdomen dark rufo-piceous ;
antennae longer than the body ; head ovate, and wider than the tho-
rax, narrowed behind ; the eyes black and prominent. Thorax elon-
gate and compressed ; the prothorax narrowed into a slender neck ;

56 MB. smith's CATA.LOGUE OF HYMENOPTEEOUS INSECTS

legs very much elongated, the posterior pair one-third longer than the
insect, the tibiae and tarsi pale testaceous ; the abdominal scale incras-
sate, rounded in front and truncate behind ; the abdomen dark rufo-
piceous, short and ovate ; the base more or less pale ferruginous.
Hab. Singapore.

14. Formica irritabilis. F. capite, thorace et squama sanguineis ;
pedibusque rufo-fuscis ; abdomine fusco-nigra.

Worker. Length 4 lines. Head, thorax, and scale of the abdomen
ferruginous, the abdomen black; the scape black, its extreme base
and apex, and the flagellum, ferruginous, the latter more or less
fuscous above ; the vertex with sometimes a fuscous stain ; the man-
dibles nigro-piceous, their apex ferruginous ; the thorax compressed
behind, and thinly covered, as well as the head, with erect reddish
hairs; legs nigro-fuscous, with the base and apex of the joints, or
with sometimes the coxae and base of the femora, and also the apical
joints of the tarsi, ferruginous. The scale of the abdomen ovate,
terminating in a point above ; the apical margins of the segments
with a thin fringe of pale reddish-yellow hairs.

Hab. Borneo (Sarawak).

15. Formica sedula. F. capite thorace pedibusque opacis nigris,
abdomine castaneo.

Worker. Length 5 lines. Head and thorax opake-black, the man-
dibles and legs shining black ; the abdomen chestnut-red. The man-
dibles smooth at their base, and striated at their apex, with five stout
teeth, the flagellum fusco-ferruginous ; the head deeply emarginate
behind ; much wider than the thorax ; the thorax compressed ; the
trochanters and apical joints of the tarsi ferruginous. Abdomen ovate
and thinly sprinkled with reddish pubescence ; the scale subquadrate ;
emarginate above, and slightly ferruginous ; the head and thorax with
a few erect black hairs.

Hab. Borneo (Sarawak).

Resembles F. compressa, but differs in having much stouter legs, in
being pubescent, in having the posterior angles of the head more
rounded, and in being pubescent.

16. Formica exasperata. F. capite thorace abdominisque squama
sanguineis ; tarsorum unguibus abdominisque basi rufis ; thorace com-
presso.

Worker. Length 5i lines. Head and thorax blood-red; sometimes
blackish before the insertion of the antennae, and also a little in front
of the anterior stemma ; in some examples entirely red ; the mandibles
black, stout, strongly toothed and punctured ; the head deeply emar-
ginate posteriorly, and much wider than the thorax. Thorax : com-
pressed, sometimes with fuscous stains at the sides, with the tibiae and
tarsi more or less fuscous; the head, thorax and legs with a thin
scattered pale reddish pubescence. Abdomen : black, subopake.

COLLECTED IN BOllNEO, ETC. 57

with the apical margins of the segments usually more or less riifo-

piceous J the scale erect, ovate and entire.
Hab. Borneo (Sarawak).
The general form of this species is that of F. compressa ; the antennae

are shorter, with shorter joints, and the legs are considerably stouter.
Hab. Borneo (Sarawak).

17. Formica tenuipes. F, castaneo-rufa Isevis nitida; thorace ovato;
alis hyalinis ; squama quadrata supra emarginata.

Female. Length 4 lines. Reddish-brown : mandibles stout, and armed
with five stout black teeth ; antennae pale rufo-testaceous. Thorax
ovate, smooth and shining ; wings hyaline, the nervures pale testaceous;
legs pale rufo-testaceous, with the femora much compressed, flattened ;
the scale of the abdomen quadrate, emarginate above. Abdomen
ovate, smooth and shining.

Hab. Borneo (Sarawak).

18. Formica camelina. F. nigra, elongataet gracilis; capite postice
in coUum angustato; thorace medio compresso; metathorace supra
rotundato ; pedibus elongatis ; abdominis nodo globoso.

Worker. Length 5 lines. Black : elongate and slender ; covered with
a fine silky pile, which has a golden tinge on the thorax and abdomen ;
the antennae nearly as long as the body; the head oblong, much
narrowed behind the eyes, the latter nearly round, and placed rather
forwards on the face a little higher than the insertion of the antennae ;
the carinae above the clypeus with a less elevated one between them,
the antennae inserted at the sides of the carinae. Thorax: much
narrowed in front, forming a sort of neck, widened and rounded be-
hind, broader than the meso- and meta-thorax, the latter somewhat
swollen above and elevated above the anterior part of the thorax ; legs
very long and sprinkled with fine whitish hairs. The scale of the
abdomen, viewed above, pear-shaped, broadest at the base ; abdomen
ovate, pointed at the apex, and sprinkled with pale ghttering hairs.

Hab. Singapore,

19. Formica pallida. F, pallide testacea laevis nitida sparse pilosa;
squamula elongato-ovata.

Worker. Length 2|-3 lines. Pale rufo-testaceous, smooth and shining :
the head much wider than the thorax, the vertex widely and deeply
emarginate; the mandibles dark rufo-piceous ; the flagellum and
the legs paler than the rest of the body ; the thorax compressed be-
hind; the scale narrow and ovate; abdomen subglobose, and thinly
sprinkled with long pale hairs; the head and thorax also slightly
pubescent.

Ha6. Borneo (Sarawak).

Some individuals of this species differ from the form described, in having
the head and abdomen of a deeper hue ; the prothorax is sometimes

LINN. PEOC. — ZOOLOGY. 5

58 MR. smith's catalogue of htmenopterous insects

dark, but all have the scale of the same elongate-ovate form, w^ithout
any notch above.

20. Formica irritans. F. nigra; antennis, thorace peduncuhsque
squama ferrugineis.

Worker. Length 6 lines. Head and abdomen nigro-fuscous ; antennae,
thorax, and scale of the abdomen, as well as the legs, ferruginous.
Elongate and slender, the head ovate ; the apex of the scape ferru-

■ ginous; the clypeus and mandibles dark rufo-piceous. The thorax
elongate, compressed, with the prothorax slightly dilated at the sides.
Abdomen ovate : the scale incrassate, rounded anteriorly, and truncate
behind ; the entire insect thinly sprinkled with erect, long, pale pu-
bescence.

Worker (minor). Length 3 lines. This only differs in having the antennae
entirely pale ferruginous.

Hab. Borneo (Sarawak).

This is probably the worker of Formica diligens.

Genus Tapinoma, Foerster,

\. Tapinoma glabrata. T. nigra, subnitida, glabra, angustior;
antennis, mandibulis tarsisque rufo-pallidis ; squama oblonga de-
pressa; abdomine oblongo-ovato.

Worker. Length 1§ line. Black: the clypeus obscurely testaceous;
the mandibles and flagellum rufo-testaceous, the apex of the latter
slightly fuscous ; the head, prothorax, and coxae beneath, rufo-testa-
ceous ; the thorax declining above to the base of the metathorax, the
latter convex ; the tarsi pale rufo-testaceous. Abdomen ovate ; the
scale inclining forwards in a line with the oblique truncation of the
metathorax ; the insect entirely destitute of pubescence.

Hah. Malacca.

Genus Poltrhachis.

Body more or less armed with spines. Antenna elongate, usually
nearly as long as the body ; labial palpi 4-jointed, the basal joint
shortest, the three following, each in succession, longer than the pre-
ceding; the apical joint three times the length of the basal one.
Maxillary palpi 6-jointed, elongate, the basal joint short, about half
the length of the second joint, each of the following joints more than
twice the length of the second joint. Thorax : subovate in the
females ; compressed and frequently flattened above in the workers ;
wings as in Formica ligniperda. Abdomen globose. (Details, Plate I.)

This genus of Ants, of which the Formica hihamata may be
regarded as the type, forms a very distinct section of the Formi-
cidcB : the males I am not acquainted with. The habit of these
insects is arboreal, as we learn from Mr. Jerdon, who, in his
paper on Ants, in the Madras Journal, describes two species ; of

COLLEGTED IN BOENEO, ETC. 60

one, P. nidificans, he says, "This Ant makes a small nest about
half an inch or rather more in diameter, of some papyraceous
material, which it fixes on a leaf; I have opened two, each of
which contained one female and eight or ten workers. It is very
rare ; I have only seen it in Malabar." "What can be the use of
the formidable spines and hooks with which these creatures are
armed, it is impossible to determine ; on examination we find, as
might be expected in species living on trees, and probably all
have the same habit, that the legs are destitute of spines, and
usually of pubescence also ; the calcaria at the apex of the tibiae
are very short, and the tips of the tarsal joints have very short
spines and hairs.

The JPolyrhacJiis textor, described in these papers, was captured
with its nest, and was sent from Malacca by Mr. "Wallace ; the
nest is nearly oval, not quite an inch in length, its shortest dia-
meter being a little over half an inch ; this nest is not of a papy-
raceous texture, but fibrous, formed, as it were, of a coarse net-
work ; the colonies must consequently be very small, as Mr. Jer-
don says, consisting of only eight or ten individuals ; but proba-
bly at the height of the season, when the males appear, the nests
may be somewhat enlarged, as we know to be the case amongst
the social Wasps.

Although these insects are usually rare, or at least seldom met
with in collections, Mr. "Wallace has captured no less than nine-
teen species in the East : from the New "World I have only seen
one or two, about four from Africa, and the same number from
Australia.

1. PoLYRHACHis BiHAMATUS, Brury, lus. u. pi. 38. f. 8 ?.

p. thorace quadrispinoso, squama petiolari spinis duabus arcuatis.
Hab. Borneo. India. Sumatra.

2. Polyrhachis relucens.

Formica relucens, Latr. Hist. Nat. Fourm. p. 131.
Hab. Borneo (Sarawak). India.

3. Polyrhachis carinatus.

Formica carinata, Fabr. Syst. Piez. 413. 71 ; St. Farg. Hym. i. 220. 28 j

Jerdon, Madras Journ. Lit. 8f Sc. (1851).
Hab. Malacca. Singapore.

4. Polyrhachis defensus. P. niger; capite thoraceque minute
verrucatis, thorace spinis duabus lougis antice, duabus postice, armato ;
abdomine opaco ferrugineo-rufo.

Worker. Length 3^ lines. Head and thorax black, and coarsely sha-

5*

greened; the thorax armed with two long stout spines at the angles
of the prothorax, and two similar ones at the posterior angles of the
metathorax; the scale of the ahdomen with two long stout spines
diverging and curved backwards. Abdomen globose, of a dull opake
rusty-red.

Hab. Singapore. Java.

Specimens from Java, in the British Museum, have the abdomen black.

5. PoLYRHACHis CONSTRUCTOR, P. nigcrj thoracc ovato, spinis
duabus minutis antice armato;. abdominis squamula spinis duabus
armata.

Female. Length 3| lines. Black : finely rugose ; the palpi pale testa-
ceous ; the mandibles obscurely rufo-piceous ; the apex of the an-
tenna? pale rufo-testaceous. Thorax : the anterior angles of the pro-
thorax acute ; the metathorax not toothed ; the apex truncate, the
truncation finely rugose ; wings subhyaline, faintly yellow ; the ner-
vures pale testaceous. Abdomen globose; the scale quadrate, with
two very stout, short, curved spines above ; the insect is very thinly
covered with a fine short silky ashy pile, most apparent on the
abdomen.

Hab. Borneo (Sarawak).

6. PoLYRHACHis RUFicoRNis. P. nigcF; antcnnis maudlbulls pcdibus-
que ferrugineis, abdominis squamula spinis duabus longis armata.

Female. Length 4 lines. Black : the antennae and mandibles ferru-
ginous. Thorax elongate-ovate ; wings subhyaline and iridescent,
the nervures testaceous ; the legs ferruginous, the coxae black. Ab-
domen : the base more or less ferruginous ; the scale with two stout
divergent spines above, which cm've slightly backwards.

Hab. Borneo (Sarawak).

7. PoLYRHACHis CARBONARius. P. aterrimus, nitidus; capite tho-
raceque supra aciculatis, abdominis squamula supra fornicata.

Worker. Length 2 lines. Jet-black, shining : the head and the thorax
above, longitudinally aciculate, the thorax most finely so. Thorax :
the anterior margin of the thorax with a short acute spine at the
lateral angles ; the truncation of the metathorax smooth and shining ;
the legs elongate, with acute spines or hairs ; the calcaria pale testa-
ceous ; the anterior tibiae obscurely ferruginous in front. Abdomen
ovate, smooth and shining ; the scale incrassate, narrowed to a sharp
edge above, the superior margin wide and arched, not spined.

Hab. Malacca.

8. PoLYRHACHis TEXTOR. P. nigcr ; thorace elongato, supra planato,
dentibus duobus parvis antice et postice armato ; abdominis pedunculo
unispinoso.

Worker. Length 3^ lines. Black ; delicately rugulose ; the eyes ovate,
lateral, placed high on the sides of the head; the front with two
raised carinae, at the sides of which the antennae are inserted ; the

COLLECTED IN BOENEO, ETC. 61

clypeus and the space between the antennae, rufo-piceous ; the clypeus
with a slight longitudinal carina ; the mandibles obscurely rufo-
piceous at their apex ; the apical joint of the antennae ferruginous.
Thorax elongate, compressed at the sides, and flattened above ; the
anterior portion longitudinally aciculate ; the meso- and meta-thorax
delicately rugulose ; a short blunt tooth or spine on each side of the
prothorax, and a similar, but more acute tooth at the superior angles
of the metathorax; the legs elongate, without spines or hairs; the
tips of the claw-joint of the tarsi ferruginous. Abdomen smooth
and shining; the peduncle with a single acute spine above, and a
minute tooth on each side at its base.
Hab. Malacca.

9. PoLYRHACHis CHALYBEUS. P. capitc thoraccquc nigris, pedibus
abdomineque chalybeis.

Worker. Length 4 lines. Black : the metathorax, legs and abdomen
steel-blue ; the head delicately rugulose ; eyes ovate, lateral, placed
high on the head ; the antennae inserted opposite the lower orbit of
the eyes, each at the side of an elevated bent carina ; the clypeus
emarginate anteriorly; the mandibles large and stout, their apex
denticulate. Thorax elongate, delicately transversely rugulose, with
two stout acute spines in front, diverging outwardly, and two shorter
erect parallel ones on the metathorax ; the femora and tibiae com-
pressed. Abdomen smooth and shining; the peduncle armed with
two long stout divergent bent spines which curve backwards.

Hab. Singapore. Malacca.

10. PoLYRHACHis NiTiDUS. P. nigerrimus, laevis, nitidus ; thorace
ovato, metathorace spinis duabus longis acutis, pedunculo quadrato,
spinis duabus curvatis acutis armato.

Female. Length 4 lines. Jet-black, smooth and shining ; the thorax
rounded anteriorly ; the metathorax armed with two long acute spines
at its base ; the truncation delicately transversely rugulose and shi-
ning ; the peduncle quadrate, armed above at its posterior angles with
two short curved acute spines; the anterior tibiae rufo-piceous in front;
wings subhyaline, faintly tinted with yellow ; the nervures ferruginous;
the stigma brown. Abdomen subglobose, very smooth and shining.

Hab. Borneo (Sarawak).

11. PoLYRHACHis viLLiPES. P. uigcr; thoracc spiuis duabus cloH-
gatis acutis antice armato ; abdominis squamula spinis duabus longis
acutis, singulis basi minute unispinosis, pedibus pubescentibus.

Worker. Length 3^-4 lines. Black : the head and thorax longitudi-
nally delicately aciculate ; eyes ovate, very prominent, situated high
on the sides of the head, the head narrowed posteriorly ; the caringe
on the face much elevated ; the palpi pale rufo-testaceous. Thorax :
armed in front with two long acute divergent spines ; posteriorly un-
armed ; the superior surface flattened, distinctly divided by two trans-

62 ME. smith's catalogue or htmenopterotjs insects

verse sutures, and having a curved decline to the verge of the trunca-
tion of the metathorax ; legs elongate, with a thin clothing of erect
pubescence. Abdomen smooth, shining, and sprinkled with erect
black hairs ; the surface of the peduncle in front subquadrate, nar-
rowed at the base, the superior angles with long acute divergent spines,
which have a minute spine at their base outside.
Hab. Borneo (Sarawak).

12. PoLYRHACHis MODESTUS. P. nigcr; thorace ovato, mctathoracc
spinis duabus brevibus obtusis, squama spinis duabus acutis retrorsum
curvatis armata.

Female. Length 3 lines. Black: head and thorax very delicately-
rugose ; the flagellum rufo-piceous beneath towards the apex. Thorax
ovate ; the metathorax with two short blunt spines ; wings hyaline,
faintly yellow ; the nervures pale testaceous ; the apical joints of the
tarsi obscurely ferruginous. Abdomen globose, smooth and shining ;
the scale quadrate, armed above at the lateral angles with two acute
spines which curve backwards.

Hab. Singapore.

13. PoLYRHACHis Pandarus. P. opacus niger; capite thoraceque
subverrucatis, thorace antice posticeque abdominisque squama spinis
duabus longis crassis acutis armatis.

fVorJcer. Length 4 lines. Black : head and thorax coarsely shagreened ;
the palpi pale testaceous ; head below the antennae finely shagreened ;
the head with a sharp recurved margin posteriorly. Thorax: not
flattened above ; two long, stout, acute, divergent spines in front, and
two similar ones posteriorly j the scale quadrate, with two long acute
divergent spines, directed backwards ; legs without spines or hairs ;
the calcaria, at the apex of the anterior tibiae, pale testaceous, those
on the intermediate and posterior pairs black. Abdomen smooth,
opake-black.

Examples of this species from Singapore have the abdomen rusty-red.

Hab. Borneo (Sarawak). Philippine Islands. Java.

14. PoLYRHACHis Hector. P. opacus niger; thorace spinis duabus
longis acutis antice et postice armato ; squama quadrata spinis dua-
bus longis curvatis ; abdomine obscure ferrugineo.

Worker. Length 4 lines. Opake-black : delicately shagreened ; the
head narrowed posteriorly; the thorax armed with two long acute
divergent spines in front, and two slightly divergent ones behind ; the
scale quadrate, with two long divergent spines above which curve
backwards ; the legs without spines or pubescence, the calcaria black.
Abdomen with an obscure ferruginous tinge. Thorax not flattened
above.

Hab. Singapore.

15. PoLYRHACHis L.EVIGATUS. P. uigcr, IsBvis, nitidus ; metathoracc

COLLECTED IN BORNEO, ETC. 63

spinis (luabus longis acutis retrorsum directis; abdominis squama
spinis duabus curvatis armata ; coxis femorumque basi rufis.

Worker. Length 2i lines. Black, smooth and shining : the flagellum
thickened towards the apex. Thorax : the anterior angles acute ; the
disk not flattened; the metathorax with two long, acute, divergent
spines, directed backwards ; the scale with a long curved spine on
each side, directed to the curve of the abdomen ; the coxae and femora
ferruginous, the anterior pair obscure. Abdomen globose, smooth and
shining.

Hab. Malacca.

I have only seen a single specimen of this species : the clavate antennae
appear to indicate its belonging to a different genus.

16. PoLYRHACHis cuspiDATUS. P. niger; prothorace metatho-
raceque medio elevatis et bispinosis; femoribus abdominisque basi
ferrugineis.

Worker. Length 2^ lines. Black : head subovate, not narrowed be-
hind ; the base of the scape, the apex of the flagellum, and the tips of
the mandibles, ferruginous. Thorax slightly compressed; the pro-
thorax with an elevation in the middle which terminates above in two
divergent spines ; there is also a similar elevation, spined above on
each side, on the metathorax ; the coxae, femora, and apical joints of
the tarsi, ferruginous. Abdomen ferruginous at the base ; the scale
quadrate, deeply notched above.

Hab. Borneo (Sarawak).

17. PoLYRHACHis FLAVicoRNis. P. nigcr; capitc thoraceque sub-
opacis, abdomine nitido ; flagello femorumque basi flavo-testaceis.

Female. Length 3 lines. Black : the head subopake, the flagellum and
mandibles reddish-yellow; the basal joint of the flagellum, except its
extreme apex, black; the scape rufo-piceous. Thorax subopake;
ovate, without spines; legs rufo-piceous, the femora pale reddish-
yellow; wings subhyaline, nervures pale testaceous, stigma brown.
Abdomen fuscous ; the scale quadrate, armed with two short, curved
subacute spines.

Worker. Length 2 lines. Very like the female, but with the antennae
and legs of a deeper tint ; the first joint of the flagellum black, except
its apex ; the thorax flattened at the sides, the superior surface slightly
convex, divided by two transverse sutures, the margins acute. Abdo-
men globose, black and shining; the scale as in the female.

Hab. Singapore.

18. PoLYRHACHis EQUiNUS. P. uigcr uitidus ; thorace supra de-
planato, metathorace et peduuculo bispinosis, pedibus pallide fer-
rugineis.

Worker. Length 3 lines. Black ; head shining and deUcately rugulose ;
the palpi pale rufo- testaceous. Thorax : flattened above, the margins
acutely edged ; the sides longitudinally delicately striated ; the pro-

64

thorax, ahove, slightly concave, and shaped like a horse-shoe; the
metathorax is also slightly concave, with the posterior angles acute
and elevated ; the metathorax smooth and shining behind ; the legs
rufo-testaceous. Abdomen: smooth, shining and subglobose ; the
scale elevated, with two short teeth above, the sides oblique ; the scale
narrowing to its base.
Hab. Sarawak.

19. PoLYRHACHis DIVES. P. nigcr, aureo-sericeo vestitus; thorace
spinis acutis antice et postice armatis ; squama quadrata spinis duabus
longis curvatis.

Worker. Length 2^ lines. Black : clothed with pale golden pubescence ;
the thorax with two short curved spines in front, and two of about
the same length at its posterior margin ; the scale of the abdomen
compressed, square in front, and having two long spines which curve
backwards ; the pubescence on the head and thorax with an obscure
gulden tinge; the legs without spines or pubescence; the calcaria
pale testaceous.

Hab, Singapore.

20. PoLYRHACHis viNDEX. P. nigCF, subnitidus ; thorace supra de-
planato, spinis duabus anterioribus ; squama integra ; pedibus ferru-
gineis ; tibiis et femoribus apice tarsisque fuscis.

Worker. Length 2^ lines. Black : the head and thorax with a shining
hoary pile ; the head longitudinally striated ; the apex of the flagellum
beneath, and the palpi, pale rufo-testaceous. Thorax flattened above,
deUcately striated longitudinally ; the divisions of the thorax distinctly
marked by two transverse sutures; the lateral margins raised and
acute ; the anterior angles produced into acute spines ; the tibise and
femora ferruginous, and more or less fuscous at their apex. The scale
of the peduncle incrassate, compressed to a sharp edge above, which
is rounded, and terminates in a minute tooth laterally. Abdomen
smooth, shining and subglobose.

Hab. Borneo (Sarawak).

Subfam. Poneeidje.

Gen. ODONTOMACHrs, Latr.

I. Odontomachus rixosus. O. rufo-fuscus, femoribus pallide tes-
taceis ; margine interna mandibulorum subserrata, thorace transversim
striate.

Worker. Length 4i lines. Reddish-brown : the coxae, trochanters and
femora pale testaceous, the extreme base, and apex of the latter,
darker ; the mandibles with two blunt teeth at their apex, the outer
tooth notched on one side, forming a second tooth ; the inner edge
slightly serrated, having only four or five minute teeth; the pro-
minence between the sulcations on the anterior part of the head.

COLLECTED IN BORNEO, ETC. 65

obliquely striated ; the striations crossing the sulcations, but termina-
ting opposite the hinder margin of the eyes ; the depression on the
sides of the head striated, the striation becoming obsolete at the sides
of the head. The thorax transversely striated, the metathorax most
strongly so. The scale of the abdomen conical, terminating above in
an acute spine ; the abdomen very smooth and shining, the apex pale
testaceous.

Hah. Singapore.

This species bears a strong resemblance to the type of the genus, O.
hcematodes, a South American insect ; but that species has the head
shorter, and the vertex delicately striated ; the antennae are shorter,
the joints shorter : specimens which I consider to be identical with
the present species, are in the collection at the British Museum, from
Birmah and Singapore.

2. Odontomachus rugosus. O. rufescenti-fuscus j capite supra lon-
gitudinaliter striate, lateribus Isevibus nitidis, thorace pedunculoque
rude rugosis.

Worker. Length 3 lines. Head of a red-Vrown, the mandibles and
scape rather paler, the flagellum pale testaceous ; the mandibles much
narrowed at their base, their inner edge finely serrated, terminating in
two long blunt teeth which are abruptly curved at right angles with
the jaws ; the head a little longer than broad, deeply emarginate be-
hind, longitudinally striated above, the sides smooth and shining.
Thorax darker than the head, and coarsely rugose ; the legs ferru-
ginous. The node of the abdomen conical and rugose; abdomen
smooth and shining and of a dark rufo-piceous colour, the apex pale.

Hab. Singapore.

This is a very remarkable and distinct species, both in sculpture and
form.

Gen. PoNEEA, Latr.

1. PoNERA VERSICOLOR. P. purpureo et violaceo variegata seu ob-
scure cerata; capite, thorace abdominisque basi profunde striatis;
nodo spinis duabus parvis armato.

Worker. Length 4^ lines. Black, with purple, violet and green tints
in different lights : the head deeply striated longitudinally, the striae
terminating at the base of the clypeus, the anterior margin of which
is subangular ; the mandibles obscure ferruginous, their inner edge
toothed, the teeth being alternately one large and one small; the
mandibles finely striated; the eyes ovate, of moderate size, placed
laterally about the middle. Thorax : in front with deep circular
striae, behind which are a few longitudinal ones on the disk ; the sides
and posterior portion obliquely striated, the apex transversely so ; the
calcaria and apical joints of the tarsi ferruginous. The node of the
abdomen incrassate, rounded in front and above, and truncate behind.

QG ME. smith's catalogue of hymenopterotjs insects

with two short sharp spines on the verge of the truncation, pointing
backwards ; the first segment with transverse curved striae.

Hab. Borneo (Sarawak). Phihppine Islands.

Some specimens of this species are entirely of a bronze-green, and some
have the legs more or less red.

2. PoNERA RUBRA. P. castauco-rubra, laevis et impunctata ; abdomine
elongato-ovato, nodo elevato antice rotundato, postice truncato.

Female. Length 3^ lines. Bright chestnut-red ; the head smooth and
impunctate ; the head dusky before the ocelli ; the mandibles serrated
on their inner margin ; the antennae about the length of the thorax,
slightly thickened towards their apex. Thorax: the disk slightly
fuscous; narrowed towards the metathorax, which is obliquely truncate,
the truncation smooth and shining ; the anterior margin of the pro-
thorax rounded. The peduncle of the abdomen, viewed sideways, is
wedge-shaped, its front margin slightly rounded, behind truncate;
the abdomen elongate-ovate, pointed, and slightly pubescent at the
apex.

Hab. Singapore.

3. PoNERA APiCALis. P. nigra; antennis mandibulis pedibus abdo-
minisque apice ferrugineis.

Female. Length 3^ lines. Black : the antennae, mandibles, legs and
apex of the abdomen ferruginous; the head finely shagreened.
Thorax oblong-ovate, finely longitudinally rugulose ; the sides of
the metathorax coarsely rugose, the truncation transversely striated ;
the scale of the abdomen incrassate, rounded above, transversely
striated in front and behind ; the abdomen smooth and shining, with
a thin fine grey pubescence.

Hab. Borneo (Sarawak).

4. PoNERA iRiDESCENS. P. rufo-fusca, lacvis, nitida, chalybeo-irides-
cens ; antennis pedibusque ferrugineis.

Worker. Length 2^ lines. Dark rufo-fuscous, with changeable tints
of blue on the head and thorax, in diflFerent lights ; the apex of the
metathorax, the legs, antennae, and apical margins of the segments of
the abdomen, ferruginous ; the head with an abbreviated impressed
line above the insertion of the antennae; the mandibles with their
inner margin serrated and three teeth at their apex ; the scale of the
abdomen compressed, elevated, and rounded above. Abdomen oblong ;
the apical margin of the first segment slightly constricted.

Hab. Borneo (Sarawak).

5. PoNERA RUGOSA. P. fcrrugiuca rude rugosa; capite thoraceque
profunde punctatis ; abdomine rude sulcato et punctato.

Female. Length 3j lines. Ferruginous ; the head covered with coarse
deep punctures, the punctures semi-confluent ; the antennae short and
thick; the flagellum clavate and pubescent; the mandibles longitudinally

COLLECTED IN BORNEO, ETC. 67

grooved. Thorax oblong, widest in front, the anterior margin
curved, the lateral angles acute ; the metathorax truncate ; the pro-
thorax with large deep confluent punctures ; the mesothorax longitu-
dinally grooved ; the scutellum and metathorax ruggedly punctured.
The abdomen longitudinally grooved, the grooves on the basal
segment punctured; the node rugged and subglobose, beneath,
furnished with a remarkable flattened semitransparent appendage.
Hab. Borneo (Sarawak).

6. PoNERA RUFIPES, Jerdou. P. atro-fusca; capite thorace nodoque
rugosis; abdomine longitudinaliter rude sulcato, pedibus abdominisque
apice ferrugineis.

Worker. Length 5 lines. Obscure fuscous, scarcely black ; the man-
dibles, the apex of the scape and of the flagellum, the legs and apex
of the abdomen, obscurely ferruginous ; the head, thorax, and node
of the abdomen, rugose ; the eyes small, placed foi-wards on the sides
of the head ; the antennae short and thick, the flagellum clavate ; two
parallel longitudinal carinse running backwards from the insertion of
the antennae to within about one-third of the posterior margin of the
head. The thorax obliquely truncated behind, the truncation smooth
and slightly shining ; the truncation of the abdominal node smooth
and shining, its margin denticulated ; the abdomen coarsely grooved
longitudinally.

Hab. Singapore. Malabar.

Specimens of this species from Borneo have the legs nearly or quite black.

7. PoNERA INTRICATA. P. nitida nigra; capite, thorace abdominisque
basi profunde et aequaliter striatis ; nodo spinis duabus acutis armato ;
pedibus ferrugineis.

Worker. Length 5 lines. Black and shining ; the mandibles, legs, and
apex of the abdomen, ferruginous; the flagellum obscurely ferruginous ;
the head evenly and deeply grooved, longitudinally on the face, and
transversely on the vertex ; the antennae as long as the insect.
Thorax : the dilated portion with transverse grooves on the disk which
are enclosed by curved ones ; the thorax is much compressed,' with a
longitudinal groove above, the sides obliquely striated ; the oblique
truncation at the apex transversely striated. The node of the abdo-
men compressed, rounded above and in front, and obliquely grooved ;
the margin of the truncation with two acute spines above directed
backwards; the basal segment of the abdomen with curved striae,
slightly impressed or obliterated at the sides ; the apical margins of
the segments rufo-piceous.
Hab. Borneo (Sarawak).

8. PoNERA GEOMETRICA. P. nigro-senea; capite, thorace abdominis-
que basi profunde striatis, nodo spinis duabus acutis armato.

Worker. Length 6 lines. Black, with more or less of a bronze tint :
the head longitudinally striated ; the clypeus angulated in front ; the

68 MR. smith's catalogue op htmenoptebotts insects

mandibles ferruginous. Thorax : rounded anteriorly ; the disk in
front transversely striated, these striae encircled by others which pass
round the sides and front; the thorax beyond with a striation,
which runs in an elongated oval direction, the sides obliquely
striated ; the legs very obscurely ferruginous. Abdomen : the node
incrassate, rounded in front and above, truncated behind ; the margin
of the truncation deeply emarginate, the lateral angles of the emar-
gination produced into long stout acute spines ; the node with a
curved striation, the curve being forwards ; the first segment with a
beautiful even curved striation; the apical segments smooth and
shining, covered with a cinereous silky pubescence.

Hab. Singapore.

This species resembles the P. versicolor, but is much more regularly and
evenly striated ; the striation on P. versicolor is coarse and uneven,
and directed differently on the thorax ; the joints of the antennas in
this species are also longer and more slender. T. C. Jerdon has
described a striated species of Ponera, but he says, " abdominal
pedicle raised, pointing forwards with two small spines " — which does
not agree with any of the insects here described.

9. PoNERA TRANSVERSA. P. obscurc Hifo-fusca ; thorace supra trans-
verse rugoso ; pedunculo margine supra emarginato.

Worker. Length 4 lines. Black : the head deeply striated, the striae
on the vertex diverging from the centre; the antennae scarcely
as long as the thorax, inserted at the side of two ridges at the base
of the clypeus; the elevations, extreme base of the scape, and
the mandibles, obscurely ferruginous. Thorax elongate, the sides
straight, slightly narrowed from the front towards the abdomen ; the
margin of the thorax, in front, rounded, the lateral angles furnished
with a short obtuse spine; the thorax is transversely striated its
entire length ; the verge of the oblique truncation at the apex with
two very short obtuse spines; the legs ferruginous. Abdomen ob-
scurely rufo-piceous, covered with a fine cinereous pile, and sprinkled
with long pale hairs; the scale, when viewed sideways, is wedge-
shaped, the upper edge deeply notched, and the scale transversely
striated behind.

Hab. Singapore.

10. PoNERA VIDUA. P. rufcsccnti-fusca ; antennis elongatis ; thorace
ovato, postice truncato; alis hyalinis; abdominis nodo incrassato,
subtus spinis duabus parvis armato.

Male. Length 4 lines. Red-brown : antennae elongate, fusco-feiru-
ginous, the base, and apex of the joints, pale testaceous ; the eyes
large and ovate, the ocelli large and of glassy brightness. Thorax
ovate, with a thin loose downy pubescence ; the metathorax truncate,
the sides rugose ; wings hyaline, the nervures pale yellow, with the

COLLECTED IN BORNEO, ETC. 69

Stigma brown ; the legs pale testaceous. Abdomen smooth and
shining, with thin scattered long pale pubescence, most dense towards
the apex ; a deep strangulation between the first and second segments ;
the node incrassate, coarsely rugose, rounded in front and above,
truncate behind ; beneath furnished with two short teeth.
Hab. Borneo (Sarawak).

11. PoNERA DiMiNUTA. P. nigra; vertice delicatule curvato-striato ;
pedibus rufo-piceis ; abdomine lajvigato nitido squama quadrata.

Worker. Length 3 lines. Black : the mandibles, and the extreme
base of the scape, ferruginous ; the flagellum fusco-ferruginous j the
head elongate, narrowed behind, delicately striated ; the striae curved
transversely on the vertex. Thorax elongate, produced into a neck
anteriorly; swollen in front, compressed in the middle, and again
widened to the apex, which is obliquely truncated; the truncation
with a few deep transverse striae ; the thorax above with short irre-
gular scratches or abbreviated striae ; the legs elongate, rufo-piceous,
the tarsi pale. Abdomen: the scale, viewed laterally, is quadrate;
above slightly narrowed in front, and truncated before and behind ;
the first segment rounded at the base and constricted at the apex,
the second segment narrowed at the base ; the abdomen smooth and
shining, with the apical margins of the segments, and the apex, rufo-
piceous.

Hab. Borneo (Sarawak).

This species is nearly an exact representative in form, on a reduced scale,
of the P. tarsata.

12. PoNERA POMPiLOiDES. P. nigra, Pompilum siraulans; thorace
elongato-ovato ; abdomine elongato nodo conico.

Male. Length 3 lines. Black : antennae elongate, and finely pubes-
cent. Thorax in front and behind obscurely ferruginous ; the wings
subhyaline, the nervures pale testaceous, the stigma brown ; the apex
of the coxae, and the base of the femora, rufo-piceous; the apical
joints of the tarsi pale ferruginous. Abdomen elongate, with a
scattered pale downy pubescence ; the apical margin of the first seg-
ment slightly constricted; the node conical and rufo-piceous.

Hab. Borneo (Sarawak).

13. PoNERA LiEviCEPS. P. nigra; capite elongato laevi nitido; thorace
abdomineque laevigatis nitidis ; tarsis palhdis ferrugineis.

Worker. Length 3 lines. Black, smooth and shining : a few striae on
the face on each side of the clypeus; the latter triangular, with a
central raised longitudinal carina ; a longitudinal impressed line runs
from the insertion of the antennae half-way towards the posterior
margin of the vertex. Thorax : in front forming a short neck, be-
hind which it is swollen ; from thence it is much narrowed and com-
pressed ; the apex oblique and transversely rugose ; the tarsi pale

70 ME. smith's catalogue of hymenopteeous insects

rufo-testaceous ; the abdomen with a deep strangulation between
the first and second segment; the node elevated and rounded
above.
Hab. Borneo (Sarawak).

Gen. Typhlopone, Westw.

1. Typhlopone LiEViGATA. T. castanea nitida laevigata, capite in
medio sulcato.

Worker. Length 4 lines. Chestnut-red : smooth and shining, longi-
tudinally channeled, slightly interrupted, in some examples, near the
margin of the vertex ; the inner margin, and apex of the mandibles,
black. Thorax : a sHghtly impressed channel in front ; the peduncle
narrowed and rounded in front ; the abdomen and legs rather paler
than the head, the margins of the segments slightly constricted.

Worker (minor). About half the size, pale testaceous, and more abruptly
truncated on the thorax.

Hab. Borneo (Sarawak).

Gren. Teteaponeea, Smith.

1. Tetraponera atrata. Smith, Ann. ^ Mag. Nat. Hist. 2 ser. ix. p. 45 ? .
Hab. Sarawak.

Subfam. Myemicid^.
Gen. Myemica, Latr.

1. Myrmica longipes. M. fusco-pallida, gracilescens ; capite in col-
lum angustato; thorace compresso, metathorace bispinoso; pedibus
elongatis ; abdominis nodis duobus globosis.

Worker. Length 2i lines. Dark brown : the legs testaceous, the tarsi
and tips of the antennae pale testaceous ; antennae longer than the
body, very slender, the scape, and also the flagellum, slightly
thickened towards their apex; head much wider than the thorax,
narrowed behind the eyes, and prolonged into a short neck ; the man-
dibles rufo-testaceous. Thorax : the prothorax elongate, narrowed
anteriorly into a short neck, slightly swollen posteriorly ; the division
between the meso- and meta-thorax deeply impressed; the metathorax
with two short acute upright spines. Abdomen ovate, pedunculate,
the peduncle formed of two nodes, the first smaller and less elevated
than the second, each having a short footstalk.

Hab. Singapore. Borneo.

Notwithstanding the remarkable form of this species, its long slender
antennae and legs, the prolongation of the prothorax into a neck, &c.,
all of which appear to warrant the formation of a new genus for its
reception, yet, not being acquainted with either of the perfect sexes, I
do not feel justified in removing it from the genus Myrmica.

COLLECTED IN BOBNEO, ETC. 71

2. Myrmica. pellucida. M. fusco-testacea ; antennis pedibusque
pallide testaceis^ abdomine pellucido.

Worker. Length U line. Head and thorax dark fusco-testaceous ;
antennae and legs pale testaceous, nearly white ; the divisions of the
thorax distinctly marked, that between the meso- and meta-thorax
rather deeply impressed ; the abdomen of a transparent pale testa-
ceous colour J the metathorax not spined.

Hab. Singapore.

Mr. Wallace, on a ticket attached to specimens of this insect, says,
" House-ant : transparent abdomen : very active, but not destructive."

3. Myrmica vastator. M. pallide flavo-testacea, Isevis ; abdomine
nitido, apice fuscescenti.

Worker. Length 1^ line. The head, thorax, antennae, legs, and pe-
tiole of the abdomen, pale yellow-testaceous ; the head oblong qua-
drate ; the eyes small, placed forwards on the side of the head ;
antennae clavate, the club formed of three joints j the thorax deeply
strangulated between the meso- and meta-thorax ; the latter without
spines ; the abdomen pale at its base, fuscous at its apex.

Hab. Singapore.

Mr. Wallace attaches a ticket to this species, " House-ant : very de-
structive."

4. Myrmica agilis. M. pallide ferruginea ; abdomine nigro, basi pal-
lido, laevissimo et politissimo.

Worker. Length 1 line. Head, antennae, thorax and legs pale rufo-
testaceous ; head and thorax very smooth and shining ; the flagellum
clavate, the club consisting of three joints, the basal joint of the fla-
gellum as long as the three following. Thorax swollen anteriorly,
the metathorax with two minute spines. Abdomen ovate, the first
node of the peduncle elongate, the second subglobose.

Hab. Malacca.

Gen. Heptacondylus, Smith.

Head suborbiculate, wider than the thorax; eyes lateral and ovate;
stemmata placed in a triangle on the vertex; antennce geniculated,
filiform, the scape nearly as long as the flagellum, placed forwards on
the head at the base of the clypeus ; the flagellum 6-jointed, the joints
clavate, except the apical one, which is cylindrical ; the labial palpi
3-jointed ; the maxillary palpi 3-jointed. Thorax ovate, gibbous ;
the scutellum very prominent ; the metathorax armed with two acute
spines (in the females), compressed and strangulated (in the workers).
The superior wings with one marginal and one complete submargi-
nal cell, the submarginal cell receiving the recurrent nervure ; the
superior angle of the discoidal cell touching the costal nervure. Ab-
domen ovate ; the peduncle consisting of two nodes.

72 ME. smith's catalogue of htmenoptebous insects

This is perhaps the most remarkable genus hitherto characterized
amongst the Formicidce ; it presents one of those anomalies which
perplex the naturalist. In the aculeate division of the Hymeno-
ptera, we have felt that there existed in every species certain un-
deviating and tangible characters, whereby the sex at least might
always be discriminated ; namely, an additional segment to the
abdomen, whereby to distinguish the males, as well as an addi-
tional joint to the antennsB ; the number of joints in the male
being thirteen, and twelve in the female. It is true that one or
two exceptions have been recorded: thus, the male of Crahro
vagus, amongst the fossorial group, has only twelve perceptible
joints to the antennsa ; and amongst the Abides, the males of the
genus Coelioxys have apparently only six segments in the abdo-
men ; in the latter case, however, a seventh segment is concealed,
or retracted, within the sixth segment ; and in all probability, in
the fossorial insect, a joint is concealed within the apex of the
scape. In the present genus we find, however, so wide a departure
jfrom the normal condition, that it stands almost alone, as an ex-
ception to the general rule. In the * Transactions of the Entomo-
logical Society,' vol. ii. of the 2nd series, I established a genus
{Orectognathm) on characters exhibited in a neuter Ant, the
insect having only five joints in the antennae ; but as a neuter
cannot be fairly considered the perfect condition of a species, I
have thought it possible that the discovery of the other sexes
might prove that I had been premature in establishing a genus
on the imperfect condition of the species. This cannot be urged
in the present instance, as both the female and worker are de-
scribed, and neither of them has more than six joints in the
flagellum.

1. Heptacondylus arachnoides. H. capite thoraceque Isevissimis
nitidis rufo-testaceis ferrugineo-subnebulosis; abdomine obscure rufo-
piceo nitido ; pedibus elongatis gracilibus pubescentibus.

Female. Length 4^ Hnes. Head and thorax rufo-piceous, with dark fer-
ruginous stains on the vertex, scutellum, and metathorax posteriorly;
also two longitudinal lines of the same colour on the disk of the
mesothorax; the abdomen very dark rufo-piceous, with the three
apical segments pale rufo-testaceous ; the entire insect very smooth
and shining. The mandibles produced, with three black teeth at the
apex, and one on the inner margin towards the apex ; the antennae
pubescent; the thorax with scattered pale pubescence; the wings
flavo-hyaline, the nervures pale testaceous ; the legs elongate, with
the apex of the joints and the tarsi pale rufo-testaceous; thickly
covered with erect pale pubescence. Abdomen covered with pale

COLLECTED IN BORNEO, ETC. 73

})ubescence, the nodes of the abdomen dark rufo-pieeous, globose, and
each having a distinct petiole ; the petioles pale rufo-testaceous.

Worker. Length 2f lines. Dark rufo-fuscous : the antennae, head
beneath, mandibles and lower part of the face pale rufo-testaceous j
antennse slender and elongate; head smooth and shining, not carinated.
Thorax shining, the lateral margins traversed by a sharp carina ; the
metathorax elevated and armed with two acute spines; the legs
elongate and slender, the coxae beneath, the base and apex of the
femora and tibiae, and the tarsi, pale ferruginous. Abdomen smooth
and shining, the apex pale ferruginous.

Hah. Borneo (Sarawak).

2. Heptacondylus subcarinatus. H. capite thoraceque ferru-
gineis ; abdomine rufo-fusco ; capite thoraceque carinulis irregularibus
abbreviatis; metathorace spinis duabus acutis armato.

Worker. Length 2\ lines. Head, antennae, thorax and legs, ferruginous,
sometimes pale ferruginous ; abdomen fuscous, or rufo-fuscous, the
petiole of the basal node pale ; head shining, and having a num-
ber of irregular delicate carinae on the front and vertex ; in front of
the eyes are a number of irregular striae. Thorax : the sides com-
pressed, widest anteriorly ; the superior surface slightly convex,
and having a number of longitudinal abbreviated elevated carinae;
the lateral margins traversed by a slight carina ; the metathorax with
two stout acute spines. Abdomen smooth and shining; the insect
sprinkled with a number of pale erect hairs, most numerous on the
scape and legs.

Hob. Borneo (Sarawak).

3. Heptacondylus CARiNATUS. H. obscure fusco-ferrugineus ; capite
thoraceque carinis irregularibus abbreviatis; metathorace spinis duabus
longis armato.

Worker. Length 2i lines. Dark fusco-ferruginous, closely resembling
H. subcarinatus, but with thicker antennae, and the joints shorter, the
scape distinctly shorter and not so slender at the base ; the head pro-
portionably larger and much more strongly carinated ; the thorax
roughly carinated, and having longer and stouter spines ; in other
respects agreeing with H. subcarinatus.

Hab. Borneo (Sarawak).

This may possibly be a form of H. subcarinatus, but the various differ-
ences pointed out appear to characterize a distinct species.

The insect which I am about to describe, although evidently
belonging to the Foneridce, is of such a different and remarkable
form, to any insect belonging to any of the sections of the genus
Ponera, or any of the subgenera, that I propose to constitute a
new genus for its reception ; the abdomen of this singular species

LINN. PROC. ZOOLOOT. 6

74 MR. smith's catalogue ot hymenopteroits insects

is formed, as it were, of three nodes, each being a little longer
and wider than the preceding.

Gen. Ceeapachys.

Body elongate ; head narrowed before and behind the eyes ; eyes ovate,
lateral, placed about the middle of the head ; antennce short, incras-
sate; mandibles triangular, obsoletely toothed within. Thorax ob-
long-quadrate, strangulated in the middle. Abdomen : oblong, with
a deep strangulation between the first iind second segments.

1. Cerapachys ANTENNATUS. C. atcrrimus, uitidus ; antcnuis brcvi-
bus, crassis; thoraceoblongo-quadrato; abdomine elongato, nodo qua-
drato ; abdominis segmentis primo et secundo incisura separatis.

Worker. Length 3i lines. Jet-black, smooth and shining ; antennae
one-third longer than the head; the scape short and incrassate, cla-
vate ; the flagellum incrassate, the joints short and transverse, except
the apical one, which is as long as the four preceding joints ; the
head depressed on each side in front of the eyes ; the antennae
inserted at the anterior margin of the head, each at the side of an
elevated carina ; the mandibles, flagellum and apex of the scape ob-
scurely ferruginous ; the posterior margin of the vertex slightly emar-
ginate its entire width, a few scattered minute punctures on the
vertex, and a small fossulet in the middle between the eyes. Thorax :
oblong-quadrate, with a few scattered punctures above, and a few short
erect hairs ; the tips of the femora and tarsi, and the apical joints of
the latter, pale rufo- testaceous; the basal joint of the anterior tarsi
bent ; the calcaria white. Abdomen elongate ; the peduncle quadrate,
a little narrower than the first segment of the abdomen, which has
the sides slightly rounded; a deep strangulation between the first
and second segments ; the apex obliquely truncated, the margins of
the truncation finely denticulated.

Hab. Borneo (Sarawak).

2. Cerapachys oculatus. C. pallide fuscus ; oculis magnis, atris;
antennis pedibusque pallide testaceis ; alis hyalinis ; petiolo bi-arti-
culato, binodi.

Male, Length 2\ lines. Pale-brown, with dark stains on the sides of
the thorax; head oblong-quadrate, the mandibles forming a trian-
gular projection; the eyes large and prominent, situated anteriorly
on the sides of the head ; the ocelli large, placed in a dark stain
on the vertex ; the mandibles, antennae, and legs, pale testaceous.
The thorax oblong-ovate; -the wings hyaline and iridescent, the
nervures pale testaceous; the basal node of the petiole narrow at
the base, widened to the middle, and again narrowed to the apex,
the widest part with a sharp edge, or carina ; the second node ovate ;

COLLECTED IN BOENEO, ETC. 76

the abdomen subovate, widest towards the extremity, the apex
pointed.
It is quite possible that this may prove to be the male of C. antennatus.
but I do not feel authorized in placing them together.

Gren. Ceematogastee, Lund.

1. Crematogaster anthracinus. C. aterrimus, laevis etnitidus;
tarsis rufo-piceis.

Worker. Length Inline. Jet-black, smooth and shining; the face
with a few delicate striae ; the extreme base of the scape, and the apex
of the flagellum, pale testaceous. Thorax : flattened above, opake
and finely rugose ; the metathorax armed on each side with an acute
spine ; the tarsi pale testaceous, with the claw-joint darker. Abdo-
men : heart-shaped, smooth, shining and impunctate.

Hab. Singapore.

2. Crematogaster brunneus. C. pallide castaneo-rufus, laevis niti-
dusque ; thorace spinis duabus acutis armato.

Worker. Length 2 lines. Reddish-brown, or castaneous, varying a
little in colour; head smooth and shining, wider than the thorax,
about the same width as the abdomen, slightly emarginate at the
vertex, and more deeply coloured. Thorax : the disk concave and
finely striated longitudinally; the metathorax deeply concave and
furnished on each side with a stout acute spine ; the legs, with the
tips of the joints and the tarsi, pale testaceous. Abdomen : heart-
shaped, smooth and shining ; the first node heart-shaped, flattened
above; the second node globose, with two tubercles above.

Worker minor. About one-third smaller, and of a pale testaceous
colour ; the abdomen darker at the apex.

Hab. Borneo (Sarawak).

8. Crematogaster CEPHALOTES. C. testaceus ; capite thorace duplo
latiore ; spinis metathoracis brevibus et acutis.

Worker. Length 1-1^ line. Testaceous ; head very large, smooth and
shining ; the antennae, clypeus and mandibles, pale testaceous. Tho-
rax : rounded anteriorly, deeply constricted in the middle ; in front
rugose, with a smooth shining space before the constriction ; the meta-
thorax deeply excavated, produced laterally into an acute spine on
each side; the tibiae and tarsi pale testaceous. Abdomen heart-
shaped ; the basal node flattened anteriorly, with the sides angulated ;
the second node globose.

Worker minor. Differs in having the head proportionably smaller, and
the thorax smooth and shining above.

Hab. Borneo (Sarawak).

6*

76 MB. smith's catalogue of iitmenopteeous insects

4. Crematogasterobscurus. C. testaceus, laevisetnitidus; tborace
strangulate ; metathorace bispinoso.

Worker. Length Inline. Dull testaceous; the base of the scape and
of the flagellum, the clypeus and mandibles, pale ; the head smooth
and shining. Thorax : rounded in front, with a central longitudinal
channel ; deeply strangulated in the middle ; the metathorax some-
what quadrate, with the posterior lateral angles produced into short
spines ; the legs with the apex of the joints, and the tarsi, pale tes-
taceous. Abdomen heart-shaped; the basal node of the peduncle
flattened in front, the narrow end above.

Hab. Borneo (Sarawak).

5. Crematogastbr inflatus. C. niger, laevis et nitidus; parte
postica thoracis pallide testacea, inflata.

Worker. Length 2^ lines. Black, smooth and shining ; the antennae
dark rufo-piceous ; the mandibles striated and ferruginous, their teeth
black ; eyes small and lateral, placed about the middle of the head.
Thorax : the anterior margin rounded ; the posterior portion inflated
into a yellowish semi-transparent bladder-like swelhng, divided in the
middle by a deep longitudinal depression ; the swollen part not quite
so wide as the head ; the apical joints of the tarsi rufo-testaceous.
Abdomen heart-shaped ; the peduncle, base, and the apical margin of
the first segment, obscurely rufo-piceous.

Hab. Singapore ; Borneo (Sarawak).

This is one of those singular and anomalous species, which, without any
particle of information, derived from observation, puzzle and perplex
the naturahst ; what can possibly be the use of the bladder-like ex-
crescence on the thorax of this insect, it is difficult to imagine ; to the
touch it is elastic, and apparently forms a receptacle for saccharine
fluids. With the aid of a microscope, a small circular orifice can be
seen at each of the posterior lateral angles of the swollen part, and
small ciystallized particles are apparent, not only within the orifice,
but scattered over the surface of the inflation ; we may, therefore,
reasonably suppose that this singular apparatus is for the purpose of
elaborating a suitable and necessary aliment for the larvae of this
singular insect.

6. Crematogaster difformis. C. niger; capite thorace multum
latiore ; thorace dilatato et postice profunde excavato ; abdomine
cordato.

Worker. Length 2^ lines. Black ; head very large, twice as wide as
the thorax ; the tips of the mandibles, and apical joints of the flagel-
lum, dark ferruginous ; the head smooth and shining ; the eyes small,
placed laterally about the middle of the head. Thorax : the anterior
margin rounded, the sides parallel behind; the metathorax greatly
dilated at the sides and above, and with a deep excavation behind ;

COLLECTED IN BOENEO, ETC. 77

the legs stout, with their joints and the tarsi ferruginous. Abdo-
men heart-shaped, with the base, in some examples, slightly fer-
ruginous.

Worker minor. Differs only in being one-third smaller.

Hab. Singapore ; Borneo (Sarawak).

This species resembles the C. inflatus in form ; but the swollen portion
of the thorax is of a solid consistency ; it forms, however, a similar
laboratory of saccharine matter ; the orifice from which it exudes is
not exactly at the posterior angles, but a little way beneath ; in some
specimens, masses of crystallized particles can be seen beneath the
orifice ; of this species, both large and small workers have been exa-
mined, and the same apparatus is found on them both.

Gen. Atta, Latr.

1. Atta PENETRANS. /4. capite thoracequenigris; abdomine obscure
rufo-piceo ; alis subhyalinis j capite thoraceque longitudinaliter striatis.

Female. Length 4 lines. Black and shining; head longitudinally finely
striated ; the mouth, clypeus and antennae, ferruginous. Thorax :
elongate-ovate, the prothorax anteriorly and the legs, ferruginous ;
the thorax above with oblong punctures which run into striae ; an
impunctate line in the middle of the mesothorax anteriorly; the
metathorax truncated, the truncation smooth and shining ; wings sub-
hyaline, with a fuscous line along the costal nervure ; the apical mar-
gins of the wing with a fringe of very fine white hairs. Abdomen :
elongate-ovate, dark rufo-piceous, the apical margins of the segments
brighter ; the nodes of the peduncle globose and punctured.

Hab. Borneo (Sarawak).

2. Atta cingulata. A. ferruginea; pedibus abdomineque pallide
ferrugineis ; capite maximo, thorace triplo latiore.

Worker major. Length If line. Head very large, ferruginous, the
antennae paler ; eyes very small, placed at the sides of the head a little
before the middle. Thorax : pale ferruginous, very convex or globose
anteriorly, much narrower behind, with two short acute spines on the
metathorax ; legs pale rufo-testaceous. Abdomen : ovate, with the
base truncated, with a fuscous ring in the middle ; the nodes of the
peduncle globose.

M^orker minor. About 1 line in length. The head much smaller and
more elongate; in colour, resembling the larger worker, and equally
smooth and shining ; the abdomen with a fuscous ring in the middle.

Hab. Borneo (Sarawak).

Gen. Physatta.

Head small ; eyes of moderate size, placed a little before the middle ;
ocelli in a triangle on the vertex; mandibles stout and denticulate

78 MR. smith's CATALOaiTE OF HYMENOPTEEOIJ S INSECTS

at the apex j antennce short, not so long as the head and thorax ;
the scape nearly as long as the flagellum, slightly thickened at the
apex ; fiagellum subclavate, 6-jointed, the first joint shorter than the
second; the third, fourth and fifth about the same length as the
first, the apical joint the length of the two basal ones. Maxillary
palpi 3-jointed, the basal and apical joints of about equal length,
the intermediate joint twice the length of the apical joint, the latter
obliquely truncate at the apex. Labial palpi 3-jointed, the two basal
joints elavate, the apical one fusiform. Thorax subglobose ; anterior
wings with one marginal and two subraarginal cells, the first sub-
marginal cell about the length of the stigma, the second extending to
the apex of the wing j with one sub-triangular discoidal cell ; the tibite
armed with a single spur at the apex. Abdomen globose, peduncu-
lated, the peduncle formed of two nodes.

This genus in one of its most prominent characters agrees with
the genus Heptacondyliis, both having seven-jointed antennae :
their relative proportions are, however, very different, as well as
that of the joints of the fiagellum ; the wings have also a different
neuration ; this latter character will, I am inclined to believe,
prove eventually that by which the generic divisions of the Hyme-
noptera must be regulated ; even at present, with our meagre and
imperfect knowledge of the species, it does, if strictly adhered to,
bring together assemblages of species, allied alike in habit and
structure ; when taken in connexion with the structure of the
mandibles and legs, indicative of habit, it becomes perhaps the
most safe and available character hitherto adopted for their
generic subdivision; the greatest help to science I think is its
simplification.

1. Physatta DROMEDARius. P. capitc thoiaccque ferrugineis; alis
abdomineque nigris.

Female. Length Qt^ lines. The head, thorax, legs and petiole of the
abdomen ferruginous ; the mandibles with four or five black teeth ;
the head and thorax longitudinally striated and clothed, as well as
the legs, with erect thin fulvous pubescence ; the intermediate and
posterior legs dark rufo-piceous ; wings dark fuscous, slightly
iridescent ; the metathorax armed with two short stout spines at its
base, the truncated portion transversely striated. Abdomen black,
covered with a short erect fuscous pubescence; the nodes of the
petiole subglobose, the first attached to the thorax by a short stout
petiole.

Hab. Borneo (Sarawak).

COLLECTED IN BOENEO, ETC. 79

Gren. Typhlatta.

Mandibles triangular; eyes obsolete; flagellum 9-jointed; petiole of
the abdomen formed of 2 nodes.

The above characters are those of the worker of the species ;
probably an examination of the other sexes would present other
very distinctive generic characters, particularly in the neuration of
the wings: the palpi I have not examined.

1. Typhlatta l^viceps. T. niger, nitidus; capite, thorace antice et
abdomine glaberrimis ; antennis tarsisque rufo-piceis.

Worker. Length 2 lines. Black ; the head glassy-smooth and shining ;
ovate, with the posterior margin of the vertex truncate ; in some
examples, an indistinct castaneous spot at the sides of the head, in
the usual situation of the eyes ; the antennae ferruginous. Thorax
elongate, compressed at the sides ; very smooth and shining anteriorly,
with a delicate striation in the middle, the metathorax being finely
rugulose ; the tarsi rufo-piceous. Abdomen : ovate, very smooth and
shining ; the nodes subglobose, the basal one being the smallest.

Hab. Borneo (Sarawak).

Subfam. Cetptoceeid^.
Gren. Echinopla.

Head transverse ; eyes small, placed laterally, high on the head ;
antennae 12-jointed, inserted forwards on the head, wide apart ; the
labial palpi 4-jointed, the three basal ones of about equal length,
clavate ; the apical joint as long as the two preceding joints united ;
the maxillary palpi 5-jointed, elongate, the three apical joints long
and slender, the two basal ones much shorter and stouter ; mandibles
short, stout, and of equal width throughout, armed with five stout
teeth. Thorax oblong-quadrate ; legs of moderate length ; tarsi
5-jointed ; each tibia armed with a single spine at the apex. Abdo-
men globose ; peduncle formed of a single node ; the first segment
very large, concealing the other segments beneath it.

1. EcHiNOPLA MELANARCTOS. E. nigra, hispida; oculis extantibus;
abdominis squama in utroque latere spina longa acuta horizontali ;
abdomine globoso.

Worker. Length 3 lines. Black; the head, thorax and abdomen,
covered with short blunt spines, or pedestals, each having a long hair
at its summit ; the palpi pale testaceous ; the antennae inserted under
thin elevated curved plates on the anterior part of the face, the face
with a rugose striation ; the head smooth beneath, shining and con-
cave; the eyes very prominent and globose. Thorax rugose; the
legs slightly pubescent, the calcaria pale testaceous. (Fig. and de-
tails, Plate L) ,

Hab. Singapore.

80 MR. smith's catalogue of htmenopterous insects

2. EcHiNOPLA PALLIPES. iJ. nigra, hispida ; oculis prominentibus ;
abdomine globoso ; squama in utroque latere spina horizontali ;
pedibus pallide testaceis.

Worker. Length 2^ lines. Black, rugose ; the abdomen vermiculate,
interpersed with slight elevations placed in great regularity over the
entire upper surface, each elevation terminating in a hair ; the scape
and the mandibles ferruginous ; the eyes very prominent ; the palpi
and legs pale testaceous, with the tarsi rufo-piceous ; the peduncle
transverse, produced on each side into a short horizontal spine ; the
abdomen rufo-piceous.

Hab. Borneo (Sarawak).

It is very difficult to describe the sculpturing of this insect j on the head
it is strongest ; the species strongly resembles E. melanarctos, but the
elevations are shorter, as well as the hairs at their apex.

3. EcHiNOPLA STRIATA. E. nigra ; capite, thorace et abdomine lon-
gitudinaliter striatis ; thorace oblongo, subquadrato ; pedunculo trans-
verso.

Worker. Length 3 lines. Black ; the head, thorax and abdomen finely
striated longitudinally; the head with an obscure blue tinge; the
palpi pale rufo-testaceous. Thorax : oblong, the margins denticulate,
the anterior margin rounded, the lateral margins narrowed to the
middle, and again widened posteriorly; above slightly arched; the
division of the pro- and meso-thorax distinctly marked by a suture ;
that of the meso- and meta-thorax by a deep strangulation ; the pe-
duncle of the abdomen incrassate, transverse, and armed on each side
by a stout spine. The entire insect thinly sprinkled with erect black
hairs.

Hah. Malacca.

Of this species I have only seen two individuals : I place it in this
genus with some hesitation ; but the antennae are similar ; the thorax
and scale of the abdomen of the same form ; the legs also are short,
as in Echinopla : the principal diflFerence being, that the eyes are less
prominent ; it is altogether a very curious and remarkable species.

Gen. Cataulactjs, Smith.

1. Cataulacus insularis. C. niger; vertice spinis duabus postice
armato; alis flavo-hyalinis ; metathorace bispinoso; abdomine cor-
dato.

Male. Length 3 lines. Black : head and thorax rugose ; the antennae,
the eyes, the mandibles, the tibiae and the tarsi, ferruginous; the
palpi pale ; the eyes very large and prominent ; the clypeus produced
and broadly truncate in front; the hinder margin of the vertex
straight, margined, and having the posterior lateral angles produced
into stout acute spines ; the outer margins of the spines serrated ;
beneath are smaller spines at the lower lateral angles ; the wings sub-

COLLECTED IN BORNEO, ETC. 81

hyaline and yellowish ; the nervures scarcely discernible ; the hinder
margin of the metathorax slightly emarginate its entire width, with
an acute spine at each of the lateral angles. The nodes of the ab-
domen rugose; the first node oblong-quadrate; the second nearly
quadrate ; the abdomen reddish at the base, and, as well as the nodes,
thinly sprinkled with erect whitish hairs.
Hab. Borneo (Sarawak).

2. Cataulacus horridus. C. niger; capitis angulis posticis spino-
sis ; marginibus capitis crenulatis ; thorace aspere sculpto, spinis dua-
bus acutis elongatis postice armato ; abdomine ovato, basi striato.

Worker. Length 3 lines. Black ; the antennae short, thick and clavate ;
the apex rufo-testaceous ; head reticulated, produced before the eyes
and widely truncated, the lateral angles of the truncation rounded ;
the lateral margins with a short spine before the eyes ; the vertex with
the posterior margin emarginate its entire width, forming at the lateral
angles large acute spines. Thorax : ruggedly sculptured on the disk,
narrowed to the apex of the raesothorax, which is separated from the
hinder portion by a deep transverse incision ; produced posteriorly at
the angles into long, stout, acute spines ; the nodes of the abdomen
rugose ; abdomen rounded, emarginate and striated at the base ; the
entire insect sprinkled with short erect white setae.

Hab, Borneo (Sarawak). Malacca.

3. Cataulacus reticulatus. C, niger, delicatule reticulatus,
prsesertim in abdomine ; marginibus capitis thoracisque lateribus
crenulatis ; thorace spinis duabus validis postice armato.

Worker. Length H-2 lines. Black; head and thorax reticulated;
antennae short, thick and clavate ; the clypeus widely emarginate ;
the sides of the head produced into a sharp angle in front of the eyes ;
behind the eyes the margin is crenulated, the posterior lateral angles
acute. Thorax : the anterior margin slightly rounded ; the sides
rounded and narrow to the metathorax, with a short tooth anteriorly
and posteriorly; the thorax produced behind into two elongate, lateral,
acute spines ; the anterior tibiae and tarsi and the apical joints of the
intermediate and posterior tarsi, ferruginous. Abdomen : oval, mar-
gined, emarginate in front and very delicately reticulate.

Var. a. minor. The scape, apical joint of the flagellum, the margin of
the head before the eyes and the legs, ferruginous.

Hab. Borneo (Sarawak).

This species somewhat resembles the C. Taprohancs, but is different in
sculpture and form.

Gen. Meranoplus, Smith.

1. Meranoplus castaneus. M. castaneo-rufus ; capite thoraceque
subrugosis ; metathorace bispinoso ; pedunculi nodo secundo spina
postice armato.

82 ME. smith's catalogue of iiymenopteeous insects

Female. Length 3f lines. Chestnut-red; the flagellum obscurely red ;
the teeth of the mandibles and the eyes black ; the head and thorax
above longitudinally strigose, the head more finely so, both sparingly
covered with scattered erect fine pale hairs ; the scutellum rugose ;
the metathorax viith a stout acute short spine on each side at its base ;
the central portion of the truncation shining and finely striated longi-
tudinally; the legs with scattered pale hairs, the femora dark red
towards their base. The nodes of the peduncle of the abdomen
rugose ; the first, viewed laterally, wedge-shaped ; the second sub-
quadrate, the posterior margin produced into an acute spine; the
second node is produced into an angular tooth or process at its base,
and both are sprinkled with long erect hairs. Abdomen ovate, finely
punctured, and thinly sprinkled with long pale hairs, most thickly
covered towards the apex.

Hab. Borneo (Sarawak).

2. Meranoplus cordatus. M. eastaneo-rufus ; thorace quadrispi-
noso ; abdomine cordato.

Worker. Length 2 lines. Chestnut-red ; the head and thorax palest ;
the head very delicately reticulated ; the eyes small and black, placed
at the sides of the head backwards near the vertex ; the clypeus widely
truncate in front. Thorax : punctured, the anterior margin somewhat
transverse, slightly produced and rounded in the middle, the lateral
angles acute; the sides rounded and narrowed to the base of the
metathorax ; the posterior margin transverse ; at the angles are long
acute spines, with a second shorter spine before them ; the truncated
vertical portion of the metathorax has on each side about the middle
of the lateral margins a short acute spine. Abdomen : the first node,
viewed laterally, is wedge-shaped, the second somewhat quadrate, its
posterior margin above produced into an acute spine ; the upper mar-
gin of the first node, truncate ; the abdomen heart-shaped, acute at
the apex ; the entire insect sprinkled with erect pale hairs.

Hab. Borneo (Sarawak).

This is probably the worker of M. castaneus.

3. Meranoplus mucronatus. M. capite, thorace pedibusque fer-
rugineis; abdomine nigro; thorace quadrato; angulis singuhs spina
acuta armatis.

fVorker. Length 2i lines. The head and thorax ferruginous ; the ab-
domen black ; the head coarsely rugose, narrowed before the eyes and
widely emarginate in front; the eyes prominent, behind them the
margins are widened slightly to half the distance between them and
the posterior angles of the head, towards which the margins are nar-
rowed ; the head sprinkled with a few long erect reddish hairs. Tho-
rax : quadrate, rugose, with the angles produced into four very long,
stout, acute spines ; the hinder margin with two short blunt teeth or
spines in the middle, with two minute ones beyond them placed some-

COLLECTED IN BORNEO, ETC. 83

what obliquely ; the metathorax with two long, rather slender, very
acute spines ; the thorax and legs thinly sprinkled with vei7 long
ferruginous hairs ; the abdomen sprinkled with long erect ferruginous
^ hairs, the nodes rugose.
Var. a. The femora rufo-fuscous.
Hab. Malacca (Mount Ophir).

To this species Mr. Wallace attached a ticket, upon which he had
written " House Ant : '* but I have not obtained any further information .

Fam. MUTILLIDiE.

Gren. MuTiLLA, Idnn.

1. Mutilla blanda. Smith, Cat, Hym. pt. iii. p. 32.
Hab. Malacca (Mount Ophir). India.

2. Mutilla repraesentans. Smith, Cat. Hym. iii. p. 35.
Hab. Borneo (Sarawak). Malacca. India.

3. Mutilla Deidamia. M. nigra ; scapo, mandibulis, thorace, pedibus
abdominisque segmento basali rubris.

Female. Length 3-4 lines. Head black ; the scape, palpi and mandi-
bles, ferruginous, tips of the latter black ; the flagellura ferruginous^
towards the apex beneath. Thorax : elongate-quadrate, slightly
widened behind, above rugose, the lateral margins crenulated; sprinkled
with reddish-brown pubescence ; the legs ferruginous, thinly sprinkled
with a mixture of reddish and of glittering white hairs. Abdomen :
black, the basal segment red ; three ovate spots of silvery white pu-
bescence placed transversely towards the base of the second segment,
and a broad fascia of the same at the base of the third segment ; at
the base, apex and beneath, a scattered glittering white pubescence.

Hab. Borneo (Sarawak).

4. Mutilla Urania. M. capite thoraceque sanguineis ; abdomine
nigro, basi segment! secundi macula ovata, fasciaque segmenti tertii,
flavescenti-albis.

Female. Length 6i Hnes. Head and thorax blood-red and coarsely
rugose ; the mandibles and antennae black ; the flagellum obscurely
red beneath. Thorax : the legs black and covered with glittering
yellowish-white pubescence. Abdomen : longitudinally rugose, a re-
versed heart-shaped spot at the base of the second segment, and the
third covered with yellowish-white pubescence; a triangular black
spot at the base of the third segment in the middle ; beneath, the seg-
ments are fringed with long pale hairs ; the apical margins of the seg-
ments of the abdomen with a sooty-black pubescence.

Male. Length 5-5| lines. This sex has the head nearly, or quite black ;

84 ME. smith's CATilLOGUE OF HYMENOPTEEOUS INSECTS

the eyes slightly reniform. Thorax red ; the wings dark brown with
a purple iridescence, pale towards their base. Abdomen black, smooth
and shining, much narrowed at the base, and subpetiolate ; the second
and two following segments fringed with long white pubescence ; the
three apical segments fringed with black.
Hab. Borneo (Sarawak).

5. MuTiLLA suspiciosA. M. nigra, pubescens; alis fuscis; abdominis
segmentis secundo tertioque rubris.

Male. Length 4-7 lines. Black ; the eyes slightly emarginate ; the
head covered with a thin silvery-white pubescence, most sparing on
the vertex, which is shining and coarsely punctured. Thorax covered
with a silvery pubescence, densely so on the metathorax ; the disk of
the mesothorax shining, with elongate punctures which run into striae ;
in the middle are three elongate carinse ; the tegulse large and shining-
black ; the wings dark fuscous, with a purple iridescence. Abdomen
finely punctured ; the apical margin of the basal segment, and the
second and third segments, red ; sprinkled with long glittering silvery-
white hairs.

Hab. Borneo (Sarawak).

This species very closely resembles the M. fuscopennis : but I think it is
sufficiently distinct.

6. MuTiLLA GRACILLIMA. M. capitc abdomincquc nigris ; thorace
rubro ; alis obscure fuscis.

Male. Length 4 lines. Head and abdomen black, the thorax bright
red; head shining, with longitudinal furrows, and a deep channel
before the anterior stemma ; the scape, and first joint of the flagellum,
ferruginous ; the pro- and meso-thorax rugose ; the metathorax with
large separated punctures; the wings fuscous, subhyaline at their
base; the anterior tibiae and femora, and the intermediate femora,
ferruginous ; the calcaria white. Abdomen : the two basal segments
with purple and blue tints; the apical margin of the second segment,
and the third segment, with a broad band of silvery-white pubescence ;
the following segments fringed with black pubescence.

Hab. Borneo (Sarawak).

7. MuTiLLA FAMiLiARis. M. capitc abdomiuequc nigris; thorace
rubro ; abdominis basi subito truncate ; abdominis segmenti secundi
basi macula, tertii fascia lata argenteo-pubescentibus.

Female. Length 4f lines. Head and abdomen black, the former rugose ;
the flagellum ferruginous beneath. Thorax ferruginous and oblong-
quadrate ; the disk rugose ; the margins crenulatcd. Abdomen with
elongate confluent punctures ; the basal segment abruptly truncated ;
the second segment with a small ovate spot in the middle of its base,
and the third segment covered with short silvery-white pubescence ;

COLLECTED IN BORNEO, ETC. 85.

beneath, the margins of the segments are fringed with long white

pubescence.
Hab. Singapore.
Although this species bears a very close resemblance to several which

have been described, it is very distinct, and may be readily distinguished

by the abrupt truncation of the basal abdominal segment.

8. MuTiLLA Calliope. iVf. capite nigro; thorace rubro; abdomine
cyaneo, fascia lata argenteo-pubescenti decorato.

Female. Length 3-3^ Hues. Head black, punctured, the punctures
running into longitudinal striae ; the base of the scape, and the tips
of the mandibles, ferruginous. Thorax bright ferruginous, elongate-
quadrate and coarsely rugose ; the posterior angles rounded ; the an-
terior tibiae and tarsi, and the base of the intermediate and posterior
femora, ferruginous ; the legs with a scattered silvery pubescence, that
on the thorax above, ferruginous ; the thorax slightly carinated at the
sides. Abdomen dark blue ; the apical margin of the second segment,
and the base of the third, with united fasciae of bright silvery pu-
bescence ; the sides and apex of the abdomen with scattered silvery
hairs.

Male. Resembles the female in colour, but has the legs entirely black ;
with the apical margin of the second abdominal segment, pale testa-
ceous ; the wings dark brown ; the eyes large and ovate.

Hab. Borneo (Sarawak).

9. MuTiLLA Proserpina. M. capite abdomineque nigris ; thorace
pedibusque rubris ; abdominis segmenti secundi basi maculis duabus
ovatis, tertii fasciaque argenteo -pubescentibus.

Female. Length 2-3 lines. Head black; the scape, mandibles and
palpi, ferruginous. Thorax ferruginous, oblong, rounded in front and
behind; rather finely rugose, sprinkled with reddish-brown pubes-
cence, the margins crenulated ; the legs ferruginous, with the knees
and tarsi slightly fuscous. Abdomen : the extreme base ferruginous ;
the second segment with two ovate spots, and the third with a fascia of
silvery- white pubescence ; beneath, and towards the apex above, thinly
sprinkled with long glittering white hairs.

Hab. Borneo (Sarawak).

10. MuTiLLA Pandora. M. capite abdomineque nigris; thorace
rubro ; abdominis segmento secundo maculis tribus ovatis, tertio fascia
argenteo-pubescenti ornatis.

Female. Length 6 lines. Head black ; the scape, flagellum beneath,
except the basal segment, the palpi, and basal half of the mandibles,
ferruginous ; the head coarsely and closely punctured, with scattered
erect black hairs above, and with silvery white ones beneath. Thorax
and legs bright ferruginous, the former oblong-quadrate, coarsely
rugose, the lateral margins crenulated; spinkled with reddish

5 MR. smith's catalogue of hymenopteeous insects

pubescence. Abdomen black, the base ferruginous; covered with
short black pubescence j three ovate spots at the base of the second
segment, a narrow fascia on its apical margin, and a broad one on
that of the following segment, of silvery-white pubescence ; beneath,
shining and punctured, the margins of the segments rufo-piceous and
fringed with glittering pale hairs.
Hub. Borneo (Sarawak).

11. MuTiLLA Sibylla. M. capita abdomineque nigris ; thoracerubro;
abdominis segmenti secundi basi maculis duabus ovatis, fasciaque seg-
menti tertii albo-pubescentibus.

Female. Length 4-6 lines. Black ; the thorax red ; a tubercle at the
insertion of each antenna, and the middle of the mandibles, ferru-
ginous ; the vertex with scattered long erect reddish brown hairs ; on
the clypeus, mouth and cheeks are some long glittering silvery- white
hairs ; the palpi elongate. Thorax : oblong-quadrate, the anterior
margin slightly rounded ; the legs with scattered glittering white
hairs; the legs black, with the tarsi obscurely rufo-piceous; the
calcaria pale testaceous. Abdomen : two small ovate spots at the
base of the second segment, and a broad fascia on the apical margin of
the third, of dense, short, silvery-white pubescence; beneath, the
segments shining, and the second with scattered large deep punctures ;
the apex of the abdomen with long white pubescence.

Hab. Borneo (Sarawak).

12. MuTiLLA Cassiope. M. capite abdomineque nigris ; thorace
pedibusque rubris ; tibiis tarsisque fuscis ; abdominis basi truncata.

Female. Length 3 lines. Head and abdomen black, the former closely
and strongly punctured ; the mandibles, palpi and antennae beneath,
ferruginous ; the scape rufo-piceous. Thorax ferruginous ; the
anterior margin transverse ; slightly and evenly narrowed to the apex
of the metathorax ; the lateral margins crenulated ; the disc coarsely
rugose ; the coxa3 and femora ferruginous ; the tibiaj and tarsi fuscous.
Abdomen : the base abruptly truncate ; covered with elongate punc-
tures ; the apical margin of the third segment with a fascia of snow-
white pubescence ; sprinkled over with long silvery-white hairs.

Hab. Borneo (Sarawak).

13. MuTiLLA Dardanus. M. capite abdomineque nigris ; thorace
pedeque antico rubris; alis fuscis; abdominis segmentis primo, secundo
tertioque pube alba fasciatis.

Male. Length 6 lines. Head and abdomen black ; the thorax red ;
the eyes emarginate ; the antennae incrassate at the base, tapering to
the apex ; a deep longitudinal furrow runs from the insertion of the
antennae to the posterior margin of the vertex, on each side of which
is a similar furrow which terminates before the insertion of the an-
tennae ; the ocelli distinct on the vertex. Thorax : the anterior legs

COLLECTED JS BORKEO, ETC. 87

ferruginous ; wings brown, and iridescent. Abdomen shining, punc-
tured, and having purple and bUie tints in different lights ; a narrow
fascia on the apical margin of the first segment and a broader one on
the second and third, of snow-white short dense pubescence ; the
margins of the apical segments fringed with long black pubescence.
Hab. Borneo (Sarawak).

14. MuTiLLA UNiMACULATA. M. capitc abdomiucque uigris J thoracc
ferrugineo ; abdominis segmenti secundi basi macula ovata, seg-
mento tertio fascia lata alba pubescente.

Female. Length 6 lines. Black ; the thorax ferruginous, and coarsely
rugose. Head sprinkled with dark brown hairs, eyes large and ovate j
the clypeus and scape with whitish hairs. Thorax oblong-quadrate,
slightly narrowed posteriorly ; the disk with short reddish-brown pu-
bescence at the sides J beneath and on the legs it is of a glittering
silvery- white ; the metathorax with long thin pale pubescence; an
ovate spot at the base of the second segment, and the third segment
clothed with dense short white pubescence, in the middle at its base,
a triangular black shape ; beneath, the apical margins of the second,
third and fourth segments with white marginal pubescent fasciae.

Hab. Borneo (Sarawak).

Gen. Myemosida, Smith.

Head subquadrate ; stemmata in a triangle on the vertex ; eyes large,
round and lateral ; antennce subfiliform, inserted at the base of the
clypeus, not closely approximating ; the clypeus triangular ; mandibles
triangular. Thorax : longitudinally quadrangular, the sides slightly
rounded ; the posterior margin of the prothorax curving backwards to
the origin of the wings ; the tegulse small ; the superior wings with
one marginal and two submarginal cells; the first submarginal re-
ceiving the first recurrent nervure. Abdomen : ovate, the two basal
segments forming distinct nodes, the first subquadrate, the second
node widening towards the apex and again narrowing at one fourth
from the apex.

The insect from whicli the above characters are drawn being a
male, there can be little doubt that when the other sex is discovered
the generic characters will require a complete revision ; in the
neuration of the wings this genus very closely approaches that of
Mutilla, the males of which have the third submarginal cell fre-
quently obliterated, and the form of the abdomen often very ec-
centric ; the form of the eyes also varies, from being deeply emar-
ginate or reniform, to being round and very prominent. The
situation of the present genua I think must be next to Myrmosa :

88 MR. smith's catalogue of hymenopterous insects

we should certainly expect to find the female apterous, and the
genus correctly placed in the family Mutillidce.

1. Myrmosida paradoxa. M. nigra; capite thoraceque rude ru-
gosis ; alis subhyalinis ; abdomine basi binodoso.

Male. Length 4 lines. Black ; head nearly as wide as the thorax,
coarsely rugose, across the face between the eyes are some deep
transverse grooves ; the face with two longitudinal carinae, outside of
which the antennae are inserted ; the scape short and thick, the fla-
gellum nearly of equal thickness throughout, pointed at the apex, the
extreme tip pale testaceous ; mandibles ferruginous at their apex ; the
palpi pale testaceous. Thorax : coarsely rugose ; wings subhy aline,
the nervures ferruginous, stigma dark brown ; the anterior tarsi
ferruginous, with a dense glittering pale pubescence beneath ; the base
of the femora, knees and apex of the tibiae and apical joints of the
tarsi, ferruginous ; the calcaria pale rufo-testaceous. The abdominal
nodes coarsely longitudinally rugose; the abdomen smooth and
shining, the second and following segments punctured, with their
apical margins impunctate.

Hab. Singapore.

Only one specimen of this very singular insect has been captured, and is
in the collection of W. W. Saunders, Esq.

Tribe FOSSOEES, Latr.
Earn. SCOLIAD^.

Q-en. ScoLiA, Fair.

Div. 1. The anterior wings with ttco submarginal cells and one
recurrent nervure.

1. Scolia erratica. Smith, Cat. Hym. pt. 3. p. 88.
Scolia verticalis, Burm. Abh. Nat. Ges. Halle, p. 37.
Hab. Sarawak.

Div. 2. The anterior wings with two submarginal cells and ttco
recurrent nervures.

2. Scolia aureicollis, St. Farg. Hym. iii. 499.
Hab. Singapore.

3. Scolia grossa, Burm. Abh. Nat. Ges. Halle, i. p. 23.
Hab. Sarawak.

This is Tiphia grossa of the ' Systema Piezatorum ' of Fabricius.

4. Scolia Iris, St. Farg. Hym. iii. p. 54/.

Hab. Malacca (Mount Ophir). Java. Sumatra. China (Shanghai).

COLLECTED IN BORNEO, ETC. 89

Div. 3. The anterior wings with three suhmarginal cells and one
recurrent nervure.

5. Scolia patricialis, Burm. Abh. Nat. Ges. Halle, i. 19.
Hab. Malacca. Sumatra.

6. Scolia rubiginosa, Fabr. Syst. Piez. p. 241.
Hab. Malacca. Java.

7. Scolia cincta, Smith. S. nigra; vertice flavo ; alisnigris; abdo-
mine fascia pubescente ferruginea.

Black; the head, from the insertion of the antennae to the hinder
margin of the vertex, yellow, glossy smooth. The thorax closely and
strongly punctured ; a smooth shining space in the middle of the disk,
the scutellum also shining, with a few large scattered punctures ; the
wings brown-black with a splendid violet iridescence, rather paler
towards their base with the nervures ferruginous ; the metathorax
truncated and slightly concave. Abdomen : closely but more finely
punctured than the thorax, with a shining nearly impunctate space in
the middle of each segment ; the posterior margin of the second
segment with a fringe of bright ferruginous pubescence, also a little
ferruginous pubescence at the tip of the apical segment.

Female. Hab. Borneo (Sarawak). Length 13 lines.

This species is most closely allied to S. patricialis, but has the sculpture
of the thorax very diiferent and has no yellow markings on the
scutellum, base and third segment of the abdomen, which distinguishes
that species.

8. Scolia procera, Fabr. Syst. Piez. p. 241.
Hab. Sarawak. Java.

Nearly all the specimens of this fine species have been brought from
Java. I believe it has occurred in India, but Borneo is probably the
extent of its geographical range to the south.

9. Scolia opalina. Smith. S. atra; alis nigris; metathorace abdo-
mineque opalino pulcherrime lavatis.

Black, with splendid prismatic colours reflected in certain lights ; the
head smooth and shining, and with a few scattered punctures ; the
scape of the antennae smooth and shining, the fiagellum opake.
"Thorax : above shining, somewhat distantly but evenly punctured, a
smooth space on the disk of the mesothorax ; wings brown-black
with a splendid violet iridescence. The abdomen smooth and shining,
the sides and the two apical segments rather closely punctured, in the
middle of the three basal segments only a few fine scattered punctures;
beneath strongly but not very closely punctured. Female. Length
12 lines.

The male resembles the female, but is, if possible, more beautiful in the
splendour of its metallic lustre. Length 9 lines.

Hab. Sarawak.
LINN. PBOC. ZOOLOGY. 7

90 MB. smith's catalogue or HYMENOPTEEOUS INSECTS

10. ScoLiA SPECIOSA. S. atra ; fronte, macula post-oculari, thoracjs
maculis duabus frontalibus, metathorace supra, fascia annuli tertii
abdominis interrupta, flavis.

Black and shining ; the head impunctate ; a large bell-shaped macula
on the face extending from the margin of the vertex to the insertion
of the antennae, a black spot nearly in the centre of the space enclosing
the ocelli ; the eyes and a lunate spot behind them yellow. Thorax :
a broad yellow stripe on each side in front curving over each tegula,
having a straight oblique termination within ; the metathorax yellow
at the base as far as the margin of the truncation ; the whole of the
disk of the thorax impunctate, or with only a few widely scattered
punctures on the sides of the mesothorax and scutellum : from the
anterior angles of the latter a deeply impressed smooth line passes
forward, terminating opposite to the anterior margin of the tegulse ;
the post-scutellum punctured and the thorax on each side of the
scutellum opake ; the wings brown-black, with a splendid violet and
blue iridescence, the nervures black. Abdomen : closely punctured,
the first segment with a central smooth space at its base ; the second
segment smooth and shining, except at the sides ; the third smooth
at the base with a broad transverse yellow stripe slightly interrupted
in the middle ; beneath, the segments smooth and shining in the
middle, and with a few scattered punctures.

Female. Length 15 lines. Hab. Sarawak.

This is one of the most beautiful species of the genus, and has not
hitherto been captured in any other locaHty than Borneo.

Gren. TiPHiA, Fabr,

1. TiPHiA FUMiPENNis. T. uitida, atra, punctata; alis anticis fumatis
purpu reo -iridescentibus.

Female. Length 8 lines. Black, shining, pubescent, with scattered
punctures ; the mandibles ferruginous, fringed beneath with bright
fulvous hairs ; the head strongly punctured. The prothorax strongly
punctured, its posterior margin impunctate, smooth and shining j
the mesothorax strongly punctured ; the tegulae smooth and shining ;
the superior surface of the metathorax with three central longitudinal
elevated lines, the spaces between them rugose; the verge of the
truncation and the lateral margins bordered by an elevated line ; the
surface has a shining silky appearance and is very delicately trans-
versely reticulated; the anterior wings smoky, with a bright purple
iridescence ; the posterior pair faintly coloured towards their apex ;
the legs with a glittering white pubescence. Abdomen : smooth
and shining ; the three apical segments punctured ; the apex rufo-
piceous.

Hab. Borneo (Sarawak).

COLLECTED IN BORNEO, ETC. 91

2. TiPHiA STIGMA. T. nitida, atra, punctata ; alls subhyalinis, stigmate
atro.

Male. Length 5 lines. Black, punctured and shining; the clypeus
with shining white pubescence ; its anterior margin notched ; tips of
the mandibles ferruginous ; the flagellum fuscous beneath ; the meta-
thorax with three or four longitudinal elevated lines ; wings subhya-
line, faintly smoky towards their apex ; the nervures pale testaceous ;
the stigma large and black ; the tibiae and tarsi with glittering white
pubescence ; the calcaria pale testaceous. Abdomen : the first seg-
ment much narrower than the second, and subglobose ; the following
segments thinly covered with sooty-black pubescence.

Hab. Borneo (Sarawak).

3. TiPHiA FLAViPENNis. T. nitida, atra, sparse griseo-pubescens ; alis
flavescentibus.

Female. Length 4-5 hues. Black, with scattered punctures : the man-
dibles ferruginous ; the palpi pale testaceous ; the flagellum obscurely
ferruginous beneath ; the scape fringed beneath with long glittering
pale hairs ; the superior surface of the metathorax, with three longi-
tudinal elevated lines, extending to the verge of the truncation ; the
outer margin of the tegulae piceous; wings yellowish, their apical
margins slightly clouded; stigma small, and as well as the nervures, pale
testaceous ; the legs with a glittering white pubescence ; the calcaria
pale testaceous. Abdomen : smooth and shining, with scattered deli-
cate punctures ; the margins of the segments thinly fringed with long
pale hairs ; the apex rufo-piceous.

Hab. Borneo (Sarawak).

Gen. Mtzine, Latr.

1. Myzine tricolor. M. punctata, nitida; capite rubro; thorace nigro;
abdomine metallico-cyaneo.

Female. Length 10 lines. Head red ; the thorax black ; the abdomen
metallic-blue ; the face closely and coarsely punctured ; the vertex
shining, the punctures finer and more distant; a deep punctured
fovea behind the ocelli ; the scape in front, and the mandibles ferru-
ginous, the latter black at their tips. Thorax coarsely punctured ; the
wings brown at their apex, becoming by degrees hyaline at their base,
the anterior pair with a bright violet iridescence ; the nervures black ;
the legs strongly spinose, with scattered white pubescence. The ab-
domen partaking of purple and violet tints in different lights.

Hab. Borneo (Sarawak).

Earn. POMPILID^.
Gen. PoMPiLcrs, Fahr.

This extensive genus of insects, some species of which inhabit

7*

92 MR. smith's catalogue of hymenopteeotjs insects

every known country of the world, contains individuals exhibiting
great variety, not only in their colouring, but also in their struc-
ture and form ; one group, which contains the most highly
coloured and elegantly formed species, have their tibiae and tarsi
destitute, or nearly so, of spines ; another, on the contrary, have
their tibiae more or less spined, the anterior tarsi spined, and
frequently pectinated; a third group have the intermediate and
posterior tibiae furnished with a double row of teeth, or serrations,
the tarsi being strongly spined. All the above striking differ-
ences are, however, linked together b}^ imperceptible modifica-
tions ; these will always be found, when an extensive collection
of these insects, from various countries, are brought together and
carefully examined. The differences alluded to are undoubtedly
of high value, when investigating the oeconomy and habit of the
species; thus we find, that the P. ptmctiim of Europe, which
belongs to the subgenus Agenia, in which the species are destitute
of spines on the tibiae, is not a burrowing insect, but constructs
tubular cells of mud ; P. rujlpes, on the contrary, is eminently
fossorial and has serrated posterior tibiae, and has also the anterior
tarsi furnished with long cilia. In the present paper, I adopt as
subgenera, the names given to the groups by Schiodte, in Kroyer's
Tidsskrift.

1. PoMPiLUS LEUcoPHiEUS. P. schistacco-pubescens ; facic albo-ma-
culata ; prothoracis margine postica alba ; aUs fuscis basi hyalinis.

Male. Length 5^ lines. Black, covered with slate-coloured pubescence
or pile ; a spot on each side of the clypeus, the inner orbits of the
eyes, not reaching their vertex, a narrower line behind them and the
palpi, yellowish-white ; the antennae stout and tapering to their apex;
the hinder margin of the prothorax white and subangulated ; wings
brown, becoming gradually hyaline to their base ; the tibiae and tarsi
strongly spinose ; a white spot on the posterior tibiae near their base ;
the calcaria nearly as long as the basal joint of the tarsi. Abdomen
densely pilose; the apical margins of the three basal segments
naked and shining; the four apical segments beneath, naked and
shining.

Hob. Malacca.

2. PoMPiLus VAGABUNDUS. P. atcr, guttis maculisque flavis varie-
gatus ; alis hyalinis apice fuscis ; tibiis posticis ferrugineis.

Female. Length 5^ lines. Black ; a line on the inner orbits of the eyes ;
the anterior margin of the clypeus with a narrow line which unites
with a quadrate spot on each side of the clypeus, and a narrow line
behind the eyes, yellow ; the face with a thin silvery pile, and the
cheeks with a few white hairs. Thorax covered with a fine silky white

COLLECTED IN BOENEO, ETC. 9S

pile, which is more dense on the coxae and femora beneath ; the pos-
terior margin of the prothorax, and a minute spot on the outer margin
of the tegulse, yellow ; the wings hyaline, with a dark fuscous cloud
at the apex of the anterior pair : the second subraarginal cell twice
the width of the third, which is subangular ; the nervures fuscous ;
the calcaria and posterior tibiae ferruginous, the latter black at their
extreme base and apex ; the tibiae and tarsi spinose ; the anterior tarsi
ciliated. Abdomen covered thinly with a fine changeable pile ; a trans-
verse yellow fascia near the base of the second and third segments,
the first slightly interrupted in the middle, both widest at the sides ;
a narrow transverse yellow fascia in the middle of the fifth segment,
slightly produced upwards in the middle.

Hab. Borneo (Sarawak).

This species has a strong resemblance to the P. variegatus of Europe,
but from which it is abundantly distinct.

3. PoMPiLus PULVERosus. P. atcr, pubeque cinerea tectusj alis
hyalinis apice nigro-fuscis.

Male. Length 4 lines. Black ; entirely covered with a fine glittering
white silky pile ; the face silvery ; head and thorax smooth, shining
and impunctate ; the hinder margin of the prothorax subangular ; the
wings hyaline and iridescent, with a slight fuscous cloud beyond the
first submarginal cell ; the nervures dark fuscous ; the legs spinose,
with their calcaria nearly as long as the basal joint of the tarsi. Ab-
domen with a faint tinge of blue in certain lights.

Hah. Borneo (Sarawak).

Subgen. Peiocnemis, Schiodte.

4. PrIOCNEMIS SERICOSOMA.

Pompilus sericosoma. Smith, Cat. Hym. p. 146. no. 137.
Hab. Sumatra. Borneo (Sarawak).

5. Priocnemis optimus. p. atra, capite, thorace, dorso metatho-
racisque lateribus et maculis basi, coxis intermediis, aureo-pubescenti-
bus; alis nigro-fuscis; femoribus posticis ferrugineis, basi apiceque
nigris.

Female. Length 8 lines. Black ; the head and scape above covered
with golden pubescence ; the clypeus convex, somewhat produced in
the middle of its anterior margin, which is slightly emarginate and
recurved ; the apex of the mandibles ferruginous. Thorax : the pro-
thorax, mesothorax, scutellum, and sides of the metathorax posteriorly,
covered with golden pubescence ; a golden spot at the sides of the
pectus, close to the base of the intermediate coxae ; the wings dark
fuscous with a beautiful violet iridescence ; the posterior margin of
the inferior pair subhyaline ; legs elongate, the middle of the posterior
femora ferruginous ; the intermediate and posterior tibiae with a

94 MR. smith's catalogue of hymenopteeous insects

double row of serrations. Abdomen subpetiolate and covered with a
fine silky pile.
Hab. Singapore.

6. Priocnemis VERTiCALis. P. ater ; vertice antennarumque articulis
basalibus flavis ; thorace flavo-guttato ; alis, tibiis tarsisque flavis.

Female. Length 9-1 2 lines. Black ; the vertex and face above the
antennae and also the scape, yellow ; the first and second joints of the
flagellum more or less yellow. Thorax : a line on the posterior
margin of the prothorax, a quadrate spot on the disk of the meso-
thorax touching the scutellum, the latter as well as an ovate spot on
the post-scutellum, the outer margins of the tegulae, the tips of the
femora, the tibiae and tarsi, yellow : the claw-joint of the latter black ;
the wings yellow with their nervures ferruginous ; the wings palest
towards their apical margins, their extreme edge indistinctly fuscous ;
the metathorax transversely striated; the posterior tibiae with two rows
of serrations, the intermediate pairs spinose. Abdomen smooth and
shining.

Hab. Malacca (Mount Ophir); Borneo (Sarawak).

This species bears a close resemblance to P. unifasciata, Smith, ' Cat.
Hym.' iii. p. 145, but independent of a difference in the neuration of
the anterior wings, the armature of the legs is totally different : in
P. unifasciata the posterior tibiae are armed with long scattered spines,
not serrated, as in the present species.

Subgen. Agenia, Schiodte.

7. Agenia blanda.

Pompilus blandus, Guer. Voy. Coq. Zool. ii. pt. 2. p. 260.
Hab. Borneo (Sarawak) ; Singapore; Malacca (Mount Ophir).

8. Agenia Atalanta. A. atra; capite thoraceque flavo notatis; alis
flavis fusco terminatis ; tibiis tarsisque flavis.

Male. Length 7-7^ lines. Black ; covered with fine silky pile. The
clypeus, sides of the face, scape in front, a line behind the eyes, the
mandibles and palpi, yellow. The posterior margin of the prothorax,
the outer margins of the tegulae, a quadrate spot on the disk of the
mesothorax touching the scutellum, and an ovate spot on the scutellum
and post-scutellum yellow; the scutellum prominent; the tibiae, tips of
the femora and the tarsi yellow ; the apex of the posterior tibiae and
the claws of the tarsi dusky; the metathorax transversely rugose-
striate ; the wings yellow, the nervures ferruginous ; the tips of the
anterior and posterior wings dark brown, with a purple iridescence.
Abdomen, with a slight metallic lustre.

Hab. Borneo (Sarawak) ; Singapore.

9. Agenia ^gina. A. capite abdomineque nigris; thorace sanguineo ;
alis anticis fascia transversa fusca.

COLLECTED IN BORNEO, ETC. 96

Female. Length 5 lines. Head and abdomen black, the thorax red.
The antennae beneath and the mandibles ferruginous; the palpi
elongate, pale testaceous. Thorax : the wings hyaline and iridescent,
with a transverse broad dark fascia before the apex of the anterior
wings 'y the nervures pale ferruginous, with a fuscous stain traversing
the apical portion of the externo-medial nervure and the basal portion
of the transverso-medial nervure ; the anterior legs pale ferruginous ;
the tarsi, the tibiae and apex of the femora above, fuscous ; the inter-
mediate legs fusco-ferruginous, with a yellow spot on the femora
beneath towards their base ; the posterior legs fusco-ferruginous ; the
femora yellow, with their apex fuscous. Abdomen smooth and shi-
ning, covered with a fine silky pile.

Hab. Borneo (Sarawak).

10. Agenia Daphne, A. atra; capite thoraceque maculis auratis
ornatis ; alis subhyalinis, ad apicem subnubeculosis.

Female. Length 8 lines. Black ; the face, vertex and clypeus covered
with golden pile ; the palpi pale testaceous. The prothorax, the
apical margin of the disk of the mesothorax, the scutellum, an oblique
stripe beneath the wings extending to the intermediate coxae, the
sides of the metathorax and the coxae, covered with golden pile ; the
legs with a fine silky pile ; the wings subhyaline, with a slight fuscous
cloud before the apex of the anterior pair. Abdomen smooth and
shining, covered with a fine changeable glittering silky pile.

Hah. Borneo (Sarawak).

11. Agenia Laverna. A. obscure cyanea, fascia albida; alis hyalinis;
abdomine petiolato, annulo apicali albido.

Male. Length 4 lines. Obscure blue, covered with a fine gray silky
pile. The face, clypeus, labrum, palpi and scape in front, white;
the labrum exserted; the antennae as long as the body, testaceous
beneath. The anterior femora in front, a narrow line in front of the
intermediate pair, not extending to their apex, and a minute spot in
front on the tegulae, white ; the wings hyaline and beautifully irides-
cent, the nervures black ; the metathorax with a fine transverse
granulation. Abdomen petiolated ; the apical segment white.

Hah. Borneo (Sarawak).

This species in many respects approaches closely to the species of the
genus Ceropales : its exserted labrum, white face, and indistinctly
observable joints of the antennae, are all characteristics of that genus,
but the cubital nervure does not run to the apical margin of the wing.

12. Agenia Melampus. A. atra; faciei lateribus, margine clypei antica
mandibulisque flavis ; alis fuscis basi hyalinis ; annulis tribus basalibus
abdominis ferrugineis.

Male. Length 6^ lines. Black; the sides of the face, the anterior
margin of the clypeus, the mandibles and scape in front, yellow, tips

96 ME. smitk's catalogue of hymenoptebous insects

of the mandibles ferruginous ; the palpi black. Thorax : the anterior
coxae in front and a minute spot in front of the intermediate pair,
yellow ; the apex of the femora beneath and the anterior tibiae in front,
ferruginous; the posterior femora slightly ferruginous above; the
wings brown with their base hyaline, the posterior pair palest. Abdo-
men petiolated, with the three basal segments ferruginous; the
apical margin of the third segment dusky, covered with a fine white
silky pile.
Hab. Borneo (Sarawak).

13. Agbnia FLAVOPICTA. ^. atra flavo varicgata ; pedibus flavis ; alis
hyalinis iridescentibus.

Female. Length 3^ lines. Head black; a broad stripe at the inner
orbits of the eyes, the clypeus, labrum, mandibles, palpi and scape in
front, yellow ; the flagellum reddish-yellow, fuscous above beyond the
first joint. Thorax : the prothorax, tegulae, scutellum, post-scutellum,
the apex of the metathorax and the legs, yellow ; the apical joints of
the tarsi fuscous ; the metathorax with a changeable golden pile ; the
wings hyaline and beautifully iridescent, the nervures testaceous.
Abdomen : the second, third and fourth segments black with a
changeable pile, the apical margins testaceous yellow ; the basal and
fifth and sixth segments, yellow ; the apical segments incurved ; the
sting elongate.

Hab. Singapore.

14. Agenia Hippolyte. A. atra, facie metathoracisque lateribus
aureo-pubescentibus; alis flavo-hyalinis; femoribus posticis ferrugineis,
basi apiceque nigris.

Female. Length 6^ lines. Black, with a fine changeable pile ; the face,
clypeus and cheeks covered with a dense pale golden pile. The sides
of the metathorax and the posterior coxae above with a dense pale
golden pile; the wings flavo-hyaline, the nervures testaceous; the
posterior femora ferruginous, their base and apex black. Abdomen :
distinctly petiolated, the apical margins of the segments narrowly
rufo-testaceous ; the sixth segment with a central longitudinal smooth
shining space.

15. Agenia CELiENO. J. atra, cinereo-pubescens; facie abdomineque
argenteo-iridescentibus ; alis hyalinis apice fuscis.

Female. Length 3| lines. Black ; covered with a changeable cinereous
pile, that on the face, coxae and abdomen having in certain lights a
silvery brilliancy ; the tips of the mandibles and the palpi pale
testaceous ; the posterior margin of the prothorax curved ; the wings
hyaline, with a faint fuscous fascia crossing the superior pair at the
second submarginal cell, the apex of the wings narrowly and slightly
fuscous ; the apical segment of the abdomen nigro-piceous with the
extreme apex pale, very glossy, smooth and shining.

Hab. Singapore.

COLLECTED IN BOENEO, ETC. 97

G-en. Mackomeeis, >S'^. Farg.
Macromeris, St. Farg. Hym. iii. 4631.

1. Macromeris splendida.

Macromeris splendida, St. Farg. Hym. iii. 464. 2.

Hab. Borneo (Sarawak). India. Java. China. Malacca.

2. Macromeris argentifrons. M. ater, pube argentata tecta ; facie
dense pubescente ; alis subhyalinis ; metathorace quadrate.

Female. Length 8 lines. Black ; covered with a fine silvery silky
pile, very dense and brilliant on the face, base and apex of the meta-
thorax, sides of the prothorax and coxae; the wings subhyaline, the
nervures dark ferruginous ; the joints of the anterior tarsi remarkably
attenuated at the base ; the claws of the tarsi small and unidentate j
the tibiae slightly spinose ; the thorax subelongate, the sides parallel ;
the metathorax transversely rugose. Abdomen distinctly petiolated,
very smooth and shining, abruptly incurved ; the aculeus elongate.

Male. About the same size as the female, similarly clothed with
silvery pile; the coxae greatly swollen; the femora much stouter
than in the female, and ferruginous beneath ; the anterior tibiae ferru-
ginous within ; the posterior tibiae bent inwardly at their base ; the
thorax gradually widening to the apex of the metathorax, which is
finely roughened transversely and margined at the truncation. Abdo-
men small, distinctly petiolated, and very smooth and shining.

Hab. Borneo (Sarawak). Malacca. Singapore. Java.

G-en. Mygnimia, Smith.
This genus of Pompilidce contains all those species which have
the first recurrent nervure uniting with the second transverso-
cubital nervure, the posterior tibiae strongly serrated, with a
double row of short spines. These insects are in fact the repre-
sentatives of the Pepsis of South America, and embrace some of
the largest and most beautiful species of Pompilidcd ; all, with one
solitary exception, (a species from Mexico), are inhabitants of the
Old World ; Fepsis, on the contrary, is almost exclusively found in
the New "World : I am only acquainted with four exceptions, three
being African, and one from Singapore.

1. Mygnimia flava.

Pompilus flavus, Fabr. Syst. Piez. p. 197.

Hemipepsis flavus, Dahlb. Hym. Europ. p. 123.

Hab. Borneo (Sarawak). Malacca (Mount Ophir). Singapore. India.

2. Mygnimia anthracina.

Mygnimia anthracina, Smith, Cat. Hym. pt. iii. 183.
Hab. Borneo (Sarawak). Malacca and Singapore.

98 MR. smith's cataloghje of htmenopterous insects

3. Mygnimia ducalis. M. atra; alls nigris, anticis fascia argentata
ornatis.

Black ; the abdomen blue-black with a fine silky pile ; the third and
following joints of the flagellum fuscous, the tips of the joints ferru-
ginous; the clypeus, the scutellum and post-scutellum, obscurely
fusco-ferruginous ; the metathorax transversely striated, and truncate
at the apex ; the margin of the truncation raised ; the wings brown-
black with bright violet and purple shades; a broad silvery band
crosses the anterior wings beyond their middle, the band consisting of
fine silvery pile. Female. Length 1 inch f .

Hob. Malacca (Mount Ophir).

4. Mygnimia princeps. M. atra; antennis flavis, alis nigris, anticis
fascia subhyalina ornatis.

Female. Length 1 inch 10 lines. Black ; with obscure shades of blue,
the abdomen blue-black, covered with a fine pile which partakes of
purple or blue shades in different lights. The scape of the antennae
ferruginous in front, the flagellum yellow ; a ferruginous line border-
ing the anterior margin of the clypeus. Thorax : the hinder margin
of the scutellum obscurely ferruginous; the metathorax coarsely
transversely striated ; the posterior tibiae and basal joint of the tarsi
with a fine changeable ferruginous pile within; the wings brown-
black, with a broad sub-hyaline transverse fascia beyond the middle,
the fascia tinged with yellow.

Hah. Borneo (Sarawak).

5. Mygnimia iridipennis.

Female. Length 1 inch. Black ; the clypeus densely covered with a
short dense black pubescence, slightly emarginate in front; the
mandibles obscurely ferruginous in the middle. Thorax : the wings
with a splendid lustre of coppery and violet tints, beneath, equally
vivid in colour ; the metathorax coarsely striated transversely ; the
pro- and meso-thorax with a short black velvety pubescence. Abdo-
men sub-opake, with shades of blue in certain lights.

Hah. Malacca. Sarawak.

Fam. SPHEaiD^.
G-en. Ampulex, Jti/rme.

L Ampulex hospes. Smith, Cat. Hym. pt. iv. p. 272.

The particulars in which this remarkable species difi'ers from those with
which I have associated it, would perhaps warrant the establishment
of a new genus, but only a few specimens have yet been obtained ; and
although in all, the first transverse cubital nervure is obsolete, still it
is a circumstance of frequent occurrence in the genus, particularly in
the typical species A. compressa. The antennae are much stouter and
shorter, and the posterior angles of the thorax without spines, in all
which particulars it differs from the rest of the genus.

COLLECTED IN BORNEO, ETC. 99

2. Ampulex compressa.

Chlorion compressum, Fahr. Syst. Piez. p. 219.
Hab. Malacca (Mount Ophir). Borneo (Sarawak).

3. Ampulex smaragdina. A. Isete viridis; pedibus abdomineque
purpureis; prothorace tuberculato; alls anticis obscure unifasciatis.

Female. Length 8 lines. Brilliant green with shades of violet and
coppery effulgence ; the vertex angulated, the sides oblique from the
margin of the eyes ; the antennae shorter and much thicker than in
A. insularis. The prothorax subtuberculate in front; the meso-
thorax, scutellum and post-scutellum, smooth and shining, the former
with a longitudinal coppery vitta in middle ; the wings subhyaline ;
the anterior pair with a slight fuscous cloud crossing them from the
marginal cell; the legs bright purple; the anterior pair with their
coxae beneath, their femora and tibiae in front ferruginous. Abdomen
brilliant purple, smooth, shining and impunctate.

Hab. Singapore.

4. Ampulex insularis. A. fulgide viridis, abdomine purpureo
lavato ; prothorace elongato, laevigato, nitido, sine tuberculis ; alis
anticis fasciatis.

Female. Length 8 lines. Brilliant green; the head smooth and shi-
ning ; the vertex subquadrate with the posterior angles rounded ; the
clypeus covered with silvery pubescence ; the mandibles ferruginous ;
the antennae black. The prothorax smooth and shining, not tuber-
culate; the mesothorax, scutellum and post-scutellum, smooth and
shining; the metathorax transversely striated, and having a central
and three lateral carinae, the third recurved inwards at the apex ; the
sides margined, the apical angles produced into short acute teeth ; the
wings subhyaline with a fuscous cloud crossing the anterior pair at,
and being the width of, the marginal cell ; the tibiae and tarsi obscurely
aeneous. Abdomen : very smooth and shining, with purple and violet
tints ; the apex compressed at the sides ; the first segment much
narrower than the second.

Hab. Borneo (Sarawak).

G-en. Trieogma, Westw,

1. Trirogma c^rulea.

Trirogma caerulea, Westw. Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. iii. 225 3 . Arcana,

Ent. ii. p. 66 ? .
Hab. Singapore. Northern India and Madras.

2. Trirogma prism atica. T. fulgide cseruleo-viridis ; abdomine pur-
pureo et violaceo lavato.

Male. Length 6 lines. Brilliant green, the abdomen vivid purple or
violet in different lights, highly prismatic ; the palpi and mandibles
white, the latter ferruginous at their apex ; the scape of the antennae
green with purple reflexions, the flagellum fuscous ; the face below

100 MB. smith's catalogue of hymbnopteeous insects

the antennse, the scape, cheeks and mandibles, thinly covered with
long white pubescence ; the head coarsely punctured ; a deep trans-
verse impressed hne behind the oceUi, the vertex impunctate. Thorax :
the prothorax forming a neck, with two elevated tubercles behind ;
the mesothorax with three or four transverse elevated carinae at the
base, the spaces between rugose ; the disk behind, smooth and shi-
ning ; the scutellum with an elevated shining tubercle in the middle ;
the metathorax smooth and shining, with an elevated carina traversing
its margins ; the lateral margins produced at the sides into a blunt
angle or tooth ; the disk with two longitudinal carinae which curve
towards the sides, then inwardly towards the apical margin, not quite
meeting in the centre ; between the curved carinae are two central and
two lateral ones, none extending to the outward ones ; wings sub-
hyaline and splendidly iridescent ; the thorax at the sides and beneath,
and also the abdomen, thinly clothed with white pubescence ^ the third
segment above, with scattered short white hairs. Abdomen very
delicately and distantly punctured.

Hab. Borneo (Sarawak).

This beautiful species is very distinct from the Trirogma carulea, the
only species previously known; the antennae are much longer and
perfectly filiform, the apex of the joints not thickened as in that
species.

Gen. Sphex, Fabr.

1. Sphex sericea.

Sphex sericea, Fabr. Syst. Piez. p. 211, 19.

Hab. Borneo (Sarawak). Malacca.

This species is very widely distributed : we have seen examples from
the islands of the Pacific, the Philippine Islands and Java ; some
specimens have the scutellum and post-scutellum black ; in all pro-
bability the S.ferruginea of St. Fargeau is a variety of this insect.

2. Sphex nigripes.

Sphex nigripes. Smith, Cat. Hym. pt. 4. p. 254 ? .
Hab. Singapore. Sumatra.

3. Sphex DiABOLicus. -S. ater; metathorace densissime nigro-pubes-
cens ; alis flavo-hyahnis basi fuscis, apice subnebeculosis.

Female. Length 14 lines. Black; the head and thorax opake; the
mandibles very stout, forcipate, acute at their apex and having a stout
tooth in the middle of their inner edge ; their outer margins fringed
with long hairs; the face thinly covered with black pubescence.
Thorax : the metathorax covered with a dense black pubescence :
a similar-coloured pubescence, but more sparing, clothes the thorax
on the sides and beneath ; wings flavo-hyaline, blackish at their base ;

COLLECTED IN BORNEO, ETC. 101

the apical margins of the anterior pair with a pale fuscous border ;
the nervures ferruginous. Abdomen : sub-opake, smooth and slightly
shining.
Hab. Borneo (Sarawak).

Gen. Pelopceus, Latr.

1. Pelopgeus Javanus.

Pelopceus Javanus, St. Farg. Hym. iii. p. 309.
Hab. Borneo (Sarawak), Malacca. Java.

2. Pelopceus fervens. P. ater; clypeo scapoque antice, pedibus
abdomineque ferrugineis ; alis subhyalinis.

Female. Length 8 lines. Black ; the scape in front, the clypeus and
tips of the mandibles ferruginous. Thorax : the posterior margin of
the prothorax, the tegulae, a transverse line at the base of the scutellum,
the tips of the anterior and intermediate femora, the posterior pair,
except their base, the tibiae and tarsi, ferruginous ; the apical joints of
the tarsi fuscous ; the wings subhyaline, with a black spot at the apex of
the superior pair ; the nervures ferruginous ; the mesothorax finely
striated transversely, the metathorax much more strongly so; the
head and thorax thinly covered with long thin pale pubescence.
Abdomen : ferruginous, with the base of the petiole black ; the three
apical segments fusco-ferruginous.

Hab. Borneo (Sarawak).

Fam. LAEEID^, Leach.

Gren. Tachttes, Panzer.

1. Tachytes nitidulus.

Crabro nitidulus, Fabr. Piez. Syst. 309. 7-
Hab. India. Borneo.

2. Tachytes argentatus.

Tachytes argentata, Brulle, Exped. Sc. de Mor^e, iii. p. 372.
Hab. Singapore. The Morea. Albania.

3. Tachytes aurifex. T. ater; facie aurate pubescente ; pedibus
ferrugineis ; alis flavo-hyalilais ; abdomine aurato-fasciato.

Female. Length 10^ lines. Black; the face densely clothed with
golden pubescence ; the cheeks and vertex behind, with a changeable
golden pile ; the scape and mandibles at their base, ferruginous, the
former black at their base above ; the palpi pale ferruginous. Thorax :
with a changeable golden pubescence, very dense and shining on the
posterior margin of the prothorax, the margins of the mesothorax
and on the post-scutellum ; the tegulae and legs ferruginous; the
coxf^ and femora fuscous ; the wings flavo-hyaline, palest towards the
apical margins, which have a pale fuscous narrow border. Abdomen :

102 MR. smith's catalogue of htmenoptebous insects

fusco-ferruginous at the apex ; covered with a thin changeable golden
pile ; each segment with a bright golden fascia on its apical margin ;
beneath smooth and shining, with the apical margins of the segments
rufo-piceous.
Hab. Borneo (Sarawak).

Gen. L ABE AD A, Smith.

1. Larrada exilipes.

Larrada exilipes. Smith, Cat. Hym. pt. 4. p. 278.
Hab. Borneo (Sarawak).

2. Larrada carbonaria. L. nigerrima; capite abdomineque nitidis;
thorace opaco ; alis rufescenti-fuscis, purpureo Isete micantibus.

Female. Length 10 lines. Jet-black, shining ; the clypeus delicately
punctured ; the flagellum fuscous ; the cheeks with a fine cinereous
pile. Thorax: the pro- and meso-thorax, the scutellum and post-
scutellum closely punctured ; the metathorax elongate, its superior
surface finely shagreened ; the truncation finely strigose ; the tegulae
testaceous ; the wings brown, with a brilliant violet iridescence ; the
legs strongly spinose. Abdomen : as long as the head and thorax,
being smooth, shining and very delicately and sparingly punctured.

Hab. Singapore.

3. Larrada Sycorax. L. nigerrima, laevigata, nitida, punctata ; alis
fuscis violaceo-iridescentibus.

Female. Length 7i lines. Jet-black ; shining and finely punctured ;
the face and cheeks covered with silvery pubescence interspersed with
long pale hairs ; the metathorax oblong, truncated at the apex ; the
superior surface with a central impressed longitudinal line, on each
side of which it is delicately striated obliquely. The thorax : beneath,
the sides and also the legs, covered with a cinereous pile, and sprinkled
with long white hairs ; the wings brown, with a violet iridescence ;
their base, as well as the posterior pair, palest. Abdomen : smooth,
shining and very delicately and distantly punctured ; the margins of
the segments slightly depressed and glittering in certain lights with
silvery pile.

Hab. Borneo (Sarawak).

4. Larrada POLiTA. L. nigra; capite«abdomineque nitidis ; thorace
opaco ; femoribus tibiisque intermediis posticis ferrugineis ; alis fusco-
hyalinis.

Female. Length 6 lines. Black ; the head shining, the clypeus closely
and finely punctured and covered with silvery pile; the mandibles
ferruginous. The pro- and meso-thorax closely punctured, thinly
covered with a short glittering pubescence ; the metathorax transversely
rugose; the thorax on the sides and beneath covered with a fine
changeable silvery pile; the intermediate and posterior femora and
tibiae, bright ferruginous; the wings fusco-hyaline and iridescent.

COLLECTED IN BOBNEO, ETC. 103

Abdomen : elongate, smooth, shining, and covered with a thin change-
able glittering silvery pile; the apex acute and having a produced
ferruginous style.
Hab. Borneo (Sarawak).

5. Larrada TisiPHONE. L. nigerrima; capite thoraceque subopacis;
metathorace reticulato ; alis fusco-hyalinis.

Female. Length 4 lines. Black ; the head very delicately and closely
punctured, sub-opake; the face and clypeus covered with silvery
pubescence, the mandibles ferruginous at their apex ; the cheeks with
a bright silvery pile. Thorax : the pro- and mesothorax closely and
finely punctured, the scutellum more delicately and sparingly so, the
former sub-opake, the latter shining ; the metathorax coarsely reti-
culated ; the tegulae piceous ; the wings fusco-hyaline and iridescent,
the nervures black ; the thorax beneath, and the legs, covered with a
fine silky pile. Abdomen : smooth and shining, the apical margins of
the segments with fasciae of silvery pile, only observable in certain
lights.

Hab. Borneo (Sarawak).

6. Larrada Alecto. L. nigerrima; capite thoraceque subopacis ;
metathorace reticulato ; alis fusco-hyalinis.

Female. Length 5^ lines. Jet-black ; the head shining ; the cheeks with
a silvery down ; the clypeus impunctate ; the mandibles ferruginous ;
the palpi rufo-testaceous. The mesothorax shining, closely and finely
punctured; the scutellum shining; the metathorax rugose, more
finely so towards the verge of the truncation, the latter transversely
rugose ; the tegulae rufo-testaceous ; wings fusco-hyaline, splendidly
iridescent, with the nervures black; the legs strongly spinose, the
knees somewhat ferruginous. Abdomen : smooth, shining and im-
punctate.

Hab. Singapore.

Gren. Laeea, Fabr.

1. Larra prismatica. L. nigra, pulchre prismatica, maculis fasciis-
que variis flavis ornata.

Female. Length 4-5 lines. Black, with prismatic tints of violet and
blue, particularly on the abdomen. The palpi, labrum, clypeus and
a triangular space above it, an abbreviated line at the inner orbits of
the eyes, the scape in front and the flagellum beneath, yellow ; the
clypeus emarginate in its entire width and a black transverse spot in the
middle, a similar spot at the base of the labrum, which is rounded in
front. The posterior margin of the prothorax, the tubercles, the outer
margins of the tegulae, an oblique spot on each side of the scutellum, a
transverse line on the post-scutellum and an elongate spot on the lateral
margins of the metathorax, yellow, the margins compressed; the
anterior legs with the femora beneath and a spot at their apex above,
and the tibiae and tarsi in front, yellow, the claw-ioint entirely so ;

104 ME. smith's catalogue of htmenoptebotjs insects

the intermediate legs with a hne on the femora behind, a spot at their
apex in front, the tibia; in front as well as the tarsi, yellow; the
posterior legs with a stripe on the tibiae in front at their base ; the wings
hyaline and irridescent. Abdomen : an elongate transverse yellow
macula on each side of the basal segment near its apical margin, a
yellow fascia on the apical margin of the second segment, widest at
the sides, an abbreviated fascia in the middle of the third, an entire
one on the fourth, and a spot on each side of the fifth.

Male. Differs in having the clypeus black, two parallel abbreviated
yellow lines on the disk of the mesothorax and the fascia3 on the
abdomen entire, that on the basal segment being very broad and deeply
notched in the middle.

Hab. Borneo (Sarawak).

T have here restored the name Larra to one of the insects agreeing with
the type, L. vespiformis, — the Stizus vespiformis of many authors.

G-en. PisoN, Spin.

1. PisoN suspiciosus. p. niger; capite thoraceqne rude punctatis ;
abdomine Isevigato, nitido ; facie pube argentea ornata.

Female. Length 4 lines. Black ; the face with silvery pubescence ;
the palpi testaceous ; the tips of the mandibles ferruginous ; the head
and thorax strongly and closely punctured, the clypeus finely so.
Thorax : the tegulae testaceous ; the wings fusco-hyaline ; the first
recurrent nervure received at the apex of the first submarginal cell ;
the second at the apex of the second submarginal ; the nervures dark
fuscous J the metathorax with a number of coarse radiating striae at its
base ; the truncation transversely rugose. Abdomen : very smooth
and shining, with a few delicate scattered punctures ; the margins of
the segments depressed.

Hab. Singapore.

This species very closely resembles the Pison rugosus, but it differs from
that species in the neuration of the wings, and also in the puncturing
of the abdomen; I suspect that an example in fine condition would have
silvery bands on the abdomen.

Subgen. Pisonoides, Shuck.

The anterior wings with one marginal cell, and two submarginal cells,
each receiving a recurrent nervure.

1. PisoNOiDES OBLiTERATUS. P. atcr, glabcr, tenuissime punctatus;

facie argenteo-villosa ; alis hyalinis iridescentibus ; metathoracis basi

laevi.
Female. Length 3^ lines. Black ; the head and thorax punctured, the

mesothorax rather distantly so ; the clypeus and the notch of the eyes

COLLECTED IN BORNEO, ETC. 105

with a silvery pubescence ; the tips of the mandibles ferruginous ; the
tegulse testaceous ; the nervures brown ; the costal nervure and the
stigma black ; the tibiae and tarsi simple ; the metathorax with a
deep triangular depression at its base, which is obhquely striated on
each side, and from which a deep smooth channel runs to the apex of
the metathorax; on each side of the depression it is smooth and
shining, and finely punctured beyond. Abdomen highly polished, with
the margins of the segments deeply depressed ; the apical margins
with a fine short silky white pubescence ; the sixth segment acute at
the apex.

Hab. Borneo (Sarawak).

I have formed a section for the reception of this species, which I regard
as a true Pison, having the petiolated cell obsolete, or rather the api-
cal nervure of the usually enclosed cell. I have seen other species with
the nervure obsolete in both, or sometimes only in one wing ; the latter
circumstance confirms my opinion of this species only being an excep-
tional case, and that it is a true Pison.

Fam. BEMBICID^, Westw.

Gen. Bembex, Fabr.

Bembex melancholica. Smith, Cat. Hym. pt. iv. p. 328.
Hab. Borneo (Sarawak). Sumatra.

Fam. CRABEONID^, Leach.

Gen. Trtpoxylon, Latr.

1. Trypoxylon bicolor. Smith, Cat. Hym. pt. iv. p. 377-
Hab. Singapore. Madras.

2. Trypoxylon petiolatum. T. nigrum nitidum, petiolo gracili
elongato ; abdominis articulis secundo et tertio ferrugineis.

Female. Length 7 lines. Black, very smooth and shining : the clypeus,
the inner orbits of the eyes, the emargination of the eyes, and the
cheeks, with a glittering silvery pile ; the mandibles ferruginous ; the
palpi pale testaceous. Thorax : the tegulae, anterior and interme-
diate tarsi, the extreme base of the posterior tibiae, the calcaria, and
the claws and pulvillus of the tarsi, pale rufo-testaceous ; the apical
joints of the tarsi fuscous ; the sides of the thorax sprinkled with
glittering silvery hairs; the wings hyaline, the nervures rufo-fuscous.
Abdomen : the petiole slender, as long as the head and thorax, with
the apex of its node, the second and third segments, ferruginous;
covered with a fine changeable pile, only observable in certain lights,
Hab. Borneo (Sarawak).
linn. soc. — zoology. 8

106 ME. smith's catalogue of htmenopterous insects

3. Trypoxyon coloratum. T. nigrum, laeve, nitidum ; pedibus
pallide ferrugineis, abdomine subferrugineo supra, obscure maculato.

Male. Length 7i lines. Black, smooth and shining : the clypeus,
mandibles, palpi and scape of the antennae, covered with golden
pile ; the cheeks and the emargination of the eyes with a glittering
pale golden pile. Thorax : the posterior margin of the prothorax,
the tegulae, tubercles and legs, pale ferruginous ; the intermediate
and posterior tibiae beneath, and also the tarsi, fuscous ; the apex
of the joints of the latter ferruginous ; the wings hyaline, their ner-
vures ferruginous, the stigma pale ; the sides of the thorax and the
metathorax with golden pubescence. Abdomen rufo-testaceous ; the
petiole, except its base, above, the node at its apex, above, as well as
all the segments, more or less black, or rufo-fuscous above ; the base
and apex of the segments, as well as the apical segment entirely, pale ;
beneath entirely pale.

Hab. Borneo (Sarawak).

This species is about the size of T. bicolor, which it very much resembles,
but from which it is very distinct.

G-en. Cbabeo, Fabr.

1. Crabro familiaris. C. niger, ocellis triangulariter ordinatis, meso-
thorace punctulato, pedibus flavis, metathorace Isevi nitido, abdo-
mine pubescente.

Male. Length 2^ lines. Black : head a little wider than the thorax,
shining and delicately punctured; the stemmata in a triangle; the
clypeus and cheeks with silvery pubescence ; the scape yellow ; the
flagellum rufo-testaceous, slightly fuscous above ; the palpi pale tes-
taceous ; the mandibles ferruginous at their apex. Thorax : the
collar, tubercles, tegulae, scutellum and post-scutellum, the extreme
base of the wings, and the legs, of a sulphur-yellow ; the wings hya-
line and splendidly iridescent ; the base of the femora and the coxae
slightly ferruginous ; the mesothorax delicately punctured ; the meta-
thorax smooth and shining, with a central impressed fovea. Abdomen
pubescent, with the apical margins of the segments rufo-piceous.

Hab. Borneo (Sarawak).

2. Crabro RUGosus. C. niger, ocellis triangulariter ordinatis in vertice,
mesothorace longitudinaliter striato, metathorace rugoso.

Male. Length 2^ lines. Black: head wider than the thorax, quadrate;
the stemmata in a triangle on the vertex; an impressed line in
front of the anterior stemma extending to the sulcation on the face ;
an impressed line running round the orbits of the eyes ; the
cheeks and face with a dense silvery pubescence ; the scape yellow ;
the tips of the mandibles ferruginous. Thorax : an interrupted line
on the collar, the tubercles, two spots on the scutellum, the post-
scutellum, the tips of the anterior femora, all the tibiae at their base.

COLLECTED IN BORNEO, ETC. 107

and the basal joint of the tarsi, yellow ; the apical joints of the tarsi
rufo-fuscous ; the yellow markings on the legs paler than those on the
thorax ; the mesothorax deeply striated longitudinally ; the metatho-
rax rugose ; the wings hyaline and iridescent. Abdomen : the four
basal segments with a small ovate yellow spot at their extreme lateral
margins ; the fifth with a yellow fascia at its base.

Hab. Borneo (Sarawak).

This species has a remarkably close resemblance to the Crabro Panzeri of
this country.

Gren. Mellinus, Fabr.

1. Mellinus crabroniformis. M. niger, scapo palpis„ mandibulis
tuberculis pedibusque flavis, abdomine ferrugineo.

Female. Length 4 lines. The head and thorax black j the legs and
abdomen pale ferruginous ; the head and thorax with a thin glittering
pale golden pubescence ; the palpi, mandibles and scape of a yellowish
white ; the flagellum testaceous, yellow beneath. Thorax smooth and
shining ; the tegulae and base of the wings of a yellowish white ; the
wings hyaline and splendidly iridescent ; the nervures testaceous ; the
metathorax with a subenclosed space at its base, with a row of sulca-
tions along the basal margin ; the sides and apex of the metathorax
rugose. Abdomen pale ferruginous, smooth, shining and pubescent ;
the basal segment petiolated, the petiole curved, clavate at the apex.

Hab. Borneo (Sarawak).

I am aware that this insect, if a strict adherence to the neuration of the
wings, as a character for generic subdivision, were rigidly adopted,
would form a type of a new genus, but the difference is too slight in
my opinion to justify such a course ; in other respects it agrees with
the insects included in the genus Mellinus ; the principal difference in
the neuration of the present species is the elongation of the third
discoidal cell.

Gren. Cerceris, Latr.

1. Cerceris sepulcralis. C. capite thoraceque nigris, abdomine
ferrugineo.

Female. Length 7i lines. Black, with the abdomen ferruginous ; the
head and thorax finely shagreened ; the face with a silvery- white pu-
bescence ; the carina between the antennae, an ovate spot on the
clypeus, and the mandibles, obscurely rufo-testaceous. Thorax : a
minute obscure spot on the posterior margin of the prothorax, late-
rally, and a distinct spot on the tegulae in front, pale yellow; the
wings brown, their base subhy aline ; the sides of the metathorax
covered with hoary pubescence ; an indistinct pale spot on the inter-
s'

108 ME. smith's catalogue of hymenopterous insects

mediate and posterior tibiae, outside ; the apical joints of the anterior
t arsi, and the calcaria, pale testaceous ; the tarsi beneath, and the
posterior tibiae within, clothed with a golden-yellow pubescence.
Hab. Borneo (Sarawak).

Group SOLITARY WASPS.

Fam. EUMENIDJE.
Gen. Gayella, Saussure.

1. Gayella pulchella. G, nigra, punctata, subnitida, flavo-guttata
et fasciata, pedibus ferrugineis flavo-guttatis, alis subhyalinis et iri-
descentibus.

Female. Length 10 lines. Black : head quadrate ; the clypeus deeply
emarginate in front, the angles of the emargination produced and
denticulate ; a large oblong spot behind the eyes, two obhque lines
on the vertex nearly touching the summit of the eyes and inclined
inwards, a stripe at the base of the scape in front, the labrum and
mandibles, yellow. Thorax : the prothorax in front, two longitudinal
abbreviated lines on the disk of the mesothorax, the tegulae in front
and behind, a slightly interrupted transverse line on the scutellum
and post-scutellum ; a spot beneath the wings, and the sides of the
metathorax, yellow; the legs ferruginous; a stripe on the anterior
femora outside, another on the anterior and intermediate tibiae, and a
spot at the apex of the posterior pair, yellow; the tibiae and tarsi
fuscous ; the wings fusco-hyaline ; the anterior margin of the superior
pair yellowish, their apex slightly clouded. Abdomen : the lateral
and apical margins of the petiole, an ovate spot on each side of the
basal segment, a fascia a little before the apical margins of the first,
second and third segments, yellow ; beneath black.

Hah. Borneo (Sarawak).

Gen. Eumene«.

1. Eumenes flavopicta.

Eumenes flavopicta, Blanch. Diet. d'Hist. Nat. de Ch., d'Orb. Ins. pi. 2.

fig. 2.
Hab. Singapore.

2. Eumenes Blanchardi, Satiss. Mon. Guepes, Sol. p. 66.
Hab. Borneo (Sarawak).

3. Eumenes quadrispinosa, Sauss. Mon. Guepes, Suppl. p. 134. pi. 7.
fig. 2$.

Hab. Malacca.

4. Eumenes xanthura, Sauss. Mon. Guepes, Sol. p. 46.
Eumenes circinalis, Fabr. Syst. Piez. p. 286 (var. ?),
Hab. Borneo (Sarawak).

COLLECTED IN BORNEO, ETC. 109

5. Euraenes hsemorrhoidalis.

Vespa hajmorrhoidalis, Fabr. Syst. Piez. p. 259.
Hob. Borneo (Sarawak).

6. Eumenes quadrata. Smith, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. n. ser. ii. p. 36.
Hab. Borneo (Sarawak).

The specimens from Sarawak only differ from those from China in
having the tibiae and tarsi paler.

7. Eumenes inconspicua. E. nigra flavo-variegata, capite thorace-
que dense punctato, abdomine sublaevigato nitido.

Female. Length 5 lines. Black : the clypeus deeply emarginate at the
apex, the angles acute ; the basal portion of the clypeus yellow, with
a yellow spot above between the antennae, and a narrow abbreviated
yellow line behind the eyes ; the tips of the mandibles, and the apex
of the flagellum beneath, ferruginous. Thorax : an abbreviated line
on the posterior margin of the prothorax in the middle, a spot be-
neath the wings and another before it, the tegulse, a spot behind
them, the post-scutellum, two spots on each side of the metathorax,
the tips of the femora and the tibiae, yellow ; the anterior tarsi yellow,
the intermediate and posterior pairs dusky ; the intermediate and pos-
terior tibiae fusco-ferruginous beneath ; wings subhyaline, the ante-
rior margin of the superior pair fuscous. Abdomen : a minute spot
on each side of the petiole, its apical margin, a larger spot on each
side of the second segment and its apical margin, yellow ; the follow-
ing segments with a silky pubescence.

Hab. Borneo (Sarawak).

8. Eumenes singularis. E. nigra flavo-variegata, capite thorace
petioloque (ad apicem excepto) rude punctato; abdomine laevigato
nitido.

Female. Length 6 hues. Black : the basal and the lateral margins of
the clypeus, an oblong spot between the antennae, a minute spot in
the sinus of the eyes and a short line behind them, yellow ; the apex
of the antennae ferruginous beneath. Thorax suborbicular ; the
prothorax in front, two spots on each tegula and another behind
them, a transverse line on each side of the metathorax at its base,
two ovate ones at its apex, and a spot beneath the wings, yellow ; the
anterior femora at their apex, the tibiae, and the intermediate and poste-
rior tibiae outside, yellow ; the wings fusco-hyaline, and iridescent, their
apical margins darkest. Abdomen : the petiole longer than the head
and thorax ; the apical margin of the petiole, an ovate spot on each
side of the first segment, its apical margin, and a line in the middle
of that of the following segment, yellow ; the thorax and abdomen
beneath with a fine griseous pile.

Hab. Borneo (Sarawak).

110 MR. smith's catalogue of hymenopterous insects

Gen. Ehynchium, Spinola.

1. Rhynchium hsemorrhoidale.

Vespa haemorrhoidalis, Fabr. Syst. Piez. p. 259.
Hab. Singapore. Malacca.

2. Rhynchium sanguineum, Sauss. Mon. Guepes, Sol. p. 110 (var. R.
hoBmorrhoidalis) .

Hab. Borneo (Sarawak).

3. Rhynchium metallicum, Sauss. Mon. Guepes, Sol. p. 114.
Hab. Borneo (Sarawak).

4. Rhynchium nitidulum,

Vespa nitidula, Fabr. Syst. Piez. p. 260.

Hab. Borneo (Sarawak).

The specimens from Borneo have the clypeus strongly punctured ; in
other respects they agree precisely with Indian and Javanese ex-
amples.

6. Rhynchium obscurum. JR. capite thoraceque rude punctatis, alis
apiee nigris, abdominis segmento primo rubro-fasciato.

Female. Length 6 lines. Black : the head and thorax very coarsely
punctured ; the margins of the clypeus covered with silvery pile ; the
face with scattered, short, griseous pubescence. Thorax : the tegulae
black and shining ; the wings fusco-hyaline ; a dark stain along the
anterior margin of the externo-medial cell, and a dark fuscous cloud
beyond the second submarginal cell occupying the entire apex of the
wings. Abdomen : opake black, the apical margin of the first seg-
ment with an obscure ferruginous band ; the apical margins of the
following segments slightly and very obscurely ferruginous, and
covered with fusco-ferruginous pubescence.

Hab. Borneo (Sarawak).

Gen. Odynerus, Latr.

1. Odynerus flavo-lineatus. Smith, Cat. Hym. pt. v. p. 60.
Hab. Malacca (Mount Ophir). Java.

2. Odynerus manifestus. 0. niger, capite thoraceque rude et con-
fluenter punctatis, clypeo scapo pedibus et prothorace flavo-guttatis,
abdomine fasciis duabus flavis ornato.

Male. Length 5 lines. Black : the head and thorax covered with deep
coarse confluent punctures ; a spot on each side of the clypeus, a line
on the scape in front, and another behind the eyes, yellow ; the cly-
peus produced and truncate in front. Thorax : a hne on the poste-
rior margin of the prothorax in the middle, a spot on the tegulae in
front and behind, the post-scutellum, the apex of the anterior and
intermediate femora, and all the tibiae outside, yellow ; the tarsi black ;
wings subhyaline, the nervures black; the anterior margin of the

COLLECTED IN BORNEO, ETC. Ill

superior pair fuscous. Abdomen shining and delicately punctured;
the first and second segments with a yellow fascia on their apical
margins.
Hab. Borneo.

3. Odynerus septem-fasciatus. 0. niger capite thoraceque pro-
funde punctatis flavoque variegatis, abdominis segmentis flavo-margi-
natis, segmento secundo flavo-fasciato.

Male. Length 5 lines. Black : head and thorax deeply, but not
coarsely punctured ; the margins of the clypeus, the labrum, mandi-
bles, scape in front, the sinus of the eyes, a longitudinal stripe running
from the anterior stemma to the insertion of the antennae, and a line
behind the eyes, yellow. Thorax : a transverse line on the prothorax
in front, not touching its anterior angles, two longitudinal abbreviated
lines on the disk of the mesothorax, the tegulae, two spots on the
scutellum, the post-scutellum, the sides of the metathorax, a spot be-
neath the wings, an oblique line beneath it, and a similar line running
down to the posterior coxae, yellow ; the legs yellow, with a fuscous
line on the femora above and on the tibiae behind. Abdomen : the
anterior, posterior and lateral margins of the basal segment yellow ;
a fascia across the middle of the second segment, and another a little
before its apical margin, and also before the margins of the three
following segments, yellow ; beneath, the second segment yellow, with
an oblong black spot in the middle ; the apical margins of the three
following segments yellow.

Hab. Borneo (Sarawak).

4. Odynerus maculipennis. O. niger, punctatus, capite thorace-
que flavo-guttatis, abdominis segmentis singulis flavo-fasciatis, alis
apice nigro unimaculatis.

Female, Length 3^ hnes. Black : the clypeus, mandibles, antennae
beneath, a spot between them, another in the sinus of the eyes, and a
stripe behind them, yellow; the antennae rufo-fuscous above; the
mandibles ferruginous at their apex. Thorax : the anterior margin of
the prothorax, the tegulae and a spot behind them, a spot beneath the
wings, the scutellum, a line on the post-scutellum and the sides of the
metathorax, yellow ; the legs yellow, with the coxae and the femora
above, more or less fuscous; the wings hyaline, with a black spot
occupying the greater part of the marginal cell and passing oiF beyond
it to the apex of the wings ; the nervures fuscous. Abdomen shining
and delicately punctured ; the first segment short and cup-shaped, its
apical margin thickened ; the second segment much wider than the
first, its sides rounded ; a yellow fascia on the apical margins of the
segments, that on the third segment much narrow er than the others ;
an ovate spot on each side of the second segment, at its lateral mar-
gins, at the base.

Hab. Borneo (Sarawak).

This species is closely allied to the O.'miniatus of Saussure.

112 MR. smith's catalogue or HTMENOPTEEOUS INSECTS

5. Odynerus MULTIPICTUS, O. niger, capite thoraceque rude punc-
tatis et flavo-variegatis, pedibus flavis, alis hyalinis apice fuscatis,
abdomine flavo-fasciato.

Fetnale. Length 5^ lines. Black : the head and thorax rugose-punctate ;
the mandibles, clypeus, sinus of the eyes, a longitudinal line running
from the anterior ocellus to the insertion of the antennae, a parallel
line on each side of the ocelli touching the eyes, a broad stripe behind
the eyes, and the scape in front, yellow ; a black spot in the centre of
the clypeus, and the apex of the mandibles, ferruginous ; the flagel-
lum fulvous beneath. The prothorax in front, two longitudinal lines
on the mesothorax, two ovate spots on the scutellum, the sides of the
metathorax with a large angular spot, the tegulse, a spot and an oblique
line beneath them, and also the legs, yellow ; a line on the femora
above and on the tibiaj behind, and the coxae spotted with' fuscous ;
a black spot on the tegulae ; the wings subhyaline and iridescent ; a
dark cloud on the anterior margin of the superior pair towards their
apex. Abdomen smooth and shining ; a yellow fascia on the apical
margins of the segments, and also a fascia at the base of the first
segment, with a transverse s])ot on each side of the second segment ;
beneath, the second segment yellow, with a black quadrate spot at
its base, a yellow fascia on the apical margins of the following seg-
ments

Hab. Borneo (Sarawak),

6. Odynerus latipennis. O. niger, angustus, elongatus, ahs am-
])lis apice nigro-maculatis, capite thoraceque flavo-guttatis, pedibus
flavis, abdomine flavo-fasciato.

Female. Length 6 lines. Black : head and thorax strongly punctured ;
the clypeus, and an ovate spot above, from which a narrow line runs
up to the anterior ocellus, the sinus of the eyes, a stripe behind them
and the scape in front, yellow ; the flagellum fulvous beneath ; the
tips of the mandibles ferruginous. Thorax elongate ; the prothorax
in front, the tegulae, two spots on the scutellum, and the metathorax,
yellow ; a longitudinal black line in the middle of the latter ; a yellow
spot beneath the wings and an oblique line behind it ; the legs yellow ;
the wings very large, subhyaline and iridescent ; the nervures towards
the base of the wings fusco-ferruginous, towards their apex they are
pale testaceous ; the costal and externo-medial cells with a slight fus-
cous cloud ; a dark cloud occupying the apical half of the marginal
cell and passing on to the apex of the wings. Abdomen : the basal
segment campanulate, the apical margins of the segments with yellow
fasciae.

Hab. Borneo (Sarawak).

This species belongs to the subgenus Symmorphus,

COLLECTED IN liOBNEO, ETC. 113

Group SOCIAL WASPS.

Fam. VESPIDJE.

Gen. IsCHNOOASTER, Guerin.

1 . Ischnogaster cilipennis. Smith, Cat. Hym. pt. v.
Hab. Borneo (Sarawak). Malacca (Mount Ophir).

2. Ischnogaster Mellyi,^^w«. Soc. Ent. Fr. 2« ser. x. p. 25. pi. 2. f. 1.
Hub. Malacca. Sarawak.

3. Ischnogaster nigrifrons. /. niger, subtus flavo-variegatus,
cellulis primo secundoque submarginalibus aequis, tertia breviori et ad
cellulam marginalem angustata.

Female. Length 6 lines. Black : the face and clypeus covered with
pale golden pubescence, the colour changing in different lights ; the
clypeus produced at its apex into an acute spine ; the scape in front,
the flagellum beneath, the palpi and mandibles, yellow, the latter ferru-
ginous at their apex. Thorax globose ; the posterior margin of the
prothorax, two oblique lines on the mesothorax anteriorly, a spot on
each side of the scutellum, the post-scutellum, and two spots at the
apex of the metathorax close to the insertion of the petiole, yellow ;
beneath, fusco-ferruginous ; the legs rufo-piceous, with the knees and
the anterior and intermediate tibiae outside, yellow. Abdomen ob-
scurely rufo-fuscous ; the first segment petiolated; beneath, with two
lines at the base of the node of the petiole ; the extreme lateral mar-
gins of the first segment, two oblique ones towards its apex beneath,
an ovate spot on each side of the two following segments beneath,
and the extreme lateral basal margin of the second segment above,
yellow.

Hab. Borneo (Sarawak).

4. Ischnogaster micans, Sauss. Mon. Guepes, Soc. p. 8.
Hab. Borneo (Sarawak). Malacca.

Gen. PoLiSTES, Latr. ^

Polistes Sagittarius, Sauss. Mon. Guepes, Soc. p. 56.

Hab. Borneo (Sarawak). India. China. Greece.

There is probably no species of this genus which is so widely distributed
as the present ; the specimens which I have seen from Borneo are all
smaller than the Indian ones, and are more highly coloured; the
mesothorax has a central longitudinal ferruginou^s stripe, and the me-
tathorax two longitudinal ones.

Gen. PoLYBTA, Sauss.

1. Polybia Sumatrensis, Sauss. Suppl. Guepes, Soc.
Hab. Sumatra. Borneo (Sarawak). Malacca.

114 ME. smith's catalogue of hymekopteeous insects

2. PoLYBiA STIGMA. P. nigra, flavo-variegata, alls anticis hyalinis,
margine antico obscurato, stigmate flavo.

Male. Length 5 lines. Black : the elypeus and cheeks with a silvery
pubescence ; the mandibles, elypeus, sinus of the eyes, the antennae
beneath, and the cheeks, yellow. Thorax : the anterior margin of the
prothorax, the tegulae and a line beneath the wings, a broad oblique
stripe on the sides of the metathorax, the scutellum, post-scutellum,
and an oblong-quadrate spot beneath it^ and also the legs, yellow ;
the femora and tibiae shghtly fuscous behind ; the anterior wings with
a dark spot at the apex of the externo-medial cell ; the stigma honey-
yellow, with a dark stripe beyond it at the margin of the wing. Ab-
domen : an ovate spot on each side of the second segment at its base,
and a yellow fascia on the apical margin ; the extreme apex of the ab-
domen yellow ; the fascia on the second segment, continued beneath,
and two ovate maculae at its base.

Hab. Borneo (Sarawak).

This is probably the male of P. decorata.

3. PoLYBiA luctuosa. P. opaca, nigra, clypei margine antico flavo,
segmentis primo tertio quartoque abdominis flavo-marginatis, ahs
apice nigro uni-maculatis.

Female. Length 5^ lines. Black : the anterior margin of the elypeus,
slightly interrupted in the middle, and a very narrow line at the inner
orbits of the eyes, not entering the sinus, yellow ; the head and thorax
opake ; wings hyaline, with a black spot on the anterior margin of the
superior pair, near their apex. Abdomen : a narrow yellow fascia
on the apical margins of the first, third and fourth segments, the
extreme apex yellow.

Hah. Borneo (Sarawak).

4. PoLYBiA DECORA.TA. P. nigra, flavo multidecorata, pedibus flavis.

Female. Length 5 lines. Black : the elypeus, mandibles, antennae be-
neath, the sides of the face and sinus of the eyes, a spot above the
elypeus running up into a point as high as the anterior ocellus, and
two minute spots on the margin of the vertex, yellow. Thorax : the
anterior margin of the prothorax, the tegulae, and a large broad ob-
lique spot beneath the wings, two longitudinal lines on the mesothorax,
the scutellum and post-scutellum, the metathorax and legs, yellow ;
the scutellum and metathorax with a longitudinal black line down the
middle ; the wings subhyaline, with a fuscous cloud in the marginal
cell; the tibiae outside, and the tarsi above, slightly fuscous. Abdo-
men : the first segment campanulate, with a yellow spot on each side

- at its apex ; the second segment with two very large spots at its base
occupying nearly half the length of the segment, and nearly uniting
its apical margin as well as those of the three following, with a mar-
ginal fascia, yellow ; the apical segment entirely yellow ; beneath

COLLECTED IF BOKNEO, ETC. 115

yellow, with only the apical margins of the segments narrowly
fuscous.
Hab. Borneo (Sarawak).

Gen. loAEiA, Sausswe.

1 . Icaria opulenta. Smith, Cat. Hym. pt. v. p. 99. $ .

The male of this species has been received from Borneo since I described
the female, from which it only diflfers in having the clypeus and man-
dibles entirely black ; in other respects they agree.

2. Icaria speciosa, Sauss. Rev. Zool. {Gu&in, 1855) p. 374.
Hab. Borneo. Malacca. Sumatra.

3. Icaria ferruginea, Fabr.

Polistes ferruginea, Fabr. Syst. Piez. p. 277-
Hab. Malacca (Mount Ophir). India.

4. Icaria lugubris. /. opaca nigra pube sericea variabili vestita,
alis subhyalinis, apice nigro subnebulosis.

Female. Length 6 lines. Black: covered with a fine changeable white
silky pile ; head opake, delicately roughened ; the clypeus angular in
front and with a broad white margin, smooth and shining anteriorly ;
the mandibles smooth and shining, with a white spot at their base.
Thorax finely rugose ; the sides of the prothorax, the scutellum
and post-scutellum, very obscurely tinged more or less with ferrugi-
nous, sometimes not observable ; the wings subhyaline, with a dark
brown stain at the apex of the externo-medial cell, a similar stain
occupies the marginal cell, and a paler cloud descends from it across
the apex of the wing. Abdomen : the apex of the petiole and the
apical margins of the third and following segments very indistinctly
tinged with ferruginous, generally black ; the third and following seg-
ments densely covered with silky pile.

In my Catalogue of Vespidae, I have indicated this species as being a
black variety of I. speciosa ; I had only one or two examples at that
time for examination ; but having now a series, I am satisfied of their
being distinct : in I. speciosa the first segment of the abdomen is as
broad as long, in the present it is longer than broad.

Hab. Borneo (Sarawak).

6. Icaria modesta. I. nigra, alis fulvo-hyalinis, abdomine ferru-
gineo.

Female. Length 5 lines. Black : the head and thorax roughly punc-
tured ; the face and cheeks with short griseous pubescence ; the cly-
peus angular in front, produced into an acute point. Thorax : the
posterior margin of the prothorax ferruginous in the middle ; the
apical joints of the tarsi ferruginous ; wings fulvo-hyaline, the ner-

116 ME. smith's catalogue of uymenopterous insects

vures (lark ferruginous towards the base of the wings, and pale ferru-
ginous towards their apex. Abdomen dark ferruginous, somewhat
obscure ; the first segment and base of the second bright red ; the
sides and the apex of the abdomen with a fine silky white pile.
Hab. Borneo (Sarawak).

Gen. Vespa, Linn.

1. Vespa cincta, Fabr. Syst. Piez. p. 254.

Hab. Borneo (Sarawak). Malacca (Mount Ophir).

2. Vespa affinis, Fabr. Syst. Piez. p. 254 (var. V. cinctal).
Hab. Malacca.

3. Vespa tyrannica. Smith, Cat. Hym. pt. 5. p. 119.
Hab. Singapore.

4. Vespa (anomala) dorylloides, Sauss. Mon. GuSpes, Soc. p. 112.
Hab. Borneo (Sarawak). Malacca. Singapore.

5. Vespa bellicosa, Sauss. Mon. Guepes, Soc. p. 146.
Hab. Borneo (Sarawak).

6. Vespa annulata. V. nigra, scutello flavo-maculato, post-scutello
metathoraceque flavis, illo in summo nigro, segmentis tenuibus flavo
margin atis.

Worker. Length 10 lines. The clypeus emarginate in front, its lateral
angles acute and slightly produced ; an elongate-quadrate black spot
in the middle not extending to the anterior margin ; the cheeks, man-
dibles, clypeus, a coronet-shaped spot above, the emargination of the
eyes, the scape in front and the flagellum beneath, yellow. Thorax :
a narrow luie on the anterior and posterior margins of the prothorax,
the tegulse and a spot beneath the wings, an ovate spot on each side
of the scutellum, the post-scutellum and metathorax, yellow ; wings
subhyaline, with a narrow fuscous stain at the anterior margin of the
superior pair ; legs yellow, with a fuscous stain on the tibia? and
femora above. Abdomen : two large spots at the base of the first
segment, and a narrow fascia on the apical margins of all the segments,
yellow; the yellow bands abruptly widened laterally; the abdomen
yellow beneath, with the base of the segments blackish.

Hab. Borneo (Sarawak). Malacca.

Earn. TENTHEEDINID^, Leach.

1. Tenthredo coxalis. T. chalybea, clypeo palpis trochanteribus
coxarum apicibus tibiisque postice albis, alis hyalinis.

Female. Length 4 lines. Steel-blue; the antenna; black; the clypeus
and pal})i white. Thorax : a line before and a spot beneath the tegulae,

COLLECTED IN BOHNEO, ETC. 117

the trochanters, apex of the coxae, the knees and the tibiae behind,
white; the wings hyahne and iridescent; the nervures and stigma
dark brown ; two minute white spots on the post-scutellum ; the
extreme apex of the abdomen with a white spot.
Hab. Singapore.

Gen. Tbemex, Jurine.

1. Tremex insularis. T. ater, capite thorace disco viridibus, abdo-
mine et thorace flavo-variegatis, alis subhyahnis, margine antico
fuscis.

Female. Length 8 Hnes. Head brassy-green, strongly punctured ; the
antennae black with the apical joints yellow ; the face thinly covered
with white pubescence. Thorax : the disk and the scutellum with a
green tinge ; the pro- and metathorax above yellow ; the segments
of the abdomen have each a yellow fascia, the first two slightly inter-
rupted, the terminal segment with an oblique yellow stripe on each
side ; the tibiae yellow, the tarsi ferruginous ; the base of the abdomen
yellow beneath ; the wings subhyaline, a dark fuscous stain along the
anterior margin of the superior pair, the apical margins of both wings
fuscous.

Hab. Borneo (Sarawak).

Earn. CTNIPID^, Westw.

I. Cynips insignis. C. flavo-ferruginea, antennis fuscis, alis flavo-
hyalinis apice fuscis.

Female. Length 4-^ lines. Reddish-yellow, smooth and shining, rather
paler beneath ; the flagellum slightly fuscous, with the base and apex
pale ; tips of the mandibles black ; the mesothorax deeply and trans-
versely grooved ; the base of the wings flavo-hyaline ; from the base
of the stigma to the apex dark fuscous ; the insect is thinly covered
with a short pale pubescence ; the ovipositor black ; the sheath and
the claws dark ferruginous.

Hab. Borneo (Sarawak).

Fam. ICHNEUMONID^, Leach.

1 . Ichneumon penetrans. I. niger, capite thoraceque flavo variegatis,
pedibus flavis nigro-maculatis, abdominis annulis flavo-marginatis.

Female. Length 8 lines. Black : the face below the insertion of the
antennae, the labrum, mandibles, palpi, cheek, inner orbits of the eyes,
and the antennae, yellow ; the scape and base and apex of the flagel-
lum black : a black spot above the clypeus, and the apex of the man-
dibles ferruginous. Thorax : the lateral margins of the prothorax, a

118 MR. smith's catalogue of hymenopterous insects

spot on the tegulae, two longitudinal spots on the mesothorax, the
scutellum, post-scutellum, two spots on the metathorax behind and a
line at the sides, two oblique maculae on the sides of the thorax and
the legs, yellow; the anterior and intermediate legs with a fuscous
line outside ; the posterior femora and the apex of the tibiae black ;
wings hyaline. Abdomen : the base of the petiole and its apical mar-
gin yellow ; the base of the first segment and the apical margins of all
the segments with a yellow fascia ; beneath entirely yellow.
Hab. Borneo (Sarawak).

2. Ichneumon comissator. /. niger, antennis medio albis, thorace
pedibusque flavo variegatis, abdominis petioli basi margiuibus basa-
libus segmentorum trium sequentium duobusque segmentis apicali-
bus flavis.

Male. Length 7 lines. Black : antennae white in the middle ; the
head is yellow, except the hinder part of the vertex, and a black stripe
running from the vertex to the insertion of the antennae. The pro-
thorax has the anterior and posterior margins yellow ; the tegulae, two
♦ spots on the disk of the mesothorax, the scutellum and post-scutellum,
and metathorax, yellow ; a black spot on the tegulae, another on the
scutellum, and a black T-shaped mark on the metathorax ; the thorax
with yellow maculae on the sides, and the legs yellow ; the anterior
and intermediate legs with a black line outside, and the posterior fe-
mora and apex of the tibiae black. The petiole of the abdomen yel-
low, with a black macula at its apex ; the first, second and third seg-
ments with a broad, deeply emarginate fascia at their base ; the two
apical segments entirely yellow.

Hab. Borneo (Sarawak).

Gen. Ceyptus, Fabr.

1. Cryptus croceipeb. C. niger, metathorace bispinoso, antennis
medio tarsisque posticis et abdomine apice albis, pedibus flavis.

Female. Length 5 lines, Black : subopake, with the apex of the abdo-
men white above; the middle of the antennae, above, white about
one-third of their length ; the legs yellow ; the posterior tibiae and
claw -joint of the tarsi, and also the anterior tarsi, fuscous ; the pos-
terior tarsi white; the wings hyaline and iridescent, with a faint cloud
at the apex of the first submarginal cell, the stigma and nervures,
black ; the metathorax armed with two short spines which are white
at their tips.

Hab. Borneo (Sarawak).

2. Cryptus elegans. C. niger, antennis medio scutelloque et abdo-
minis apice albis, alis hyalinis macula fusca ad apicem, abdominis
fasciis albis, thorace bispinoso.

COLLECTED IN ■BORKEO, ETC. 119

Female. Length 4^ lines. Black : the scape pale rufo-testaceous, the
apical half of the flagellura and the palpi white ; the apex of the
flagellum, and the outside of the white portion, fuscous. The tegulse,
scutellum, a line on the post-scutellum, and the posterior tarsi, white ;
the legs pale rufo-testaceous ; the metathorax rugose and armed with
two white spines ; the wings hyaline, with a fuscous stain descending
from the stigma to the inferior margin of the discoidal cell. Abdomen :
the basal segment rufo-testaceous at the base and white at its apical
margin ; the second segment black at its base, then rufo-testaceous,
becoming white at its apical margin ; the apex of the abdomen white.

Hab. Borneo (Sarawak).

3. Cryptus lepidus. C. niger, alis hyalinis, tarsis posterioribus
albo-, metathorace transverso-striatis, abdominis apice albo.

Female. Length 6 lines. Black ; shining : antennae white in the middle ;
the wings hyaline, the nervures black ; the anterior and intermediate
legs, and the posterior coxae, reddish-yellow ; the anterior and inter-
mediate tarsi fuscous, the posterior pair white; the three apical
segments white above ; the posterior margins of the second and third
segments with very narrow white fasciae ; the metathorax transversely
striated.

Hab. Borneo (Sarawak).

G-en. PiMPLA, Fabr.

1. Pimpla punctator.

Ichneumon punctator, Linn. Syst. Nat. i. 935. 38.
Pimpla pedator, Fabr. Syst. Piez. p. 114. 6.
Hab. India. Borneo (Sarawak).

Gen. Megapeoctus, BrulU.

1. Megaproctus ruficeps. M. niger, capite ferrugineo, thorace
abdominisque segmento primo et secundo rugosis, alis hyalinis, tarsis
posterioribus albis.

Female. Length 8 lines. Head and scape of the antennae ferruginous,
smooth and shining; the flagellum and tips of the mandibles black.
Thorax opake black, rugose, but not coarsely so; the mesothorax
convex in front, sub-bit uberculate, the tubercles obsoletely ferrugi-
nous ; the wings hyaline, the nervures black ; the base of the tibiae,
the apex of the first and second joints of the anterior tarsi, the third
and fourth entirely, the intermediate pair wanting, and the posterior
pair, white; the claw-joint of the latter black. Abdomen opake
black, broad at the base and slightly widening to the apex ; the first
segment and a large angular shape in the middle of the second with
large close punctures ; on each side of the angular shape it is longi-

120 MB. smith's catalogue of hymenopterous insects

tudinally rugulose ; the apical segments smooth and shining ; the
ovipositor a little longer than the insect.
Hab. Singapore.

Q-en. Rhtssa, Grav.

1. Rhyssa mirAbilis. R. capite thorace pedibus anticis et inter-
mediis sanguineo-rubris, coxis intermediis antice posticisque a tergo,
albis, alis fuscis, abdomine basi nigro sensira ad apicem pallidiore,
apice flavescenti-albo, ovipositore elongato.

Female. Length 13 lines. Head, thorax and anterior legs ferruginous;
the mandibles black ; wings dark fuscous, with a coppery effulgence ;
the intermediate and posterior legs dark rufo-piceous ; the interme-
diate coxae in front and the posterior pair behind, white ; the inter-
mediate tibiae ferruginous in front, the tarsi fuscous ; the apex of the
metathorax above black, smooth and shining. Abdomen smooth and
shining, black at the base, and gradually becoming paler to the apex,
wliich is pale yellowish-white ; the apical segments deeply emarginate
in the middle above ; the ovipositor one-third longer than the body.

Hab. Borneo (Sarawak).

2. Rhyssa maculipennir. R. nigra, flavo dense maculata, alis an-
ticis macula magna fusca ad apicem.

Female. Length 10 lines. Black : the face, inner and outer orbits of
the eyes, and a spot on the scape in front, yellow. Thorax : the pos-
terior margin of the prothorax, the tegulae and two spots beneath the
wings, the scutellum and a minute spot on each side, at its anterior
angles, a spot on the post-scutellum, a trilobate spot on the metathorax,
in the middle, and a large irregular macula at the sides, yellow ; the
legs yellow; the tarsi fuscous; the anterior coxae behind and the
femora and tibiae outside with a rufo-piceous stain, the intermediate
and posterior black and spotted with yellow, the femora black above,
the tibiae fuscous at their base behind ; the wings hyaline, with a faint
yellow tinge, the nervures black, the stigma ferruginous ; a large dark
brown macula on the anterior wings placed at the apex of the stigma.
Abdomen : a longitudinal yellow spot in the middle of the two basal
segments, and an oblique ovate yellow spot at the sides of the three
following segments towards their apipal margins ; the* ovipositor one-
fourth longer than the body.

Hab. Borneo (Sarawak). Singapore.

Gen. MEGiscHrs, Brulle.

1. Megischus insularis. M, niger, capite ferrugineo, thorace
abdominisque segmento primo rugosis, alis subhyalinis, ovipositore
ad apicem albo annulato.

Female. Length 10 lines. Black : the head red, coarsely rugose, having
three or four deep transverse curved grooves above the ocelli, in front

COLLECTED IN BORNEO, ETC. 121

of which is a triangular shallow cavity which has several radiating
carina3 ; the corners of the triangle raised and recurved ; the antennae
and palpi black. Thorax coarsely rugose, having a mixture of trans-
verse sculpturing and large shallow punctures ; wings fusco-hyaline,
with the nervures black, a- slight fuscous cloud in the first discoidal
cell ; the posterior margin of the prothorax narrowly pale testaceous ;
the posterior coxaj transversely rugose-striate ; the posterior femora
incrassate, denticulate beneath. Abdomen : the first segment trans-
versely striated, the following smooth and shining; the ovipositor a
little shorter than the body.

Male. About the same size as the female, similarly coloured and sculp-
tured ; the posterior femora similarly denticulate ; the first segment of
the abdomen more finely striated, the apical margins of the third and
three following segments notched in the middle.

Hah. Sarawak.

Gren. Maceogastee, BrulU.

1. Macrogaster flavo-pictus. M. nigro flavoque varius, alis
anticis macula magna nigro-fusca ad apicem.

Female. Length 15 lines. Head black ; the face, cheeks, mandibles,
and scape in front, yellow. Thorax black, transversely rugose ; the
posterior margin of the prothorax, a small and a large spot beneath
the wings, the legs and breast in front, four spots on the meso-
thorax, a spot on the scutellum and a smaller one at each side, the
tegulae, and the base and sides of the metathorax, yellow ; the wings
hyaline ; the nervures black ; the stigma yellow ; a large dark fuscous
macula at the apex of the marginal cell extending across the second
submarginal cell. Abdomen black and subopake, with the apical
margins of the segments smooth and shining ; each segment with a
yellow fascia before its apical margin, the two basal fasciae widest in
the middle, the four following narrowest in the middle, or the two
last slightly interrupted ; the ovipositor twice the length of the insect.

Hab. Singapore.

This species may possibly be a Rhyssa with the petiolated submarginal
cell obsolete ; the neuration of the wing agrees with that of Brulle's
genus Macrogaster. I am not acquainted with' any other genus to
which it could belong ; the antennae are those of Rhyssa, not appa-
rently of Macrogaster.

Gen. Ophion, JFabr.

1. Ophion iridipennis. 0. rufo-ferrugineus, capite postico flavo,
abdomine fusco basi ferrugineo, metathorace rugoso.

Female. Length 10 lines. Reddish-yellow; the eyes distinctly emar-
ginate ; the face smooth and shining, slightly convex ; the tips of the
mandibles black ; the head yellow behind. Thorax : the mesothorax
smooth and shining, with a central longitudinal fuscous stripe ; the
metathorax coarsely transversely rugose, with a series of short longi-

LTNN. PEOC. — zoology, 9

122 MR. smith's catalogue of htmenopterous insects

tudinal striae at the base; wings hyaline and splendidly iridescent,
the nervures ferruginous, with the costal nervure and stigma much
darker. Abdomen fuscous, with the first, second, and base of the
third segments ferruginous.

Hab. Borneo (Sarawak).

2. Ophion vestigator. O. rufo-testaceus, abdomine apice fusco,
raetathorace subrugoso.

Female. Length 10 lines. Pale rufo - testaceous : eyes deeply emargi-
nate; wings hyaline and iridescent, the nervures fusco-ferruginous ;
the meso- and metathorax rugose ; the four apical segments of the
abdomen fuscous and covered with short cinereous pubescence.

Hab. Malacca.

G-en. Xtlonomits, Grav.

1. Xylonomus fulgidipennis. X. opacus, niger, antennis flavo-
annulatis, alis nigris aureo-fulgentibus, abdomine nigro-chalybeo.

Female. Length 14 lines. Black and opake : antennae annulated with
yellow ; the thorax narrowed anteriorly ; the metathorax large and
wide ; the wings dark brown, with a bright coppery efi'ulgence ; the
tegulse and two spots at the base of the metathorax obscurely blue.
Abdomen blue-black, with bright tints of blue in certain lights.

Hab. Sarawak.

I have assigned this fine insect to the genus Xylonomus, to which it
appears to belong ; the neuration of the wings and the enlarged meta-
thorax connect it with that genus.

Earn. BEACONID-^, Westiv.
Gen. Bracon, Fabr.

1. Bracon aculeator, Fabr. B. ferrugineus, antennis aculeoque
nigris, alis flavescentibus, puncto marginal! nigro.

Ichneumon aculeator, Fabr. Ent. Syst. ii. 159. 105.

Bracon aculeator, Fabr. Syst. Piez. 107. 21.

Hab. Malacca (Mount Ophir). Borneo (Sarawak). Tranquebar.

2. Bracon quadriceps. B. capite thorace pedibus anticis et inter -
mediis coxisque- posticis feiTugineis, pedibus posticis et abdomine
nigris, alis fuscis basi hyalinis.

Female. Length /a- lines. Head, thorax, anterior and intermediate
legs, and the posterior coxae, ferruginous ; the head and thorax smooth
and shining, the former quadrate ; the clypeus deeply emarginate ;
the scape and first joint of the flagellum ferruginous within; the
vvings yellow to the apex of the externo-mcdial cell, beyond which
they are fuscous and mottled with a number of semitransparent spots ;
the base of the stigma reddish-yellow. Abdomen and posterior legs
black ; the first segment of the abdomen at an oblique angle with the
following segments, above, m ith a central and two lateral carinae, out-
side of which it is yellow ; the second and third segments longitudi-

COLLECTED IX BORNEO, ETC. 123

nally rugose-striate ; the following segments smooth and shining ; the

ovipositor ferruginous, the sheaths black and very pubescent.
Hab. Borneo (Sarawak),
This species, which has the posterior tarsi thickened and the abdomen

angulated at the base, I have little doubt belongs to the genus Myo-

soma of Brulle.

3. BRACo>f .suspiciosus. B. capite thorace pedibus anticis et inter-
mediis sanguineo-rubris, alis fuscis, abdomine nlgro.

Female. Length 8 lines, of the ovipositor 9 lines. Black : the head,
scape of the antennae, anterior legs, pro- and mesothorax, ferruginous ;
the head subquadrate, very smooth and shining ; the clypeus emargi-
nate its entire width, the tips of the mandibles black. The thorax
highly polished above ; the wings dark fuscous, with a semi-hyaline
streak crossing the lower angle of the first submarginal cell ; the pos-
terior tibife and tarsi stout. The first segment of the abdomen at right
angles with the following segments ; the second and third segments
longitudinally striated, the following segments smooth and shining.

Hab. Borneo (Sarawak).

This species in all probability belongs to Brulle's genus Myosoma.

4. Bracon iNSiGNis. B. capite thorace pedibus anticis et intermediis
ferrugineis, metathorace supra nigro, abdomine pedibusque postieis
nigris, alis nigro-fuscis, ovipositore corpore quadruple longiore.

Female. Length of the body 11 lines, of the ovipositor 44 lines. Head,
thorax, anterior and intermediate legs fermginous ; the head and
thorax smooth and shining, the antennae black; the metathorax,
posterior legs, and abdomen, black, wings dark fuscous ; beneath the
first submarginal cell is a minute hyaline spot. Abdomen : the basal
segment, and a triangular impressed shajje at the base of the second
in the middle, longitudinally striated ; the second, third, and fourth
segments with a rugose striation, radiating from the middle of each
segment; the apical segments smooth and shining; the ovipositor
ferruginous, the sheaths black and pubescent.

Hab. Borneo (Sarawak).

5. Bracon cephalotes. JB. rufescenti-flavus, antennis et ovipositore
nigris, alis flavo-hyalinis, macula nigra ad stigmatis basin, alteraque
in cellula prima discoidali.

Female. Length 8 lines. Rufo-flavous ; antennae and tips of the man-
dibles black ; anterior margin of the clypeus entire ; head wider than
the thorax, quadrate, smooth, and shining. Thorax very smooth,
shining ; the mesothorax very convex anteriorly, w ith an oblique de-
pression on sach side anteriorly ; the wings flavo-hyaline, with a black
macula at the base of the stigma, and a smaller one at its apex, a third
macula in the first discoidal cell, and an oblong stain beyoml it on
the margin of the wing ; the posterior wings with their apex and
inferior margin fuscous; the posterior tarsi slightly fuscous. Ahdo-

9*

124 MR. smith's catalogue of htmenopterofs insects

men smooth and shining, the basal segment with a deep fovea ante-
riorly, and a convex shape beyond extending to the posterior margin ;
the two following segments with an oblique depression on each side.

Hab. Borneo (Sarawak).

This species resembles the B. aculeata, Fabr., but differs in not having
the thorax narrowed anteriorly, and in having an additional spot on
the wings ; the head is also much larger, and in what I consider to be
B. aculeata, the iwo basal joints of the antennae are pale ferniginous.

6. Bracon perplexus. B. flavus, vertice macula triangulari notato,
antennis tarsisque posticis et ovipositore nigris, alis fuscis, dimidio
basali flavis.

Female. Length 6 lines. Yellow^: the vertex with a large triangular shape,
which extends to the insertion of the antennae, the tips of the mandibles
and the antennae, black ; the head smooth and shining ; the thorax
smooth and shining, with the posterior taxsi dusky ; wings yellow-hya-
line as far as the apex of the externo-medial cell, beyond which they
are of a uniform black, not intense in colour, and with an oblong
hyaline streak in the first submarginal cell and two ovate ones below ;
the stigma yellow at the base. Abdomen : the first segment with a
central longitudinal convex shape in the middle, which, as well as the
two following segments, is longitudinally striated ; the ovipositor black.

Hab, Borneo (Sarawak).

7. Bracon vagatus. J3. eapite tborace pedibusque anticis et inter-
mediis ferrugineis, abdomine maculaque metathoracis nigris, alis fla-
vescentibus.

Female. Length 5 lines. Head, thorax and legs, smooth, shining, fer-
ruginous, the antennae black, a fuscous spot on the vertex. Thorax
smooth and shining ; the metathorax black above, and the posterior
legs black ; the wings flavo -hyaline ; a black spot at each end of the
stigma ; the apex of the posterior wings and th« apical portion of the
inferior mai-gin of the superior pair, slightly fuscous. Abdomen : the
lateral and apical margins of the basal segment, and the apical mar-
gins of the third and following segments, yellow ; the basal segment
with a longitudinal deep lateral channel and a central carina; the
second segment rugose, with the apical margin and three triangular
spaces at the base, smooth, shining, black; the third segment with an
oblique deeply impressed line on each side, the ovipositor black.
Hab. Malacca (Mount Ophir).

8. Bracon inguietus. B. eapite thorace pedibusque anticis et inter-
mediis ferrugineis, abdomine alis maculaque metathoracis nigris.

Female. Length 9 lines. Head, thorax, anterior and intermediate legs,
ferruginous; the face with a triangular flattened projecting appendage
at the base of the clypeus ; the antennae black, the head quadrate,
smooth and shining. Thorax smooth and shining, with a black spot
on the metathorax above ; the wings and posterior legs black. Ab-

COLLECTED IN BORNEO, ETC.. 125

domen finely rugose, the basal segment with two deeply impressed
smooth longitudinal channels, the lateral margins yellow, beneath
yellow ; the ovipositor with its sheaths very pubescent.

Hah. Sarawak.

This species probably belongs to the genus Myosoma of Brulle.

9. Bracon rugifrons. jB. niger, capite thorace pedibusque anticis
et intermediis ferrugineis, alis nigris.

Female. Length 5 lines. Black : head, thorax, anterior and interme-
diate legs ferruginous, the scape ferruginous ; the thorax and the ver-
tex smooth and shining, the face rugose ; the head subquadrate ; the
thorax much narrowed towards the head ; the mesothorax with two
longitudinal smooth elongate impressed lines converging towards the
scutellum ; the wings of a uniform dark fuscous. Abdomen : the
three basal segments longitudinally and irregularly striated ; the basal
segment margined laterally and having a central carina, the second
segment with a central and two converging carinse ; the third segment
with a deep transverse depression, the apical margin smooth and
shining ; the fourth segment irregularly depressed and striated at the
base.

Hah. Borneo (Sarawak).

10. Bracon floralis. B. niger, capite thorace pedibusque anticis
ferrugineis, antennis pedibusque intermediis et posterioribus, alis et
abdomine maeulaque metathoracis nigris.

Female. Length Q\ lines. Head, scape of the antennse, thorax, anterior
and intermediate legs, ferruginous ; the head and thorax very smooth
and shining ; the thorax narrowed anteriorly into a neck ; the meso-
thorax with two elongate converging smooth impressed lines; the
metathorax dark rufo-piceous above, with a bright ferruginous line
down the centre ; the intermediate tibiae and tarsi black y wings dark
brown, with a hyaline spot at the inferior angle of the first submarginal
cell. Abdomen smooth and shining ; the first segment with a deeply
impressed channel on each side, and a central impressed Hne extend-
ing from the base half way towards the apex; the second segment
with a spear-shaped elevation in the middle of its base, and a lateral
deep longitudinal excavation at the sides ; the third segment with an
oblique impressed line at the sides.

Hah. Borneo (Sarawak).

11. Bracon vultuosus. B. capite thorace pedibusque anticis ferru-
gineis, abdomine pedibusque intermediis et posticis, abdomine maeu-
laque metathoracis nigris.

Female. Length 7 lines. Black : head, thorax and anterior legs, the
scape and basal joints of the flagellum in front, ferrugineous ; the
face with a projecting flattened appendage at the base of the clypeus ;
the scape fringed with black hairs on its inner margin. Thorax
smooth and shining ; the metathorax obscure, black in the middle and

126 MR. smith's catalogue of HYMENOPTEllOUS INSECTS

rufo-piceous at the sides, above ; wings fuscous, palest towards their
apex, with the stigma yellow ; the intermediate legs with the knees
ferruginous. Abdomen opake, finely rugose ; the basal segment with
a longitudinal striation, a deeply impressed space at the sides, with
the extreme lateral margins, yellow ; the second segment with a small
arrow-headed raised shape in the middle of its base and an oblique
impressed line on each side ; the two following segments have also
oblique impressed Hues at the sides ; the third and fourth segment*
with their apical margins straight in the middle and abruptly oblique
at the sides.
Hab. Singapore.

12. Bracon foveatus. B. cajnte thorace ])edibusque anticis ferru-
gineis, alis nigris, ovipositoreque elongato pubescentibus.

Female. Length 7 lines. Black: head, thorax, scape in fnmt and the
anterior legs, ferruginous ; the face punctured, the thorax smooth and
shining ; the mesothorax with two converging longitudinal depressions
extending to the scutellum ; the wings dark fuscous ; the intermediate
tibiee at their apex in front obscurely ferruginous. Abdomen : the
four basal segments longitudinally rugose ; the basal segment with
a longitudinal smooth shining depression on each side; the second
segment with two triangular smooth depressions and a longitudinal one
on each side running onwards and terminating in a large fovea ; the
third and fourth segments with a smooth shining fovea on each side,
the fifth and sixth segments smooth and shining ; the ovipositor more
than twice the length of the insect, and very pubescent.

Hab. Singapore.

13. Bracon laboriosus. B.capitethoracequeflavo-variegatis,pedibus
anterioribus et intermediis flavis, abdomine annulis flavo-marginatis.

Female. Length 7 lines. Black : the face, mandibles and cheeks, of a
reddish-yellow ; a black triangular spot in the middle of the face.
Thorax shining, much narrower towards the head ; a line before the
tegulae uniting with a large spot beneath the wings, a transverse
space between the posterior v^ings, the metathorax above, the tegulse
and legs, yellow ; a transverse black patch at the base of the meta-
thorax with a line running backwards from each extremity ; the pos-
terior legs black with the knees yellow ; the wings yellowish-hyaline,
the nervures pale ferruginous, the apex of the wing sHghtly fuscous,
a black spot at the base of the first submarginal cell, the stigma pale
ferruginous. Abdomen : the basal segment yellow, with a shining
black spot in the middle; the apical margins of the four following
segments yellow ; the abdomen yellow beneath, with an elongate black
hue on each side of the segments.

Hah. Borneo (Sarawak).

14. Bracon crassipes. B. eajjite thorace pedibusque anticc ferrugincis,

COLLECTED IN BORNEO, ETC. 127

metatliorace supra nigro-piceo, abdomine pedibusque intermediis et
po3ticis nigris, alls hyalinis basi fuscis.

Female. Length 8 lines. Head smooth and shining ; antennae and tips
of the mandibles black ; clypeus deeply emarginate. Thorax : much
narrowed tow ards the head, smooth and shining ; the wings subhya-
line, the posterior pair fuscous towards the base, the superior pair
yellowish, the nervures pale ferruginous, the costal nervures dark fer-
ruginous, the stigma pale ; the legs thick, particularly the posterior
pair, the intermediate tibiae ferruginous at the base. Abdomen : the
basal segment at right angles with the following segments; the base
of the second segment with an impressed oblique line on each side,
and a central carina, each extending to about the middle of the seg-
ment ; all the segments of an opake black, and margined posteriorly j
the margin of the second segment curved and strongly crenulated,
the abdomen yellow beneath.

Hah. Singapore.

G-en. Agathis, Latr.

1. Agathis flavipennis, Brulle, Hym. iv. p. 484. 3.
Hab. Singapore. India.

Gen. MiCRODUS, EsenhecJc.

1. MiCKODUS APiCALis. WI. capitc thorace pedibusque anticis et inter-
mediis pallide ferrugineis, abdomine pedibusque posticis, mesotho-
race trimaculari et metathorace supra nigris, alis flavescentibus apice
fuscis.

Female. Length b\ lines. Head and thorax pale red; the antennae, a
spot enclosing the ocelli and the eyes, black. Thorax : the meso-
thorax divided into three elevations by two oblique converging deeply
impressed lines, each division with a black stripe in the middle ; wings
yellow, fuscous beyond the apex of the stigma, the fuscous cloud in-
clining inwards and crossing both wings. Abdomen : the three basal
segments longitudinally striated ; their lateral margins and the apical
margin of the basal segment, yellow ; the abdomen yellow beneath.
The ovipositor about the length of the insect.

Hab. Singapore.

Pam. CHALCIDIDiE, Walker.
Gen. Epis TENIA, Westwood.

1. Epistenia imperialis. E. capite thoraceque purpureis rude
punctatis, alis hyalinis, abdomine versicolori, segmentis apicalibus
basi testaceis.

Female. Length 71 lines. Head and thorax of a rich purple, the meta-
thorax with tints of bright green ; the legs black, the apex of the joints
rufo-piceous as well as the apical joints of the tarsi. Abdomen : of

128 MB. smith's catalogue of Hi'MENOPTEHOUS INSECTS

changeable imes, partaking of tints of blue, purple, violet or green,
in different lights ; the three basal segments deeply emarginate above,
with central longitudinal depressions extending to their base ; the ovi-
positor thick and pubescent, tvA'O-thirds of the length of the abdomen.

Hab. Borneo (Sarawak).

This beautiful insect appears to belong to the genus Epistenia, established
by Westvvood in Griffith's ' Animal Kingdom ;' if not so, it is very
closely allied.

Fam. CHEYSIDID^, Leach.
Gen. Hedtchbum, Latr.

1. Hedychrum orientale. H. viridi-cyaneum, capite thoraceque
eonfertissime punctulatis, abdominis segmenti tertii margine apicali
arcuato integerrimo, alis subhyalinis.

Length 2^ lines. The head and thorax very coarsely punctured, the
abdomen more delicately so ; the abdomen of a bright green, with
blue tints in different lights, the flagellum fusco-testaceous, the man-
dibles ferruginous at their apex ; the deep concavity of the face, in
which the scape rests in repose, delicately transversely striate; the tooth
at the lateral angles of the metathorax acute ; the abdomen nigro-
seneous beneath, with a thin, short, glittering pale pubescence, the
apical segment widely emarginate.

Hab. Singapore.

Gen. Chbysis, Linn.

2. Chrysis malachitica. C. crassissime punctata viridi-cyanea,
thorace viridi-aureo, alis fusco-hyalinis, abdominis segmentis apicali-
bus dentibus sex armatis.

Length 4^ lines. Metallic green, splashed with gold on the thorax and
sides of the abdomen ; the flagellum, mandibles, and tarsi black ; the
hinder margin of the vertex tinged with blue. The disk of the thorax
blue ; the tegulse and nervures of the wings with a purple tinge ; the
wings subhyaline and iridescent; the lateral posterior angles of the
metathorax acute ; the post-scutellum produced, the apex truncate.
Abdomen : more finely punctured than the head and thorax, but most
strongly so at the base ; the basal margin with a deep excavation on
each side, the lateral angles somewhat produced and obtuse ; the basal
margin of the second segment blue ; the apical margin of the third
segment armed with six acute teeth.

Hab. Borneo (Sarawak).

3. Chrysis vestigator. C. viridis nitens purpureo variegata,
punctatissima, abdominis segmentis margine basali nigro-aeneis, ano
tridenticulato.

Length 3| lines. Green, with shades and spots of deep blue ; the tarsi,
flagellum and mandibles, black; the head and thorax coarsely and

•,:.ZuvL:V,.i.U.rh.l.

Drawn &m>hecL buF.Smit/v.

COLLECTED IN BORNEO, ETC. 129

deeply punctured, the abdomen more finely so ; one or two of the
basal joints of the flagellum green above; the region of the ocell
blue. Thorax : a transverse blue line in the middle of the prothorax
the mesothorax with an oblong-quadrate blue shape in the middle
the wings subhyaUne vv^ith the nervures brown. The abdomen with a
central longitudinal smooth line ; the middle of the abdomen tinged
with rich blue ; the apex distinctly tridentate.

The valuable collection of Hymenoptera which I have described,
and, by permission of the Society, have had the pleasure of laying
before them, is the property of W. "W. Saunders, Esq., I'ellow of
the Society, and is the most complete collection formed by Mr.
"Wallace. In addition to the interest attached to the description
of new species, I have endeavoured to show the extent of the
known geographical range of those already described. Of the
family Apidce, forty-one species are enumerated, twenty-six of
which are new. It is, however, to the JFormicidcB that the most
valuable additions are made : of the eighty-five species collected,
only seven have been previously described ; ten are added to the
MutilUdce, forty-one to the Fossorial group, and thirteen to the
family Vespidce, This enumeration will serve to give some idea of
the valuable additions to science, resulting from the labours of
Mr. Wallace, in collecting tbe insects of the Eastern Archipelago.

Descbiption of the Plates.

Tab. I.

Fig.

1. Tongue of Pfcnoplecfra chalybea. 1 a, labial palpi; 1 b, paraglossae;

1 c, labium.

2. The maxilla of Ptenoplectra chalybea. 2 a, maxillary palpus.

3. The posterior leg of Ptenoplectra.

4. Calcar or spur on the posterior tibia of Ptenoplectra.

5. Anterior wing of Ptenoplectra.

6. Myrmica longipes, ^ .

7. I'he labial palpi of Polyrhachis.

8. Maxillary palpi of Polyrhachis.

9. Thorax and abdomen of Polyrhachis bihamafa.

10. Labial palpi of Heptacondylus. 11. Maxillary palpi of the same.

12. Wing of the same. 13. Profile of the same. 14. Antennae of

the same.
15. Profile of Physatta. 16. Labial palpi of the same. 1/. Maxillary

palpi of the same. 18. Wing of the same. 19. Antennae of the

130 SCLATEB ON THE GENEEAL DISTBIIJUTION OF AVES.

Fiff.

20. Cerapachys oculatus. 21 . Head of the same. 22. Wing of the same.

23. Antennae of the same. 24. Abdomen of the same.
25. Echinopla melanarcios. 26. Section of the abdomen of the same,

showing the styles, or blunt spines, with hairs on their summits,

which cover the abdomen above. 27. Maxillary palpus of the same.

28. Mandible of the same. 29. Labial palpus of the same.

Tab. II.

1. Myrmosidu paradoxa. 1 a, antennae; 1 b, wing.

2. Crematogaster injlata. 1 b, wing ; 1 c, manble.

3. Cataulacus horridus.

4. Cataulacus insularis. 4 a, anterior wing.

5. Meranoplus cordatus. 6. Meranoplus mucronatus.
7. Meranoplus castaneus. 8. Cataulacus reticulatus.

9. Tongue of Gayella pulchella. 9 a, labial palpi ; 9 b, paraglossae. 10,

Maxilla. 10 a, maxillary palpi.
1 1 . Anterior wing of Gayella pulchella.

On the general Geographical Distribution of the Members of the
Class Ates. By Philip Lutlex Sclatee, Esq., M.A.,

r.L.s.

[Read June 16th, 1857.]

An important problem in Natural History, and one that has
hitherto been too little agitated, is that of ascertaining the most
natural primary divisions of the earth's surface, taking the amount
of similarity or dissimilarity of organized life solely as our guide.
It is a well-known and universally acknowledged fact that we can
choose two portions of the globe of which the respective FaunsB
and riorse shall be so different, that we should not be far wrong
in supposing them to have been the result of distinct creations.
Assuming then that there are, or may be, more areas of creation
than one, the question naturally arises, how many of them are
there, and what are their respective extents and boundaries, or
in other words, what are the most natural primary ontological di-
visions of the earth's surface ?

In the Physical Atlases lately published, which have deservedly
attracted no small share of attention on the part of the public, too
little regard appears to have been paid to the fact that the divi-
sions of the earth's surface usually employed are not always those

Jowrrv.LLfLri: Soo.-Zool: Vol. IE. It. 2 .

DrawTV &Mshed^ hi/ F Smith.

SCLATER ON THE GENEEAL DISTRIBUTION OF AVES. 131

which are most natural when their respective Faunae and Moras
are taken into consideration. The world is mapped out into so
many portions, according to latitude and longitude, and an attempt
is made to give the principal distinguishing characteristics of the
Fauna and Flora of each of these divisions ; but little or no at-
tention is given to the fact that two or more of these geographical
divisions may have much closer relations to each other than to any
third, and, due regard being paid to the general aspect of their
Zoology and Botany, only form one natural province or kingdom
(as it may perhaps be termed), equivalent in value to that third.
Thus in ' Johnston's Physical Atlas,' the earth is separated into
sixteen provinces for Ornithology, solely according to latitude and
longitude, and not after ascertainment of the amount of difference
of ornithic life in the respective divisions. Six of these provinces
are appropriated to America, one to Europe, and six to Asia, Au-
stralia, and the islands ; a very erroneous division, according to my
ideas, as I shall hereafter attempt to show. In Mr. Swainson's
article in Murray's ' Encyclopedia of Greography,' and in Agassiz's
introduction to Nott and Gliddon's ' Types of Mankind,' what I
consider to be a much more philosophical view of this subject is
taken. The latter author, in particular, attempts to show that the
principal divisions of the earth's surface, taking zoology for our
guide, correspond in number and extent with the areas occupied
by what Messrs. Nott and Gliddon consider to be the principal
varieties of mankind. The argument to be deduced from this
theory, if it could be satisfactorily established, would of course be
very adverse to the idea of the original unity of the human race,
which is still strongly supported by many Ethnologists in this
country. But I suppose few philosophical zoologists, who have
paid attention to the general law^s of the distribution of organic
life, would now-a-days deny that, as a general rule, every species
of animal must have been created within and over the geographic
area which it now occupies. Such being the case, if it can be
shown that the areas occupied by the primary varieties of mankind
correspond with the primary zoological provinces of the globe, it
would be an inevitable deduction, that these varieties of Man had
their origin in the different parts of the w orld where they are now
found, and the awkward necessity of supposing the introduction
of the red man into America by Behring's Straits, and of colonizing
Polynesia by stray pairs of Malays floating over the water like
cocoa-nuts, and all similar hypotheses, would be avoided.

But the fact is, we require a far more extended knowledge

132 SCLATER ON THE GENERAL DISTRIBUTION OE AVES.

of zoology and botany than we as yet possess, before it can be
told with certainty what are the primary ontological divisions of
the globe. We want far more correct information concerning the
families, genera, and species of created beings — their exact locali-
ties, and the geographical areas over which they extend — before
very satisfactory conclusions can be arrived at on this point. In
fact, not only families, genera, and species, but even local varieties
must be fully worked out in order to accomplish the perfect solu-
tion of the problem. There is no reason, however, why attempts
should not be made to solve the question, even from our present
imperfect data, and I think the most likely way to make good
progress in this direction, is for each inquirer to take up the
subject with which he is best acquainted, and to work out what
he conceives to be the most natural divisions oi the earth's surface
from that alone. Such being done, we shall see how far the results
correspond, and on combining the whole, may possibly arrive at a
correct solution of the problem — to find the primary ontological
divisions of the earth'' s surface.

With these views, taking only the second group of the Order
Yertebrata, the Class Aves, I shall attempt to point out what I
consider to be the most natural division of the earth's surface into
primary kingdoms or provinces, looking only to the geographical
distribution of the families, genera, and species of this class of
beings.

Birds, being of all the animated creation the class most parti-
cularly adapted for wide and rapid locomotion, would, at first sight,
seem to be by no means a favourable part of Nature's subjects
for the solution of such a problem. But, in fact, we know that
there are many species, genera, and even families of this class, par-
ticularly amongst the JPasseres^ whose distribution is extremely
local. The Nestor productus, confined to the little island called
Philip Island ; the several genera of T'inches peculiar to the archi-
pelago of the Galapagos ; the gorgeous family Paradiseidcd, re-
stricted to the Papuan territory, are familiar examples of this fact.
Again, the migratory birds which traverse large districts of the
earth's surface, how constant are they in returning only where
they have been in former years ! We do not find that the
Nightingale extends its range farther to the west one year than
another, nor that birds looked upon as occasional visitors to this
country, grow more or less frequent. If the contrary be the case,
it may always be accounted for by some external cause, generally
referable to the agency of man, and not to any change in Na-

SCLATER OX THE GEKEEAL DISTRIBUTION OE AVES.

133

ture's unvarying laws of distribution. It is, however, amongst
the Passeres that we tind endemism most normal ; the Accipitres,
Anseres, and, more than all, the Grallcs are ever disposed to be
sporadic, and indeed some species belonging to the latter order may
be denominated truly cosmopolitan.

Taking then the birds of the order Passeres (which I consider
ought properly to include the Scansores or Zygodactyli) as the chief
materials from which to derive our deductions, let us suppose a
species of this group, but of doubtful form and obscure plumage,
to be placed before the Ornithologist, from whom its name is re-
quired. The first thing he looks to is, whether it is from the Old
World or the New ; and this is a point which, as a general rule, a
mere glance at the external appearance of the object is sufficient to
settle. The most obvious geographical division of the birds of this
order certainly corresponds with the usually adopted primary divi-
sion of the earth's surface. In fact, taking Ornithology as our
guide, we may at once pronounce that the Faunae of the Old and
New worlds may, to all appearance, have been the subjects of dif-
ferent acts of creation. There are very many natural families which
are quite peculiar to one or the other of these great divisions of
the earth's surface, more subfamilies, few genera really common
to the two, and very few, if any, species*.

The appended Table will show some of the most noticeable of
the natural families of birds which are confined to the Old and
New worlds respectively.

Familiae Neogeanse,
sive Novi Orbis.

Familiae Palseogeanae,
sive Orbis Veteris.

Todidae. Tyrannidae. Coraciidae. Promeropidae.

Momotidae. Cotingidae. Eurylaemidae. Muscicapidae.

Bucconidae. Rhamphastidae. Meropidae. Musophagidae.

GalbuUdae. Opisthocomidae. Upupidae. Coliidae.

Trochilidae. Cracidae. Bucerotidae. Megapodidae.

Icteridae. Tinamidae. Sturnidae. Pteroclidae.

Caerebidae. Meleagrinae. Paradiseidae. Phasianidae.

Formicariidae. Odontophorinae. Meliphagidae. Perdicinae.
Dendrocolaptidae.

With regard to the genera of Passeres, common to the two
worlds, when we have excepted the truly cosmopolitan forms
Turdus, Hirundo, Ficus, &c., the number will be found very
small ; and it will be observed that these are invariably genera

* There are now acknowledged only 8 species of the order Passeres, in

134 SCLATER ON THE GENERAL DISTRIBUTION OF AYES.

belonging to temperate regions, and such as extend themselves
only through the northern portion of the New World, failing
entirely before we reach Tropical and Southern America, the most
really characteristic region of Neogean Ornithology.

Such is the case in the genera Sitta, Certhia, Regulus, Partis,
Lanius, Perisoreus, Pica, Corvus and Loxia. No member of these
genera (which are common to the temperate portions of both
hemispheres) extends farther south in the New "World than the
Table-land of Mexico. They are all quite foreign to Neotropical
(Tropical American) Ornithology, although in the Old World most
of them reach the tropics.

Having, therefore, made our first territorial division that of the
two worlds, agreeing so far with geographers, we will look at the
great continent and Australia en masse, and see what are its most
natural subdivisions.

Here we find ourselves at once at issue with ordinary geogra-
phers. Europe may be a very good continent of itself, in many
ways, and in some respects worth all the rest of the world put to-
gether, — ^^ Better fifty years of Europe than a cycle of Cathay,'' says
the Poet, — but it is certainly not entitled to rank as one of the
primary zoological regions of the earth's surface, any more than
as one of the physical divisions. Europe and Northern Asia are
in fact quite inseparable. So far as we are acquainted with the
ornithology of Japan — the eastern extremity of the temperate por-
tion of the great continent, we there find no striking difierences
from the European Avi-fauna, but rather repetitions of our best-
known European birds in slightly altered plumage, — representa-
tives in fact of the European types. Temminck, indeed, has stated,
that there are no less than 114 birds found in Japan, identical
with European species. Some of these, however, have been since
ascertained to be apparently distinct, but there can be no ques-
tion as to the general strong resemblance of the Japanese Avi-
fauna to that of Europe. How far south we are to extend the
boundaries of this great temperate region of the Old World can

which no differences have, as yet, been detected in the comparison of specimens
from the Old and Netv worlds, viz.: —

Cotyle riparia. Luiota Hnaria.

Ampelis garrnla. Plectrophanes nivalis.

Junco hyemalis. Plectrophanes lapponica.

Linota borealis. Loxia leucoptera.

The whole of these (with exception of Cotifle rlparln) range to the extreme
north, where the two worlds almost unite.

SOLA.TER OX THE GENERAL DISTEIBUTIOIST OF AVES.

135

hardly be fairly ascertained, until the ornithology of Central Asia
is much better worked out than is at present the case. While
among the birds of the Himalayas we find many striking instances
of the recurrence of European types, there is no doubt that the
ornithology of the Indian Peninsula and the rest of Southern
Asia, below the 30th parallel, is quite different from it.

Africa, north of the Atlas, along the southern shores of the
Mediterranean, again appears to belong to Europe zoologically,
and not to the continent to which it is physically joined. Such
species of birds, foreign to Europe, as are found in Algeria and
Morocco, are not usually connected with true African forms, but
are again slightly modified representatives of Europaeo-Asiatic
species.

Such are the N. African species.
Garrulus cervicalis.
Pica mauritanica.
Fringilla spodiogenia.
Parus ultramarinus.
Picus numidicus.

Representatives of the European .
Garrulus cristatus.
Pica caudata.
Fringilla cselebs.
Parus caeruleus.
Picus major.

On the whole, therefore, I think we may consider Africa, nortli
of the Atlas, Europe and Northern Asia, to form one primary
zoological division of the earth's surface, for which the name
Palaearctic or Northern Palseogean Eegion would be best ap-
plicable.

The great continent of Africa will form a second well-marked
division, after cutting off the slice north of the Atlas, but including
Madagascar (where the African type appears to have reached the
height of its peculiar development) and Western Arabia, to the
Persian Gulf; for in this latter region, so far as our information
goes, the African type seems to predominate over the Indian.
Although there are genera of Fasseres common to Africa and
India, and even a few species, yet there can be no question as to
the generally dissimilar character of the Am-faunce of these two
countries. This second African division may be called the Ethio-
pian or Western Palseotropical Begion.

Another tropical region of the Old World seems to be constituted
by Southern Asia and the islands of the Indian Archipelago. The
Philippines, Borneo, Java, and Sumatra, certainly belong to this
division, but it is of course not yet possible to decide where the
line runs which divides the Indian zoology from the Australian.
New Guinea presents probably only a more exaggerated produc-

136 SCLATER ON THE GENERAL DISTRIBUTION OF AVES.

tion of the Australian type, and I should be mclined for the pre-
sent not to separate New Zealand and the Pacific Islands generally
from the Australian division. We should have, therefore, in the
Old World one temperate region and three tropical ; the eastern
palseotropical or Australian advancing rather farther to the south
than the others, the Indian or middle palseotropical being the most
northern of the three.

In the New World we can simply divide the continent into
northern and southern divisions ; the northern, or Nearctic region,
extending down the centre of the table-land of Mexico, and show-
ing some indication of parallelism to the Palaearctic by the presence
of certain temperate types ; the Neotropical or southern (which
embraces the whole of the rest of this great continent) being
wholly free from any admixture of the sort, and in fact exhibiting,
in my opinion (with the exception possibly of New Guinea), by
far the richest and most peculiar Avi-fawna of the world's surface.

Having thus pointed out what I consider to be the primary
divisions of the earth, — taking ornithology as our guide, I propose
to devote a few lines to each region separately, noticing its appa-
rent limits, its peculiarities, and most characteristic forms, and
attempting to give an approximate estimate of the comparative
abundance of ornithic species within its area.

The subjoined plan will serve to give at one view an illustration
of my ideas as to the arrangement of these primary Avi-fawncd of
the earth's surface. It must, however, be recollected that the
calculations made as to the number of species to a square mile, can
be only looked upon as mere attempts at approximations. Even
in the whole general calculation, the presence of two variable ele-
ments — in the first place the number of square miles (about which
geographers still give the most conflicting statements), and in the
second place, the number of species of birds, concerning which
ornithologists are as yet by no means agreed, greatly increases the
uncertainty of the ratio deducible from them ; and in working out
the ratios in the respective regions, it is of course still more difii-
cult to attain to any great degree of accuracy.

Taking however the whole number of square miles of dry land
at 45,000,000, and the number of species of birds at 7500, which
are both of them moderate estimates, we have on the average a
single species to each 6000 square miles. In the different regions
we shall attempt to show how far this ratio is departed from.

The zoological kingdoms or primary divisions are of course natu-
rally separable into secondary divisions or provinces, but it would

SCLATER O'H THE GENEBAL DTSTRIBUTIOX OF AYES. 137

be extending the limits of this communication too far to attempt
to go into these at the present time.

I. PALiE ARCTIC Eegion {Begio Palcearctica) .

Extent. — Africa north of the Atlas, Europe, Asia Minor, Persia
and Asia generally north of the Himalaya range, upper part of the
Himalaya range?, northern China, Japan and the Aleutian Islands.
Approximate area of 14,000,000 square miles.

Characteristic forms. — Sylvia, Luscinia, Erythacus, Accentor,
Begultis, Fodoces, Fregilus, Garrulus, Emheriza, Coccothraustes,
Tetrao.

It cannot be denied that the ornithology of the Palaearctic or
great temperate region of the Old World is more easily charac-
terized by what it has not than by what it has. There are certainly
few among the groups of birds occurring in this Eegion, which
do not develope themselves to a greater extent elsewhere. For .
we must acknowledge that the most productive seats of animal life,
where all the bizarre and extraordinary forms that the Naturalist
best loves are ^ met with, lie under the suns of the tropics, and
far removed from temperate latitudes. The most prevalent forms
among the Fasseres, of the Palaearctic Eegion, are perhaps the plain
dull-coloured Sylviina, distinguished rather for their melodious
song than by any external beauty of plumage or singularity of form .
Upwards of 35 species of this subfamily occur in the ornithology
of Europe alone ; and when Northern Africa and the whole North
of Asia are taken into calculation, the number would be consi-
derably increased, and this Eegion may be considered the true
focus of the group.

The genus ErytJiacus would be perhaps as good a representative
genus as any as a type of Palaearctic ornithology ; a second
species {Erythacus ahahige) occurring at the eastern extremity of
the Asiatic continent, and there beautifully representing our
common Eobin. True Emheriza is likewise very characteristic of
the temperate portion of the Old World, nearly the whole of the
known species being found in Europe or Northern Asia. Ac-
centor is perhaps more strictly a northern Himalayan form, with
several representatives within the Palaearctic Eegion ; but ^regilus,
Fodoces, Garrulus, Tetrao, and numerous species of Anatidce are
likewise eminently noticeable as among the most typical forms of
Palaearctic ornithology.

LINN. PBGC. — ZOOLOGY. 10

138 SCLATER ON THE GENERAL DISTEIBTJTION OF AVES.

The most recent summary of the Birds of Europe gives-

1 . Accipitres 67~^

2. Passeres 238

3. Scansores 12

4. Columbae 7

5. GaUins 22 (

6. Struthiones ....

7. Grails 101

8. Anseres 144-^

)^581 species.

It is very difficult to say what additions should be made to this
in order to give the approximate number of the birds of the whole
Palsearctic Region ; but a moderate calculation does not show more
than 650 species truly belonging to this fauna : for it must be re-
collected that the number 581 contains many birds of rare occur-
rence in Europe, and which must be correctly reckoned as belong-
ing to other divisions. As we have in the Palsearctic Eegion the
enormous land area of probably upwards of 14,000,000 square
miles, this will give us a species for each 21,000 square miles,
speaking in round numbers ; and it consequently follows (as might
have been expected), that the Palsearctic is by far the least prolific
region of ornithic life on the globe. According to my ideas, there-
fore, the statement in Johnston's ' Physical Atlas,' that " Europe
possesses more species them <my other zoological provmce,^ is exactly
contrary to the fact.

II. Ethiopian or "Western Paljeoteopical Eegion
(JRegio JEthiopica).

Extent. — Africa, south of the Atlas range, Madagascar, Bourbon,
Mauritius, Socotra and probably Arabia up to the Persian Gulf,
south of 30° N. 1. ; an approximate area of 12,000,000 square miles.

Characteristic forms. — Gypogeranus, Selotarsus, I^olyhoroides,
Gypohierax, Melierax, Macrodipteryx, Irrisor, Fregilupus, Bucor-
vus, Apaloderma, Farisoma, Macronyx, Lioptilus, Sericolius, Ma-
laconotus, Laniarius, Ghaunonotus^ Prionops, Sigmodus, Fhyllas-
trephus, Lanioturdus, Vidua, Juida, Buphaga, Verreauxia, Zcemo-
don, Indicator, Musophaga, Colius, Pyocephalus, Numida, Phasidus,
Struthio, Balceniceps, Scopus.

(Madagascar). Euryceros, Falculia, Oriolia, Philipitta, Bra-
chypteracias, Atelornis, Bernieria, Hartlauhius, Artamia, Vanga,
Coua, Leptosomus, Vigorsia, Mesites, Biensis.

The characteristic forms of African Ornithology are very nume-

SCLATER ON THE GENERAL DISTRIBTJTION OE AVES. 139

rous. Several groups of birds^ which eeem clearly entitled to rank
as distinct families, or at least as subfamilies, are wholly peculiar
to this region, such as the Coliidce, Musophagidce, and Buphagincd.
There are also very many genera, of which the species aj'e all con-
fined to this continent ; the principal of which I have enumerated
in my List of Typical forms. The island of Madagascar, however,
is the locality where the African type seems pushed to its utmost
degree of development. There are many genera quite peculiar to
this island, or which have a single representative or so upon the
adjacent coast of the continent. Such are Oriolia, Atelornis, Bra-
cJiypteracias, Vang a, and others which I have mentioned above, not
to mention the extinct gigantic uEpyornis. Bourbon, Mauritius
and the other Mascarene islands all belong to Africa zoologically,
and have only recently lost the now extinct birds of the genera
Didus, Fezophwps and their allies, which were, so far as we know,
types quite peculiar to this locality.

Dr. Gr. Hartlaub's lately published System der Ornithologie
West' Africa' s gives as inhabitants of that part of the continent, —

Accipitres 56 -\

Passeres 450

Scansores 69

Columbae 17

GaUin^ 19

Struthiones 1

Grail* 99

Anseres 42-

|>753.

In the preface to Dr. Hartlaub's work will be found a resume
of all the most important facts known concerning African Orni-
thology.

For North-eastern Africa we have a List lately published by
Dr. Heuglin, who mentions —

1. Accipitres 95-\

2. Passeres 372

3. Scansores 38

4. Columbae 14

6. Galling 24

6. Struthiones .... 1

7. Grallaj 130

8. Anseres , 80^

A correct catalogue of the Birds of S. Africa would probably be
not less numerous in species.

10*

yj5A species.

140 SCLATER ON THE GENERAL DISTRIBUTION OP AVES.

On the whole, therefore, I think we cannot allow for the "Western
Palaeotropic region less than 1250 species, which, with an area of
12,000,000 square miles, gives one species to each 9600 square
miles nearly.

III. Indian or Middle Pal^otropical Eegion
{Begio Indica).

Extent. — India and Asia generally south of Himalayas, Ceylon,
Burmah, Malacca and Southern China, Philippines, Borneo, Java,
Sumatra and adjacent islands ; an area of perhaps 4,000,000 square
miles.

Characteristic forms. — Sarpactes, Colocalia, Calyptomena^ Eu-
rylamus, IBuceros, Oarrulax, lAotTirix, Malacocercus, Pitta, Tima-
lia, Pycnonotus, PJiyllornis, Pericrocotus, Analcipus, AcridotJieres,
Grracula, Sasia, Meyalcema, PJioenicophaus, Dasyloplius, Palceornis,
Pavo, Ceriornis, Polyplectron, Argus, Euplocamus, PoUuIus,
Casuarius.

Mr. Swainson, in his article in H. Murray's * Encyclopedia of
Geography,' considers the mainland of Southern Asia and the
larger Indian islands as belonging to two different zoological
regions. But it is now generally acknowledged that this is not
the case. There are so many generic forms which commence in
Southern Asia and extend over the greater part of the Indian Ar-
chipelago, that it is not possible to look upon these countries as
belonging to different regions, though they doubtless form distinct
subkingdoms or provinces, in each of which will be found corre-
sponding representative species. How far in an eastern direction
we are to extend the boundaries of the Middle Palseotropical
Eegion is-a difficult question, which can hardly be answered until we
know more of the Natural History of these great islands ; but
there is no doubt that Borneo, Sumatra and Java belong to this
zoology, but probably not Celebes.

The most characteristic forms of the Indian region are without
doubt the PJiasianidce, the whole of which magnificent group of
birds may be said to be confined to this region, — one or two species
only straying into the confines of Palsearctic zoology, and a single
genus, Meleagris, representing them in America, and the few birds
of the genera Numida, Agelastus and Phasidus in Africa.

If the number of species duly attributable to the Middle Palaeo-

SCLATER ON THE GENERAL DISTRIBUTION OF AVES. 141

tropical Eegion, be reckoned at about 1500, and its geographical
area at nearly 4,000,000 square miles, we have a species to each
2600 miles nearly, which indicates a degree of intensity of species
only surpassed by Tropical America.

IV. Australian or Western Pal^otropical "Region
{He^io Australiana) .

Esctent. — Papua and adjacent islands, Australia, Tasmania and
Pacific Islands ; an area of perhaps 3,000,000 square miles.

Characteristic forms. —

1. (Australia.) JEgotheles, Falcunculus, CoUuricincla, Grallina,
Gymnorhina, Strejpera, Cinclosoma, Menura, PsopTiodes, Malurus,
Sericornis, Epthianura, Pardalotus, CJilamydera, IPtilonorliynchus,
Struthidea, Licmetis, CalyptorhyncTius, Platycercv^, JEupJiema, Ca-
lopsitta, CUmacteris, Scythrops, Myzantha, Talegalla, Leipoa, Pedio-

. nomus, Dromaitts, Cladorhynchiis, Trihonyx, CereopsiSy Ansera/nas,
Biziura.

2. (Papua.) Sericulus, Melanop^rrhus, Ptiladela, Edoliosoma,
Peltops, Bectes, Manucodia, Gymnocorvus, Astrapia, Paradisea,
EpimacJitis, Nasiterna, Charmosyna, Cyclopsitta, Goti/ra, Sfc.

3. (New Zealand.) Neomorpha, Prosthemadera, Anthornis, Acan-
tkisittdf Mohoa, Certkiparus, Turtiayra, Aplonis, Creadion, Nestor ^
StrigopSy Apteryx, Ocydromus.

4. (Pacific Islands.) Moho, Hemignathtts, Drepanis, Pomarea,
Metalolus, Sturnoides, Leptornis, Tatare, Loxops^ CoriphiluSj Pti-
lonopus.

New G-uinea is in some respects so peculiar in its Ornithology,
as far as we are acquainted with it, that it would at first sight
appear as if it ought to form a zoological region of itself. But
there are certainly many genera common to it and Australia (for
example, Podargus, Tanysiptera, Alcyone, Mimeta, Ptilorhis, Crac-
ticus, Manucodia, &c.) ; and for the present I am inclined to retain
it as part of the Australian region. Both New Zealand and the
Pacific islands have also some claims to stand alone as separate
regions, their forms of ornithic life being in many cases extremely
peculiar and local. If they can be attached anywhere, however
it is to Australia ; and I have included them temporarily in the
same region. Mr. Gould's 'Birds of Australia' has made us

142 SCLATEB ON THE GENERAL DISTRIBUTION OP ATES.

well acquainted with the ornithology of that continent ; but there
still remains New Gluinea and the multitudinous adjacent islands,
which doubtless contain numbers of species as yet unknown to
science. Mr. Gould, in his ' Birds of Australia,' enumerates —

1. Accipitres 36>

2. Passeres 311 '

3. Scansores 36

4. Columbffi .... 23

5. GalUn^ 16

6. Struthiones , . . . 1

7. Grallse 78

8. Anseres 99.

1^600.

in all 600 species.

The most characteristic forms of this region are perhaps the
Faradiseidcd and U^imachidcs (both peculiar to it) ; the Meliplia-
gidcB, one or two genera only of which are found externally, and
of which between 60 and 70 species occur in Australia alone ; the .
genera Calyj^torhynchus, Microglossa, Trichoglossus, Platycercus,
Nestor^ Strigops, and many other forms amongst the Fsittaddce,
besides a vast number of others.

Taking 3,000,000 of square miles as the amount of dry land in
this region, and allowing 1000 species as peculiar to it, we have
one species to every 3000 square miles, shomng us that this is
little inferior to the middle Palseotropical Kegion in intensity of
species.

V. Ne ARCTIC or North- Amebic AN Eegion {Regio Nearcticd).

'Extent. — Greenland and North America down to centre of
Mexico — area of perhaps 6,500,000 square miles.

Characteristic forms. — Trochilus^ Sialia, Toxostoma, Icteria,
Vireo, Mniotiltince, Chamcea, Certhia, Sitta, Neocorys, Calamospisa^
Zonotrichia, FicicorvuSf Gymnocitta, Meleagris.

As is the case in the Old "World, most of the genera belonging
to the northern part of the New World are better represented in
its tropical than in its temperate portions. Northern America,
however, produces Sylvicolce and ZonotricMce in much greater
abundance than southern America, and these genera (which are
analogous to the Sylviince and Emherizce of the Old World) are
perhaps its most ordinary characteristic forms, I have already

SOLATEE ON THE GENEEAL DISTRIBUTION OF AVES. 143

mentioned the chief genera common to the northern portions of
both hemispheres. These are also characteristic of Near die in
contrast to Neotropical zoology, as none of them extend into
Southern America. The ornithology of the U. S. of America
(which now embrace a very large proportion of the Nearctic
region) contains upwards of 620 species.

Calculating the area of the Nearctic Begion at six millions and
a half of square miles, and the species peculiar to it at 660, we
have about 9000 miles for each species, making this region, as
might have been supposed, the least productive of ornithic life,
after the Palaearctic.

VI. Neoteopical or South- American Region {Begio Neo-
tropicd).

Extent. — West India Islands, Southern Mexico, Central Ame-
rica and whole of S. America, Galapagos Islands, Falkland Islands.
Estimated area of aT)out 5,500,000 square miles.

Characteristic forms. — 1. ("Continental.^ SarcorTiamphus, Ihycter,
Milvago, Thrasaetus, Cymindis, Herpetotheres, Steatornis, Nycti-
hius, Hydropsalis, Meothreptus, Trogon, Bucco, Monasa, Galhula^
Furnarius, Synallaxis, Anabates, OxyrhampTius, Dendrocolaptes,
FteroptocTioSj BhampTiocoenus, Gampylorhynchiis, HylopJiilus, Les-
sonia, Agriornis, Formicarius, Formicivora^ Grallaria, Tcenioptera,
Tityra, ConopopTiaga, Fipra, Bupicola, Fhoenicercus, Cotinga^
Gymnoderus, Gephalopterus, Vireolanius, Cyclorhis, Tha/mnophiluSf
Tanagra, Galliste, Saltator, Fuphonia, Catamhlyrhynchus, Fhyto-
to7na, Opisthocomus, Famphastos, Ficumnus, Geleus, GrotopJiaga,
Cultrides, Fenelope, Oreophasis, Crax, Thinocorus, Tinamus^
FsopJiia, Cariama, Furypyga, Farra, Falamedea, CJiauna^ Aramus,
Merganetta, Heliornis.

2. (Antilles.) Todus, Friotelus, Oinclocerthia, Fulus, Loxigilla,
Fhoenicophiltis, Spindalis, Glossiptila, Teretristis, Saurothera.

3. (Galapagos.) Certhidea, Cactornis, CamarJiynchus, Geospiza.

There can be no question, I think, that South America is the
most peculiar of all the primary regions in the globe as to its
ornithology. There are at least eight or nine distinct families of
birds which are quite confined to this country, many of these em-
bracing a multitude of diiferent genera and species. The Trochi-
lidce (which are the distinguishing family of the new world par
cmphase) are now known to be more than 320 in number, and

144 SCLATER ON THE GENERAL DISTRIBUTION OF AVES.'

nearly the whole of them belong to tropical America, a few species
only ranging into the northern portions of that continent. It is
of course quite impossible to ascertain exactly the boundary be-
tween the northern and southern zoological regions of the New
"World ; but many of the peculiar forms of the southern division
appear to extend some way up the coast-line of Southern Mexico,
even north of the isthmus of Tehuantepec ; whilst northern forms
range down the table-land quite into the Southern States of the
Mexican Union. Thus we find one or two representatives of all
the most characteristic South American groups occurring to the
north of Panama, — Galbula melcmogenia representing the Galhu-
lidcB ; JPipra mentalis and Manacus Candcei, the PiprincB ; Calliste
larvata, the genus Calliste ; Cotinga amabilis, the Cotinga, and so on.

The Antilles seem to be a kind of debateable ground between
the two regions, but are more properly referable, I suppose, or at
least the greater portion of them, to the southern region. They
furnish us, however, with several peculiar genera which do not
occur elsewhere.

The Neotropical Eegion is without doubt, I think, rich in number
of species beyond any other. A calculation which I made some
short time ago of species occurring southwards of Panama gave
me —

1 . Accipitres 95->^

2. Passeres 1360

3. Scansores 230

4. Columbffi 25

5. GaUinffi 80

6. Struthiones 2

7. Grallse 128

8. Anseres 80

V2000 species j

J

and I am decidedly of opinion that, what with taking recent addi-
tions into consideration and adding on Central America, we can-
not estimate the number of birds belonging to this region at less
than 2250. Taking the approximate area at 5| millions of square
miles, this will give a species to each 2400 square miles. It fol-
lows, therefore, that this region is more richly endowed with
ornithic species than any other portion of the globe.

SCLATEE ON THE GENEBAL DISTEIBUTION OE AVES.

145

ee « «

2 o <u

g M .TS

trails

opica
aare m
ecies,

•^

Miir

Is

•E2|S

''

Re

Sive
3,00

l-H O

.

tica

Dreali
miles

S "» 1 .1

o

^1 ill-

o

f^ ss =

(M

o aj o »«

1

■|2s"

" .S: -^

Vi '-

.2 «-

'^ <0

« r3

g^ a ^.

II.
Indi

ropica
square
specie

-1

I

Regio

Palaeot

00,000

1,500

II

« o

(/3

o o

(N O

o o
«o o

4^0

o o
o eo

d

"C s '

.2|1 .

&a 2 s

II.

ropica
squa
} spec

cT

Regio

e Palaeot

2,000,00

1,25

II

> >— t

CO

So - ~ E t t

tica

rican
mile

C3 4> <U M

V.

Near

ali-Am
squar
specie

o

■Uii

II

^s%

m to

*

ce

c

CQ o

fT.

'^1

S ^

^<.

S 1

o

^ g^

o

o 'S

OJ

5) «

o "^

1 >

in

a»

1

146 COUCH ON PHYLLOSOMA COMMUNE

Note OH the Occurrence of FJiyllosoma commune on the Coast of
Cornwall. By Jonathan Couch, E.L.S. &c.
[Read November 5, 1857.]
I HAVE the pleasure of communicating to the Linnean Society a
notice of the occurrence of the FJiyllosoma commune on the coast
of Cornwall ; and although, from an announcement in the Iteport
of the Eoyal Cornwall Polytechnic Society for the year 1851, it
appears that it has been taken once before in our waters, yet as
no further remark is made concerning it by W. Cocks, Esq., who
had noticed it, and no description or figure is to be found in our
President's ' History of British Stalkeyed Crustacea,' it is hoped
that a representation of this creature, drawn from a British spe-
cimen, with such observations as I was able to make from an
example newly taken, will be acceptable to the Society.

The specimen was captured near Polperro, in a pilchard drift-net,
four leagues from land, at a depth of about three fathoms from the
surface, on the 1st August, 1857. It attracted the particular notice
of the fisherman from the sparkling brilliancy of its eyes, while
the rest of its body was almost as transparent as glass. "When
brought on shore a few hours afterwards, it was able to exert some
moderate degree of activity. It came into my possession about
twenty-four hours after its death, and its immersion in a bottle of
glycerine, the best fiuid I am acquainted with for ensuring the
preservation of many small subjects of natural history, which it
effects without changing anything of their colour, and but little
of their transparency.

This example is a little less than an inch in length, and of the
form and proportions represented in the figure which accompanies
this paper ; but the sketch I have made -is enlarged, that I might
more readily represent the disposition of the parts. The body is
very thin, or depressed; the border of the carapace egg-shaped,
being broadest a little behind the middle of the length. The head
is represented as distinct from the carapace (thorax, M. E.) ; but
the separation is scarcely discernible. The eyes on long and
slender footstalks, which are inserted together at one point, are
erected divergingly : the upper part of the eyestalk is enlarged,
and the eye itself formed of two unequal portions,- the anterior of
which is the larger. The principal [external] antennsB wide apart,
projecting beyond the eyes, with 3 joints, the lowest furnished
vrith a fine spine. The internal antenna? [antennules] appearing
between the footstalks of the eyes and the external antennse, and

ON THE COAST OF COENWALL.

147

shorter than both ; divided near the tip, and the (slightly) longer
branch having a scarcely perceptible brush. Both pairs of an-
tennae are directed straight forward ; but when alive, it is probable
that, together with the eyes, they possess extensive motion.

The second or posterior carapace, called by Dr. Milne Edwards
the thorax, is less than the former, but equally thin and transpa-
rent, and near its border carries the coxso, or insertion of the
proper legs. Posteriorly it has attached to it the abdomen, ter-
minating in two long, bifid processes. I count 4 rings on the
abdominal portion, and there are probably 5 ; under these are 4
oval plates, perhaps in pairs. Lateral plates of the tail, oval ; the
central less distinct and not quite so long: legs long, slender,
four pair, bifurcate at the second joint ; the posterior bifurcation
scarcely longer than the second phalanx ; the first and last pair
having this part rather longer than the two intermediate ones.
AU of them (the principal branches and bifurcations) simple,
pointed, clothed with hairs toward the end.

CO-

Antennae,

Under.

Side.

Fhyllosoma commune, taken near Polperro, August 1, 1857, in a pilchard drift-
net, four leagues from land and three fathoms fi-om the sm-face.

The eyes are the only parts that can be said to possess colour,

148 COUCH ON PHYLLOSOMA COMMUNE OF CORNWALL.

the globe of the eye and a small part of the stalk supporting it
being of a rich brown ; but those who saw the animal alive informed
me, that on the sides of the carapace were patches of the colour of
silver, which, however, had vanished when it came to my hands.

At first nothing could be discerned of its interior organization,
beyond some slight lines, which appeared to be nerves or blood-
vessels, and which proceeded from the upper border of the thorax
to the antennae or eyes. But as the glycerine penetrated into its
substance, the structure became visible without being obscure.
Proceeding from the narrow longitudinal line, the whole breadth
of the carapace presented an organization which I could not doubt
was branchial. The organ on either side appeared to arise with
11 roots : the shortest, which were in front, were simple ; but the
greater number were bifurcate, and some had no less than four
divisions, 22 in all. The four pairs of legs are inserted into the
border of the thorax, and at the place of insertion the margin
appears to possess a little angularity, and lines of greater density
are seen passing off from the coxae towards a place of meeting in
the middle. Those I suppose to be muscles.

[Memoeandum.]

The species of Fhyllosoma represented in the figure accom-
panying Mr. Couch's paper, appears to differ in one respect from
the form described by M. Edwards under that name, in which the
cephalic tergal plate is stated to be less than the thoracic. The
diversity, however, may be due to difference of age or sex ; and it
is to be remarked, that Mr. Couch's figure corresponds very closely
in this and other respects with that of Phyllosoma coonmtme
(Leach) given in Tuckey's * Voyage to the Eiver Zaire,' p. 417,
PI. 18. fig. 6.

The very recent researches of Dr. Gegenbaur (Siebold and Kol-
liker's Zeitsch. f. "Wiss. Zoolog. Band v. p. 352 ; and Miiller's
Archiv, 1858, p. 43) have thrown much light upon the internal
organization of JPhyllosoma. Yvovn these it would appear to be
placed beyond doubt, that the organs supposed by Mr. Couch to
be internal hrancJiice, are in reality, as suggested by M. M. Edwards
(Hist. Nat. des Crustacees, t. ii. p. 475), the liver, and that the
respiratory function is performed chiefly by the expanded external
surface of the body, although special organs analogous to branchiae
exist in the form of feathered appendages to the feet.

Eor the detailed information concerning the nervous, circulatory
and alimentary systems in Vhyllosoma^ reference should be made

SCLATEE ON THE ZOOLOGY OP NEW GTJINEA. 149

to the latter of the two papers cited above. And it need here
only, be remarked that in the condition of the circulatory system,
this remarkable genus would appear to differ widely from the
Stomapod type and very closely to resemble the Decapoda. —

[a. B.]

On the Zoology of "N'ew Gruinea.
By Philip Lutlet Sclatee, M.A., P.L.S. &c.

[Received December 3, 1857. Read December 17, 1857.]

In pointing out what appear to me to be the principal zoological
divisions of the earth's surface (as I attempted to do in the course
of the observations on the general geographical distribution of
birds which I made before the Linnean Society last summer), it
was not without some hesitation that I placed New Gruinea in the
same region as Australia. Since that time I have paid some atten-
tion to what is known of the zoology of this interesting country,
and have had an opportunity of revisiting the museums of Paris
and Leyden, where the best series of its animals are to be found.
From what I have thus observed, and from the writings of the
Dutch naturalists on the subject, I am now quite persuaded that,
while Borneo, Java and Sumatra are inseparably allied to the South-
Asiatic fauna, Amboyna, Timor, Gilolo, New Guinea and probably
Celebes, with some of the other Eastern islands, are properly ap-
pertinent to the same primary zoological region as Australia. The
straits of Macassar are perhaps the determining line separating
these two regions, the island of Lombok (which lies due south of
them) being (as Mr. Wallace's investigations have shown) in some
respects debateable ground between them.

With the view of supplying materials towards a more perfect
understanding of the distribution of organized life in these coun-
tries, I have drawn up the following summary of the mammalia
and birds of New. Guinea, as far as the scattered and scanty
notices on this subject met with among the writings of different
travellers and naturalists have enabled me to do so.

The first explorer of New Guinea who has left us any record of
his scientific proceedings is Sonnerat, who during his celebrated
voyage in the year 1771 collected a considerable number of plants
and birds, principally on the island of Jobie in the Bay of Geelvink,
of which he afterwards gave an account in his ' Voyage a la Nou-
velle Guinee,' published in Paris in 1776. Some of the species

150 SCLATER ON THE ZOOLOGY OF NEW GUINEA.

figured by Sonnerat were provided with scientific names by Sco-
poli in the second part of his ' Deliciae Faunae et Morse Insubricae'
(fol. Ticini, 1786) ; and these authors are therefore our earliest
authorities on Papuan ornithology.

In 1818 MM. Quoy and Graimard, in the French discovery-ship
' Uranie,' visited Guebe, Waigiou and Eawak, and in the " Zoo-
logy " of their voyage described three or four species of birds from
these islands, but do not appear to have brought anything from
the main coast of New Gruinea.

The next era in the scientific exploration of this country is one
of considerable importance. From the 26th of July to the 9th of
August, 1824, the French discovery-ship ' Coquille,' remained at
anchor in a harbour in the north-eastern part of the Bay of Geel-
vink, named by the French " Havre-Dorey." The well-known
naturalist Lesson was attached to this expedition, as also M.
Garnot. During their twelve days' stay they procured, amongst
other objects of natural history, about fifty species of birds, the
greater part of which were quite new to science and were after-
wards described by them in their joint work upon the zoology of
the expedition. M. Lesson's other works, his ' Traite ' and ' Manuel
d'Omithologie,' and * Histoire des Paradisiers,' &c., likewise
contain many interesting notices arising from observations made
during his sojourn on this spot.

Three years afterwards, in 1827, a second French discovery-
ship, the Astrolabe, under the command of Dumont d'TJrville,
passed another twelve days in the same place. MM. Quoy and
Gaimard, who were again the naturalists of this expedition, ob-
tained, on this occasion, twelve additional novelties in ornithology,
which they afterwards described and figured in the ' Zoology of
the Voyage of the Astrolabe.'

The next event to be recorded in the scientific history of Papua
sprang from the energy of a diff*erent people. A few months
after this, in the beginning of 1828, the Government of Holland
sent the corvette 'Triton ' and schooner 'Iris ' from Batavia to found
a settlement on the west coast of New Guinea. The expedition
had on board a royal commissioner and several members of the
scientific commission which was then engaged in the exploration of
the Dutch possessions in the East Indies. They first explored the
Dourga Strait on the southern coast, and thence returning north-
wards, discovered in the district called Lobo, what they de-
scribed as a deep and spacious bay shut in by elevated land, and
of a picturesque aspect. There they commenced their establish-

SCLA.TER ON" THE ZOOLOGY OF NEW GUINEA. 151

ment with the construction of a fort, and took formal possession
on the 24!th of August, 1828, of the whole coast in the name of
the King of the Netherlands, with the usual solemnities. The
bay was christened "Triton's Bay," and the strait leading to it,
" Iris Strait," to commemorate the names of the two vessels.
After several years' occupation, this settlement was eventually
abandoned on account of the excessive unhealthiness of the lo-
cality ; but MM. Miiller and Macklot, the two scientific commis-
sioners, were by no means idle during their stay there on the first
foundation of the settlement, and it is to their industry that the
Leyden Museum is indebted for the finest series of specimens of
natural history from this wonderful country which is in existence.
It is much to be regretted that no full account has ever been
given to the public of these discoveries. In the magnificent work
entitled, ' Verhandelingen over de Natuurlijke Geschiedenis der
Nederlansche overzeesche bezittingen,' in which the results of the
labours of the scientific commission are reported, it is stated that
119 species of birds were obtained in New G-uinea ; but no com-
plete catalogue is given of them. In fact, in the zoology of this
work only monographs of one or two of the more noticeable
genera of birds are contained ; others are shortly characterized in
the foot-notes attached to the volume which treats of the Ethno-
graphy, and is entitled *Land en Yolkenkiinde,' whilst a large
remainder have as yet only received MS. names in the Leyden
Museum, under which many of them are inserted in Prince Bona-
parte's 'Conspectus,' often even without any attempt at descrip-
tive characters.

The recently published volume on the zoology of the ' Voyage
au Pole Sud ' (the plates of which were issued several years since),
contains several novelties in Papuan ornithology, which were met
with during the passage of the exploring vessels Astrolabe and
Zelee along the southern and western coasts of New Gruinea ; and
some scattered notices on the same subject also occur in the
reports of one or two of the English expeditions.

Erom all these sources we are acquainted with about 170 species
of birds inhabii;ing New Guinea ; a number which, when we consider
the large extent of its surface and the very small portion of it which
has been scientifically explored, consisting only of two small isolated
spots at its western extremity and parts of its southern coasts, we
may calculate to represent perhaps not more than one-third of the
species it really possesses. Of these species about 109 appear to be
peculiar to New Guinea, that is, they have not hitherto been found

152 SCLATEB ON THE ZOOLOGY OF NEW GUINEA.

elsewhere ; 14 are common to New Guinea and Australia ; 35 occur
in other of the Eastern islands besides New G-uinea, and the re-
mainder are birds of wide distribution. The true tendency of this
ornithology is perhaps better manifested by the presence of certain
genera, such as Ptilotis, Entomophila, TropidorhyncJius, Mimeta,
Craeticus, PtilonorhyncJiv^, and Geopelia, which are highly cha-
racteristic of the fauna of Australia ; and by the occurrence in
Northern Australia of members of the Papuan genera Tanysu
ptera, Mcmucodia, PtilorJiis and Microglossa, On the other hand,
the presence of species of Buceros, Arachnotliera, Eupetes and
Corvus, and of Feltops (a genus of Eurylamidce) in New Gruinea,
types which do not extend into Australia, serve to remind us that
New Gruinea is somewhat intermediate in the character of its
fauna, as in its geographical position, between the Indian and
Australian regions. Upwards of 20 generic forms appear, as far
as we know, to be quite restricted to Papua and its adjacent
islets, namely, Melidora, Xanthomelus, MelanopyrrJius, Ptiladela,
Edoliisoma, Feltops, Bectes, Gymnocorvus, Paradisea, Diphyllodes,
Cicinnurtis, Lophorina, Parotia, Seleucides,Bpimachus, Paradigalla,
Astrapia, Charmosyna, Nasiterna and Entry gon ; but the propriety
of the generic isolation of some of these types may be questioned
by some naturalists. One very peculiar family, the Paradiseidco,
is quite confined to New Guinea and its adjacent islets. I have
been particular in ascertaining what species of these remarkable
birds have been really met with alive in the localities visited by
naturalists. M. Lesson, it appears, procured P. rubra on the
island of "Waigiou, and P. Papua^a and Cicinnurus regius at
Havre-Dorey ; MM. Miiller and Macklot found at Triton's Bay
only the two latter species. M. Lesson likewise met with P.
apoda in the Aru islands, and Mr. Wallace, who has recently
visited these islands, also found P. apoda and Cicinnurus regius
living there. It is much to be hoped that this latter gentleman,
who has so successfully commenced his explorations in the Eastern
archipelago may carry them to an equally prosperous ter mination
and widely extend our present imperfect knowledge of the zoology
of these countries.

Again, New Guinea agrees with Australia in the absence of two
families, the Wood-peckers {Picidce) and Pheasants {PJiasianida) ,
both of which are very fully developed in the region of Indian
zoology. It is also observable that hitherto no Fringillidce appear
to have been met with in New Guinea, although I have little doubt
that, when the zoology is more fully explored, forms connected

SOLATEE ON THE ZOOLOGY OF FEW GUINEA. 153

with Amadina, PoepMla and their allies, which are abundant on
the northern coasts of New Holland, will be detected.

Thus far I have spoken only of the Birds of New Gruinea, as of
the Mammalia there is not much to say, except to call attention
to the fact of its close intimacy with Australia in this respect.
Oat of the ten species of this class of beings hitherto observed
in New Gruinea, all, with the exception of the Sus and the Dugong
of the coasts, belong to the Marsttpialia, an order which is pre-
eminently Australian. Of the genera to which these Marsupials
are referred, two are peculiar to New Gruinea, and one (Cuscus)
belongs rather to the Moluccas ; but the three others are charac-
teristic Australian forms. The tables given in the zoological
volume of the ' Verh. over de Nat. Gesch.' present us with a
most instructive view of the general geographical distribution of
the Mammalia in the great Eastern islands. In Sumatra, Borneo
and Java we find the most highly organized Quadrumana, large
Carnivores (Felis and Ursus), Pachyderms ; in Sumatra even
a peculiar species of Elephant*, Ehinoceroses and a multitude of
the higher classes of Mammalia. What a contrast to this, when
we cast our eye down the columns relating to Celebes, Amboyna,
Timor and New Guinea! A single straggling GercopitJiecus (in
Celebes and, Timor only) and two other Quadrumana (in Celebes),
a single Cervus, an Antelope, a Viverra (sole representative of the
Carnivora), with two or three Suidce, constitute nearly the whole
of the Placental Mammals found in these great islands, with the
exception of Bats and Eodents. Here, as in Australia, the two
latter Orders are found in company with the Marsupials, an addi-
tional piece of evidence to my mind of the correctness of Professor
Owen's recent arrangement of these groups at the base of the
Placental Mammalia : for the student of the geographical distribu-
tion of animals soon learns to appreciate the value of the old maxim
"noscitur a sociis,'^ quite as applicable in this sense to organized
existences generally, as, taken in its usual meaning, to mankind.

The following is what I believe to be a tolerably perfect list of
the Mammifers and Birds which have hitherto been positively re-
cognized as having been met with in New Guinea and its adjacent
islets. In every case I have added the precise locality in which
each has been found, when that is ascertainable, and the authority
for such locality. I have likewise generally noted the Museums
in which examples of the species are contained, nearly all of

* Elephas sumatranus, Temniinck, Coup d'oeil sur les poss. Nederl. i. p. 328,
a ii. p. 91 ; Bp. in P. Z. S. 1849, p. 144 (note).

LINN. PEOC. — ZOOLOGY. 11

154 SCLATER ON THE ZOOLOGY OE NEW GUINEA.

which, thanks to the liberality of the Directors of these institu-
tions, I have had the satisfaction of examining myself.

MAMMALIA.

1. Sus papuensis, Lesson.

Voy. Coq. Zool. i. p. 171, pi. 8. Havre-Dorey (Less.). Mus. Paris.

2. Halichore australis, Owen.

Jukes, Voy. Fly. ii. p. 323; Mull. Verb. Ethn. p. 21. Coasts of New
Guinea {Mull.). Endeavour St., N. Australia (Jukes). Brit. Mus.

3. Dorcopsis Brunii, Schreber, sp.

Mull. Verb. Zool. Mamm. p. 131, p. 21. Mus. Ludg. et Brit.

4. Dendrolagus ursinus, Miill.

Verb, Zool. Mamm. p. 141, pi. 19. Mus. Brit, et Lugd.

5. Dendrolagus inustus, Miill.

Verb. Zool. Mamm, p. 143, pi. 20. Mus. Brit, et Lugd.

6. Cuscus maculatus, Desm., sp.

Voy. Coq. Zool. i. p. 1 56, pi. 5 ; Miill. Verb. Etbn. p.20. Mus. Par. et Brit.

7. Cuscus chrysorrhous, Temm.

Phalangista chrysorrhos, Temm. Mon. Mamm. i. p. 12; Waterh.
Mamm. i. p. 537. South-eastern coast of N. G. (Jukes). Mus. Lugd. et Brit.

8. Belidea Ariel, Gould?

P. Z. S. 1842, p. 11; Mamm. Austr. Petaurus sciureus, Miill. Verb.
Etbn. p. 20.

The Belidea of New Guinea probably belongs to tbis North-Australian
species, wbicb is different from B. sciurea of N. S. Wales ; see Waterb.
Mamm. i. p. 337. Mus. Lugd. et Brit.

9. Perameles doreyanus, Q. & G.

Voy. Astr. Zool. i. p. 100, pi. 16. Havre-Dorey (Q. Sf G.). Mus. Paris.

10. Phascogale melas, Miill.

Verb. Etbn. p. 20. Lobo (Mull). Mus. Lugd.

AVES.
Falconid^.

1. Ichthyaetus leucogaster, Gm., sp.

Gould, B. Austr. i. pi. 3. Falco blagrus, Miill. Verb. Etbn. p. 21.
Lobo (Mull.). Mus. Lugd.

2. Haliastur leucosternus, Gould.

Gould, B. Austr. i. pi. 4. Haliceetus girrenera, Less. Voy. Coq. Zool. i.
p. 615. Havre-Dorey (Less.) ; Lobo (Miill.). Mus. Par. et Lugd.

3. Astur Nova Hollandia, Gm., sp.

Gould, B. Austr. i. pi. 14, 15 ; Miill. Verb. Etbn. p. 21. Lobo (Mull.).
Mus. Lugd.

SCLATEE ON THE ZOOLOGY OF NEW GUINEA. 155

4. Astur"? longicaudus, Garnot, sp.

Falco longicauda, Garnot, Voy. Coq. Zool. i. p. 588. Havre-Dorey
(Gam.). Mus. Paris.

Steigid^.

5. Spiloglaux humeralis, H. & J.

Athene humeralis, H. & J., Voy. au P. S. Zool. iii. p. 53 j Atlas, pi. 4.
fig. 1 ; Bp. Consp. p. 40. Mus. Par.

6. Spiloglaux theomacha, Bp.

Bp. Compt. Rend. xli. p. (Oct. 22nd, 1855).

Capeimtjlgid^.

7. Podargus papuensis, Q. & G.

Voy. Astr. Zool. i. p. 207, pi. 13; Gould, B. Austr. Supp. pt. ii. pi. 7;
Miill. Verb. Ethn. p. 21. Havre-Dorey (Q. ^ G.) j P. Marianne's Straits
and is. Aidoema (Mull.). Mus. Paris.

8. Podargus ocellatus, Q. & G.

Voy. Astr. Zool. i. p. 208, pi. 14. Havre-Dorey (Q. 8f G.). Mus. Par.

HlETJNDINID^.

9. Hirundo frontalis, Q. & G.

Voy. Astr. i. p. 204,' pi. 12, fig. 1. H. neoxena, Gould, B. Austr. ii.
pi. 13 ? Havre-Dorey. Mus. Paris.

CTPSELIDiE.

10. Macropteryx mystaceus, Less., sp.

Cypselus mystaceus. Less. Voy. Coq. Zool. i. p. 647, pi. 22. Havre-
Dorey. Mus. Paris.

Specimens of this beautiful Swift in the Leyden Museum are from
Amboyna.

CoRACIIDiE.

11. Coracias papuensis, Q. & G.

Voy. Astr. Zool. i. p. 220, p. 16. Havre-Dorey. Mus. Paris.

This Roller is commonly identified with Coracias Temminchi, Vieill.
(Le Vaill. Ois. de Par. Suppl. pi. G.), which is from Celebes. Specimens
of the latter bird from that island are in the Leyden Museum, and Mr.
Wallace has recently transmitted it from the vicinity of Macassar. The
two species must be accurately examined and compared before their iden-
tity can be considered unquestionable.

Alcedinidj?.

12. Dacelo Gaudichaudi, Q. &G.

Voy. Uranie, Ois. pi. 25. Chouchalcyon gaudichaudi. Less., Tr. d'Orn.
i. p. 248 ; Miill. Verb. Ethn. p. 22. L Waigiou (Q. ^ G.) ; Lobo (Mull.).
Mus. Paris., Lugd. et Brit.

11*

A

156 SCLATER ON THE ZOOLOGY OF NEW GUINEA.

13. Melidora macrorhina, Less., sp.

Dacelo macrorhinus, Less. Voy. Coq. Zool. i. p. 692, pL 31 bis, fig. 2.
Melidora EuphrosicB, Less.